on.** a al _. —— OS A SS eis eras 3 : = FE NEA Ss Sis = pn a an eae —=-— 5 safe) ae a ee tee = pares See ee eer ee oo oe nepetponery <5 ~~ Snr eer bo eae! Pe ee re ee = —S—— ~—— —— aed MSs Se ee eee ne nee = Ss = ren noeipnnr sinatra we Toh amalnenweneporwers SSS. Urtioes SRE RSLS i ee ee eee ee ee oe SSS Liprary u NIV.OF L J a ee li es es ee Oe ee ae Siem eek ae THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED W{TIT LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL\HISTORY,’ ) CONDUCTED BY WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. ee [ ne Ht 7 |i VOL. XVIL—EIGHTH SERIES. ees eee LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; RAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN, 1916, “Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentia testes, divitia felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex cconomii in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata ; & veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linna&us. “ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu'elle est le chef-d’euvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucnner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. ; oe eevee © ee es . Thersylvan powers Obey our swnmons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, YY ALERE §& FLAMMAM,. _ = CONTENTS OF VOL. XVII. [EIGHTH SERIES. ] NUMBER 97, I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— No. XXXVIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. eC RRM iy eee Whee ts ee, a UNAS es x's aly EW Eas fk cela’ s Il. New Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea, By J.J. Joicry, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., and G. Tatsot, F.E.S. (Plates V.—VIIL.) . III. New Species of Lice. By Bruce F. Cummines, British 1 Eg Re es og 8 | ee ee IV. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Mycetobia, Mg. (Diptera Nematocera). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. ...... V. Notes on Fossorial Hymenopteran—X1X. On new Species from Australia. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F.ZS., F.E.S......... VI. The Porcupine of Tenasserim and Southern Siam. By Sree ARN Sy MEM TUE PG sk che Ne ce a beac ee bene scsecasce VII. On the Grouping of the South-American Muride that have been referred to Phyllotis, Euneomys, aud LEligmodontia. By SEM MOMEAS GS 5 Pe UL ao ode ein eM ocivcess Bee Eee vn 38 VIL. On Crassicauda crassicauda (Crepl.) {Nematoda} and its \> 68 90 108 116 Beeges.) Dy TA AS BAVLIs, BAL ice recess cree vcsscessseess 144 iv CONTENTS. NUMBER 98. IX. Rhynchotal Notes—LVIII. By W. L. Distant ........ 149 X. Descriptions of new Freshwater Shells from Japan. By H.B. PREATON, Bu2.8.. (Plate TR aint icles s ocak seas as o> ce 159 XI. On the Nomenclature and Identity of some little-known British Spiders. By A. Ranpevxt Jackson, M.D., D.Sc. ......-- 163 XII. Note on the Thorax in Anoplura and in the Genus Nesio- tinus of the Mallophaga. By Bruce F. Cummines (British Museum of Natural History) ...........eesee0+ 5. Kip win os a 171 XIII. Two new Genera of African Muscoidea. By CHARLES H. T. TownsEnD, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C....... 174 XIV. A new Genus of African Mongooses, with a Note on Galeriseus. By R, 1. Potock, FBS... .¢.:...5 54.05 5. seen ee 176 XY. On the Generic Names of certain Old-World Monkeys. By Opp Rie THOMA. 3. 6g. ye 5s 5 es hs Ore Sp nd wee viele pe en 179 XVI. Notes on Argentine, Patagonian, and Cape Horn Muride. By QLpwwery THOMAS ASE Gea oy wae «wie ssi» 9 os hig RE 182 XVII. On the African Shrews belonging to the Genus Crocidura. — J = oT P b . ‘ Oy mn © ; ATRACE mn ple tl . ; ( as po’ — A PLATES IN VOL. XVII. VIL P caked Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. VILL. ) oe Freshwater shells from Japan. ak Internal carotid canal in Viverride and Felide. = A new Sphingid and little-known butters fom Aton be yy THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [EIGHTH SERIES, } POT Tree per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circium vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, reeurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo,” N. Purthenii Giannettasi, Bel, 1, No. 97. JANUARY 1916. 1.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. —No. XXXVIII. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. [Plates I-IV. ] 1. On the British Sabellide. 2. On the Sabellide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Poreupine’ in 1869 and 1870, and by H.M.S. ‘ Knight Errant’ in 1882. 3. On the Terebellid@ and Subellide dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by Ir. Whiteaves in 1871-73. 4. On the Sabellide dredged by Canon A, M. Norman off Norway and Finmark, 1. On the British Sabellide. Tne British Sabellids number more than twenty, exclusive of some forms not yet fully investigated from lack of good material. In this respect, therefore, they compare favour- ably, in this preliminary notice, with those from other areas. Thus, for example, Sars* in 1861 gave 10 species of Sabellids, including one of Myzicola, as occurring in tlhe prolific Norwegian waters. De Quatrefages, in his ‘ Annelés,’ mentions about a dozen of the forms which have been found in Britain, excluding double entries like Sabella penicillus * Forhandl. Videnskabs-Selsk. Christiania, 1861, pp. 116-181. Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 1 2 Prof. M‘Iutosh’s Notes from the and S. pavonina, Sabella reniformis and S. saxicava, and Fabricia umphicora and F. johnstoni. In Malmgren’s ‘Annulata Polycheeta,’ of Spitzhergen, Greenland, Iceland, and Scandinavia, nineteen Sabellids (including Myzicola) are entered, and some of these appear to be purely northern in distribution, and do not occur in our waters. Only six. are entered by Dr. Johnston in the ‘Catalogue of Worms in the British Museum’ (1865), but two refer to the same form, viz., Sabella penicillus, and another (S. savignii) is uncertain, Six species, including Myaicola steenstrupi, are recorded by Théel * (1879) from Nova Zembla. Langerhans (1880) found ten species at Madeira. About twenty-seven species of Sabellids occur in the laborious memoir of Miss Katherine Bush + from the vast area of the Pacific. Fifteen species occur in the careful ‘Survey of Clare Island, on the rich West Coast of Ireland’ by Mr. Southern (1914), several not having hitherto been found in Britain. Thirteen species of Sabellids are entered by Prof. Fauvel (1914) in his fine work on the Polycheta procured by the Prince of Monaco in his yachts ‘ Hirondelle’ and ‘Princess Alice.’ In the recent (1915) list of the Polycheta procured at Plymouth by Dr. Allen, thirteen species are entered, and a few are ex- clusively southern forms. Comparatively few species (e. g., from two to five) pertaining to this family, as a rule, occur in local catalogues in the British area. These will be elsewhere alluded to. Moreover, it is perhaps more difficult to separate the Sabellids by their bristles and hooks than, for instance, the Terebellids, and coloration disappears, as a rule, in spirit-specimens, The first form is the widely distributed Sabella penicillus, I. When the branchiz of this species are thrown off the cephalic region presents a truncated surface, in the centre of which is a frilled eminence, which, when carefully inspected, shows two lateral membranous wings, which unite in the middle line below and send a process ventrally between the two great ventral lamin; whilst the upper edges pass above the mouth in aseries of short frills. In the mid-dorsal line over the mouth is a triangular flap with an acute apex, the base of which is grooved dorsally, the whole resembling an epistome. Dorsally the cephalic plate is deeply grooyed by the dorsal furrow, the firm and thick edge of the rim which carries the branchiz being severed and neatly curved on * Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16, No. 3, p. 65. t ‘Harriman Expedition to Alaska’ (New York, 1905), Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3 each side; the rim, then passing ventrally to the base of the great flaps, is folded inward and upward, and is fused on each side with the firm median mass over the mouth, In the perfect condition with the branchiz atta@hed, the pedicle between the ventral flaps passes upward as a bifid process, then expands into a lateral flap or wing on each side, which, after a short progress, bends backward and upward, making a kind of frilled knee, and becomes continuous with the Jining membrane of the branchiz of its side, its outer border inferiorly passing into the basal semicircle of the branchie, to which it is fixed throughout. Such is the arrangement connected with the floor of the mouth and the lower lip. Dorsally the membrane forming the roof of the mouth splits, considerably in front of the median fissure of the lower lip, into two limbs, each of which at the base has an axis with a narrow ventral web, and a thinner aud broader dorsal web which tapers distally and goes much further along the axis than the former, the axis finally tapering to a long delicate tip.. The whole forms the so- called tentacle which in the preparations is concealed in each branchial semicircle. Viewed from the inner surface of each branchial fan the ‘ tentacle” has the web on its dorsal edge connected with the dorsal edge of the fan, whilst its ventral web passes ventrally to the central region dorsa‘ of the mouth. The inrush of water along the inner surface of the branchial fan would thus be swept toward the mouth, the tentacles and their webs probably aiding in this function and keeping the stream in each fan to its own side, as it rushes down the groove by the outer border of the smaller anterior web into the mouth. The branchial fan arises on each side from the firm base formerly mentioned, a spiral twist being evident dorsally and more especially ventrally at its commencement. Each in preservation has the ventral edge curved inward, and a narrow membranous web passes from the frill of the inferior oral membrane for some distance along its edge. This ventral border is the thickest, and gives origin to the majority of the branchial stems, the rest springing from the middle and posterior parts of the basal semicircle. The number of these filaments varies, the two sides seldom being ideutical—thus, for instance, 38 may occur on the right and 41 on the left. The fan on each side is long and graceful, banded with regular markings of dull red and white. The circles of colour do not go evenly round the expauded fan, but slant from the ventral fissure. Dorsally a greenish hue occurs in some at the base of the fan. Iu 4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the others green or purple predominate, and the fluid in which the animals lie is always tinged with green (Dalyell). Each filament has an Blamae chordond and camerated axis, the camera befng after the fashion of the bristles of Nereis or Aricia. They are united by a web inferiorly (about the level of the first pigment-band), but free throughout the rest of their extent, and are somewhat flattened processes with a smooth external edge, near which the axis lies; whilst its inner border is fringed with a dense series of slender pinne, which likewise have a translucent axis jointed at intervals like the bristles of the Chlorcemide. The filaments and their trauslucent axis gradually diminish distally, but the axis can be traced almost to the extremity. ‘Toward the tip of the filament the pinne gradually diminish in length, finally forming mere papillee, and thereafter the tapering tip is “smooth and of moderate length. When the branchiz have lost their distal ends and regeneration has considerably advanced, the long filamentous processes projecting from the tips give a novel character to the organs. Anteriorly the buecal segment occupies a hollow between the two pillars of the dorsal fan, a more or less separate fan- shaped lamella occurring ou each side, tinted of a deep reddish brown. From this the marginal collar passes ventrally to expand into the prominent and generally reflexed lamella on each side of the median fissure, where it is dis- tinctly thickened. A band on each side of the median oral process joins it to the fold a little higher. The first shield on the ventral surface behind the collar is continuous from side to side, and is the largest of the series of glandular scutes. Though it is opposite the first bristle- bundle, that would seem to pertain to the segment behind it. The mouth leads into a simple alimentary canal, which, when seen from. the dorsum, forms a moniliform tract from end to end—wider anteriorly and narrower posteriorly. The septum in each segment retains it firmly in position. The contents can be seen through the transparent walls of the canal, and in one consisted antet ‘iorly of pale granules and posteriorly of maddy said. The 6ody shows little or no narrowing anteriorly, remains of similar diameter for a considerable distance, then in preservation may increase in breadth behind the auterior third, and thereafier gradually tapers to the tail, endiiug in the anus, which is often bilobed. In lateral view the margin of the veut slopes from above downward and back- ward, the ventral edge thus projecting considerably. From above the aperture is bifid inferiorly, and a triangular area Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5 is differentiated on the dorsum in front of the aperture. Both dorsal and ventral surfaces are plano-convex, thus in transverse section being more or less elliptical, the dorsal, however, being generally more smoothly rounded, with a pale streak in the middle line from the dorsal vessel. The ventral surface has a continuous series of scutes from one end to the other, and, with the exception of the first, all are divided by the median groove, giving a right and a left scute to every segment. The number of segments varies from 200-270 or more. The first region of the body (the so-called thoracic region) is distinguished by the direction of the bristle-tufts, which slope upward and backward, aud by the presence of ventral rows of hooks. The setigerous processes of this region vary from seven to eleven pairs, one side occasionally having nine or ten and the other ten oreleven. The first setigerous process arises immediately behind the dorso-lateral lamella, and is smaller than those following; moreover, it has no row of hooks dorsally. The bristles are arranged in a rather dense group and show a longer and a shorter series. The longer forms have cylindrical striated shafts, slightly narrowed toward the origin of the wings, which are narrow, the bristle there- after ending in a translucent and somewhat strong though flexible tip. No serrations on the edges of the wings have been seen in these, though striz go to the edge. The bulk of the group of bristles is made up of there with shorter shafts and broader wings, the whole tip being rather broad until near its extremity, where it is somewhat abruptly tapered to a fine point. In the cluster of bristles in the tuft various stages occur in the developing bristles—some re- sembling a long narrow knife-blade, others a deep-bellied shorter blade. The succeeding tufts are of similar shape (that is, somewhat flattened), but they are longer and stronger, and the edges have distinct serrations. The anterior seti- gerous processes form a somewhat flattened cone, tle base ventrally being prolonged into a prominent ridge, bearing the hooks which he between two raised margins, constituting a narrow flap posteriorly in each segment. Moreover, a distinct papilla occurs on the anterior edge of the tip. The setigerous processes of the second region form stiff narrow cones which project nearly straight outward, the bristles only being visible at the tip. A soft and rather swollen process bearing the books lies above their dorsal edges. ‘The bristles form a kind of pillar, narrow at the base and enlarging at the tip to about double the diameter at the base of the wings, which give to the distai eud a 6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes rom the characteristic lanceolate enlargement, from which the taper- ing tips slope slightly inward. ‘These differ from the auterior groups in being all of one length, and appear to be ranged round a central papilla. The tips are com- paratively short, with somewhat broad wings, which are obliquely striated and serrated along the wide or lower edge. ‘The setigerous processes and bristle-tufts remain of the foregoing structure till near the posterior end, where longer and finer bristles project from the small processes. In these modified processes the bristles are fewer and of two kinds—viz., a long slender series without a visible wing, which have long, gently tapered, and slightly curved tips; and, secondly, a shorter series with rather longer tips than those in front and with striated wings. The anterior hooks are typical avicularian forms with a marked forward curvature of the crown and a single acute main fang, the free edge of which is minutely serrated throughout the greater part of its extent, leaving little more than a third smooth, and the tip is often slightly turned up. The anterior outline has a wide gulf under the fang and a boldly rounded prow, whilst the posterior outline is convex, and the base is considerably prolonged in this direction aud abruptly finished. Curved striz occur at the throat, longitudinal strie on the body, and horizontal strize in the base of the hook. ‘The hooks form a single row. Accompanying each hook in this region is a paddle-shaped bristle, the wings and tip of which are membrauous and translucent. ‘I'he hooks in the middle and posterior regions likewise form a single row, and have very much the same structure as those above-mentioned, except that the pro- longation of the base posteriorly is less, and no paddle- shaped bristles occur. ‘The posterior hooks, moreover, are considerably less. In asmall specimen, ;4; of an inch long, only three rows of ventral hooks were present, so that the number increases with age. Six brown pigment-specks occur behind the branchie, ‘The tube of this example is leathery and brownish, with minute mud-particles on its surface and clear granules here and there. Another young form was in a tube projecting from a mass of Alcyonidiuwm parasiticum growing ou Sertularia rugosa and Ascidians tossed on shore at St. Andrews. A young example procured on the West Sands, after an October storm, measured after preservation 4%, of an inch, and it had about 66 segments. ‘lhe first two bristle-tufts are somewhat short, the third to the sixth are long, and Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 7 these corresponded to the first region of the body, cou- sequently only five pairs of dorsal hook-rows are present. The seventh pair of bristle-tufts is slender and small, so that the outline is narrowed, the adjoiuing tufts being longer. Toward the tip of the tail elongated, slender, simple bristles occur as in the adult. The bristles correspond in arrange- meut and structure with those of the adult. The anterior hooks ditfer in having a shorter posterior basal process, but they are accompanied by the same paddle-shaped bristles. The anal segment is bilobed, and has a peculiar series of dark pigment-specks. Four pairs of setigerous processes bearing short bristles occur behind the last hooks, which are small and only three in number, ‘The bristles increase in length at the sixth from the tip. The opaque glaudular tissue splits at the termination of the rows of dorsal hooks at the second ring from the latter, since the first has a bar obliquely bevelled at the lower edge. The splitting cou- tinues to the tip of the tail and gives a regular arrangement to the parts. Both anteriorly and posteriorly the bristles commence before the hooks. Four pacrs of bristles occur before hooks appear, the first hooks being between the fourth and fifth bristle-tufts, and their bases are undeveloped. ‘The first five pairs of bristles are short, but the sixth are decidedly longer. The tube may reach a length of 2 feet, and is fixed to a stone or other structure, No form has attracted greater interest than the second species, viz., Potamilla reniformis, Leuckart, the Sadella saxicava of De Quatrefages—-which abounds amongst cal- careous formations, such as Cellepora, Lithothamnion, the Balani of the Gouliot caves of Sark aud elsewhere, and is of special interest in connection with its power of perforating such structures. The cephalic plate, when the branchiz are shed, presents dorsally a bilobed collar or lamella, the deep dorsal furrow terminating in the centre. The outer edge of each flap is continued as a broad rim nearly to the mid-ventral line, where a notch separates the two sides, which curve forward. The truncated surface has a projecting transverse fold at the upper end of the ventral incurvation, and two folds meet above it—so as to make a triradiate aperture. The branchiz are about 10 or 11 in number on each side, and comparatively short, whilst the pinne are long. Hach filament has the transversely barred or camerated chordoid 8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the axis, and tapers to a short, slender, filiform tip, which, how- ever, is usally enveloped by the long pinnz or is in screw- like coils. The pinnze have the translucent axis, as in S. peniciilus, with long joints, and are richly ciliated. In life the branchie are of a pale green marked with white touches, so that they form a whitish ring around the collar within which they are attached. The pinne are variegated with pale greenish and white, and show vermiform move- ments when cast off. In some the branchiz are of a pale buff hue, with a little yellow at the tips of the filaments. In contraction they are generally of a dull stone-colour. Leuckart’s examples had whitish branchie with brownish touches, and De St, Joseph describes his examples as vinous-brown. Sars states that his specimens had yellowish- white branchiz with four or five orange bands. Just above the whitish ring at the base most of the filaments, externally, have two boldly marked and elevated brown or reddish- brown ocular specks, separated by an interval from each other. De St. Joseph states that in his specimens each. contained about thirty ovoid “ crystallines” in a mass of brownish pigment, Moreover, the eyes of those from the Mediterranean are more numerous than those from the north, whilst Marion considered that those from deep water liad fewer eyes than the littoral forms. They are absent in a few of the filaments. The longest filaments are dorsal, those at the ventral edge being considerably shorter and slightly reflexed. ‘The ocular pigment in some fades in spirit. The tentacle is comparatively short, but its mem- branous web on each side appears to agree with that in Sabella penicillus. The body is comparatively short—about 2 of an ineh in length—and has from 60 to 100 seuments. It is rounded dorsally, slightly flattened ventrally, and marked by a groove which at the tenth segment bends from the side inward to the middle line and divides all the scutes which follow intotwo. The nine or ten scutes in front of these are split transversely. Theventral scutes are conspicuous by their whitish or pinkish colour, and are even visible through certain parts of the tube. Anteriorly the brownish dorsum is marked with dark brown pigment at the bases of eleven setigerous processes, the succeeding region of the dorsum being reddish brown. The body is paler in the median line dorsally and ventrally. It is slightly tapered posteriorly, and euds in a papillose anus, three papillee being distinct, and the colour of the tip is orange rather than brown. The setigerous processes are ranged along the lateral Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9 regions from the second segment backward, a differentiation occurring anteriorly by the inflection of the groove which often passes behind the tenth bristle-tuft to the mid-ventral line, though in others it is further back. Each of the seligerous processes anteriorly has dorsally three longer bristles with straight shafts, tips bent backward, and moderate wings. ‘lhe edges of the wings appear to be minutely serrated. Following these is a double series of comparatively stout bristles, with short and broad wings, making a spatulate tip with a filament in the centre. These bristles also have a dorsal curve, the filament trending in that direction, so that they would brush an opposing structure with the convex surface. From the nature of the parts, the shafts are somewhat abruptly tapered at the tip. Some of the bristles have modified tips, so that they resemb!e a short and broad knife-blade, as in certain forms in Chelopterus, the shaft not being continued along the centre as in the ordinary winged types. In the posterior segments the bristles alter, being shorter, fewer in number, and with modified tips, which have moderately wide wings at the base, but they soon diminish, and the long central tapering tip projects far beyond them— thus performing the functions of the simple bristles of thus region in other forms. The anterior rows of hooks are below the setigerous processes, and consist of a long series of avicular forms, with serrated rows sloping to the sharp main fang, a rather long, shghtly striated neck with straight sides, the anterior outline curving forward into the rounded prow and the posterior into the well-marked basal process, Accompanying each is a broad bristle, the shaft of which has a curvature toward the distal end, and the tip has a region with short wings so modified as to resemble a hook with a long shait and a main fang. Two forms of accompanying bristles thus are present in this species, viz., those with broadly spatulate tips and those with a slightly enlarged posterior curve and a beak-like point anteriorly, nearly at right angles to the shaft. In a small example from Perelle Bay, the latter was large and with distinct wings. ‘Tlie hook has a larger space between the main fang and tlie prow than in Sadella penicillus. The hooks behind the foregoing region are above the setigerous processes, and they become fewer and fewer, as well as smaller and with a longer base, in their progress toward the tail. The tube is formed of a tough horny secretion of an olive 10 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the hue, and the exposed parts are covered with minute sand- particles. An allied species (AB) occurred under stones between tide-marks both in Guernsey and Herm, with only five pairs of anterior bristles, and shows differences from both Potamilla reniformis and P., torelli. The cephalic plate has a narrower collar than in P. reniformis, a feature well marked in the small, pointed, ventral lobes. ‘The edge is smooth at and near the mid-dorsal groove, then at each side is a lateral flap which trends to the lamelle on the ventral surface. These lamellee are smaller than in Sabella pavonina. Besides the small lamelle which project ventrally, the margin is incurved at the middle line. The body is comparatively small, about ? of an inch in length, and the number of segments is between sixty and seventy. It is rounded dorsally, with the exception of the region of the dorsal groove anteriorly, slightly flattened ventrally where a median furrow runs from the middle of the sixth scute backward to the tail. The anterior region is ecmposed of five bristled segments and apparently “the same number of uncinigerous rows. Posteriorly it tapers to a somewhat pointed tail. ‘The branchiz seem to be com- paratively short—like those of Potamilla reniformis, and the pinnee of moderate length or rather short, whilst the terminal filament is long, large, and is often in screw-coils, thus differing essentially from those of P. reniformis, P. toreili, and P. neglecta. Moreover, there are no ocelli on the filaments, and none on the first segment or on the tail. The first region of the body has only five pairs of seti- gerous processes. Each bears a tuft of comparatively short bristles, the tips of which, unfortunately, had for the most part disappeared—probably from their brittle nature as well well as from rough usage. Those which are perfect have shafts which slightly dilate from the base to rather beyond the middle, then diminish at the neck and swell out at the origin of the wings, tapering thereafter to a somewhat long attenuate extremity. At the upper edge of the fascicle are the longer and more slender forms, the shafts of the others being thicker. No trace of spathulate tips is observable. The anterior hooks form a single row, and present a sharp main fang, the rest of the anterior face of the crown above it (about half the extent) being finely serrated in lateral view. As usual in such hooks, when the crown is examined from the front, this region is densely spinous. The posterior outline is more or less straight below the forward bend at the crown, whilst the anterior—also straight immediately Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 11 below the main fang—curyes forward over the rounded prow. ‘The projection of the base posteriorly is narrow, but somewhat shorter than in Potamilla reniformis. Fach is accompanied by a short, broad, cuspidate or penniform bristle. ‘he hooks behind the anterior region (in the fragmentary example) do not materially differ, though the neck is longer, the base somewhat stouter, and thew size less. The small number of the anterior segments, so unusual in the group (though this number has been found in P. tore/li), raises the question as to its relationship to the latter, from which it differs in the terminal processes of the branchize and in the narrower web in the anterior bristles, but further investigations may clear up the divergencies. Like other Sabellids it is acid to litmus paper. In the example from St. Peter Port, Guernsey, the tube is composed of a trans- lucent horny secretion, somewhat like that of Potamilla renifurmis. Some examples have nearly ripe ova. Potamilla torelli, the third form, is closely allied to the foregoing, and could scarcely be distinguished by the bristles and hooks. The general aspect of the cephalic plate, when the branchiz are removed, agrees with that of its allies, and in the preserved examples some have a prominent T-shaped projection formed by the developing bases of the branchize— a condition not observed in other forms. The collar has a narrow slit dorsally, then it extends on each side laterally and ventrally with an even edge to the ventral lamellie, which are reflected in protrusion and somewhat triangular in outline, and are separated from each other by a deep V-shaped notch. No eyes are visible in the spirit-prepa- rations from Britain or from Canada. The brauchial filaments are of moderate length and are pale in the preparations. The structure of each filameut is typical, and it ends in a short thick process distally. The pune are of average length, and it is only at the tip of the organ that shorter forms occur, the last ten or twelve gradually diminishing toend in a short papilla-like rudiment at the base of the distal process. The number of the fila- ments appears to be from twelve to fourteen in each fan. When the oral region is in a state of expansion a fold passes on each side from the ventral Jamelle upward, and its end fuses with the middle of each branchial fan, and, indeed, appears to be the only representative of the tentacle of other forms. Malmgren states that it is very short, broad, and subcircular. ‘This fold is quite separate from the 12 Prof. M‘Intosli’s Noles from the ventral edge of the basal tissue of the branchize. On the other hand, a considerable portion of each dorsal edge of the base of the branchie is bordered by a free and mobile flap—the ventral edge adjoining the mouth. The body is of small size in the examples from Plymouth, viz., about an inch in length and of the thickness of stout thread, whereas in the Canadian forms it is be- tween 2 and 3 inches long and as thick as a crow-quill. De St. Joseph also found large examples at Rocher, It is grooved dorsally in the anterior region, rounded posteriorly ; whereas the ventral surface is more or less flattened, and marked by the median groove from the anterior region backward. The first region has a variable number of seg- ments, viz, five to eight (Langerhans, seven to nine). The posterior region has from thirty to fifty. Toward the tail it is flattened and tapered, and ends in theanus, whichoften presents a lateral projection on each side. De St. Joseph describes the body as brownish, with large spots of white. ‘The first body-segment has two oval eye-spots (Langerhans). Fauvel* describes anal eyes, which are absent in the preserved examples from Plymouth t. The first bristle-bundle consists of simple bristles, with moderately tapered tips and distinct 1ings. The othersin this region have two groups—an upper with longer shafts, more tapered and slightly curved tips with narrow wings, and a dense lower group of spatulate forms with a process at the tip. The bristles of the middle region form the usual bristle-pillar of rather short bristles with striated shafts, comparatively broad striated wings, and very finely tapered tips—two series, a longer and a shorter, being conspicuous. The shaft has a distinct curvature at the junction with the tip. The posterior bristles are fewer in number, and have wings distinctly striated and very attenuate tips. In glancing at small preserved specimens, it is found that most have the posterior bristles directed forward, and in several the anterior have the same direction. In the larger forms the anterior bristles are often directed upward, outward, and slightly backward. The anterior hooks, which occur on all the anterior segments except the first, are circular with a sharp main fang, and above it a series of minute teeth on the crown (Langerhans shows about twenty-four), and a moderately long base. Striz pass from the neck to the base, after curving round the prow. These * Campag. Sc. p. 315. + Both are seen in small specimens kindly sent by Major Elwes from Babbacombe. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St, Andrews. 13 hooks are accompanied by the short bristles with the spatu- late tips. The posterior hooks differ only in their smaller size end the brevity of the base. In comparing the larger with thesmaller forms from Plymouth, the essential characters of the bristles and hooks are as well shown by the smaller as the larger. The tube is composed of a tough internal lining, coated with fine sand-grains, the whole being firm and resistent, especially in the | Canadian examples. A form (BC), procured in numbers at Berehaven in 1886 by the Royal Irish Academy, appears to be a variety of P. torelli, though presenting certain features of its own. When the branchiz are absent the cephalic region presents no deep fissure as in ordinary Sabellids, but the slight dorsal furrow ends in a solid mass which, with an incurvation in the middle, passes from side to side and then bounds the region laterally to the ventral surface. This rim forms a projecting base to the branchiw. The collar commences as a narrow process on each side of the dorsal fissure, slopes obliquely forward and outward, and inclines laterally and ventrally into a deep though thin lamella, which attains its maximum in the mid-ventral line, where it is separated from its fellows by a fissure. The branchiz preserve much of their reddish-brown coloration in spirit, and they are of considerable lengti. The pigment is arranged on the pinne so as to make a series of circular bands, as in S. penicillus and other forms, thus conferring great beauty on the ex- panded organs. In some cases, when mounted, the reddish- brown pigment is in isolated masses at intervals along the filament, and patches occur on the terminal process. There are about eleven filaments on each side, springing from the central region of the cephalic plate—a basal fissure, most distinet ventrally, occurring dorsally and ventrally, They are connected only at the base and are free throughout the rest of their extent, and are long tapering organs with proportionally short pinne, which, as they reach the tip, gradually diminish im length and end in a scries of short papille at the base of the terminal strap-shaped tapering process. The chordoid skeleton is continued along the centre of the flattened tip and into each pinna. In young forms the pinne are short, but the flattened terminal strap is well developed. ‘The body is comparatively small, elon- gated, and distinctly segmented from one end to the other— a feature characteristic of the species. Fi‘ty-six segments, but the tail in the majority of the examples was in process of reproduction, so that the actual number of segments must 14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the exceed the figure mentioned. The body is widest in front and gradually tapers behind the middle to the posterior end, where the rounded anus is terminal. The dorsal surface is more or less rounded, the ventral flattened and marked by the scutes from end to end. A slight depression occurs in the mid-dorsal line anteridrly, and, continuing to the right behind the sixth bristle-tuft, it crosses the seventh segment obliquely to the middle line, whence it passes to the tip of the tail—cutting the ventral scutes into two in each seg- ment. Six bristled segments are present in the anterior region and five uncinigerous rows, but occasionally only five and four occur respectively. Other variations, ap- parently arising from lost parts in process of reproduction, show the ventral furrow running to the front or a diminished number of anterior ventral scutes. Moreover, the two auterior scutes may be split by a furrow—quite indepen- dently of the main ventral furrow. The first setigerous process is situated behind the collar, and is mconspicuous. It has a small tuft of simple bristles with acutely tapered tips and narrow wings, as in the dorsal group of the anterior region. The bristles of the succeeding segments of the anterior region (five in number) have dorsally translucent bristles with straight shafts and finely tapered tips with narrow wings—the upper having longer and more delicate tips and the lower narrow spatulate forms; the outline of the wings is more or less a long ellipse, the tapering shaft being continued as a fine process distally. Moreover, those with broader tips form a shorter row than those with more elongated tips. The outline of the tip of the latter bristles thus essentially differs from that in Potamilla reni- formis and also from those of P. éorelli. In the posterior region the bristles form a tulip-like fascicle, with a knee or curvature on each bristle toward the end of the shaft, the convexity with the wings being external: those with the longest and most delicate tips are dorsal, those with slightly broader wings are ventral, and the former are most conspicuous near the tip of the tail. In the anterior region five uncini- gerous rows lie to the ventral edge of the setigerous processes, their inner ends impinging on the scutes opposite them. ‘The first commences opposite the second bristle-tuft, and all are longer than those of the posterior region. The hooks are in a single row, with a main fang and a series of serrations above it, a neck of moderate length with striz where it enlarges into the boldly convex prow, and an oblique tapered base (corresponding to the shaft). Moreover, a series of short modified bristles occurs with them, the tips Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 15 being short, bent at an angle, and with broad wings—the whole resembling a beak. The curved shafts dilate from the base to the neck, where a slight constriction occurs, then it bends forward and tapers to the short tip. In some views slight grooves appear on the enlarged basal part of the tip, so that they at first sight resemble the long hooks of Terebellides and other forms. The posterior hooks are smaller, their necks longer, and the bases more oblique. Some examples occur in a tube of tough secretion, with fine sand-grains attached, after the manner of the firm tubes of the Canadian examples of P. torelli. Amongst the masses of the foregoing Sabella, BC, from Berehaven, are a few characterized by the striking madder- brown pigment-spots on the branchiee, and without the general arrangement of the pigment characteristic of the former Sabellid. Yet in the disposition of the cephalic collar the two forms appear to be identical. It is true some of them show seven anterior segments with bristles, but others have the normal nnmber—and some, which apparently have lost the cephalic plate and other parts, have fewer. Injury or abnormality also would explain the occurrence of the median ventral furrow from the first scute backward. The anterior hooks and their accompanying bristles and the posterior hooks are identical. Potamilla incerta, which Dr. Allen procured by the dredge on Yealm ground, Plymouth, seems to be the young of Potamilla torelli, and in this Prof. Fauvel agrees. Indeed, it is difficult to find satisfactory distinctions between Pota- milla reniformis and P. torelli, for the absence of ocular points on the branchial filaments may not be of capital importance. A single example of Laonome kréyeri, Malmgren, the fifth form, was obtained by the dredge on a muddy bottom in Inishiyre Harbour by Mr. Southern, who kindly for- warded it for examination. The cephalic collar is somewhat low, being deepest ventrally where the edges overlap at the fissure. In tle median line dorsally the gap is both wide and depressed in front, and the edges of the collar there are slightly reflected. The branchiz are short in proportion to the length of the body and from fourteen to sixteen in number. The filaments have a chordoid axis with narrow transverse septa, and terminate in a slender tapering process. The pinnz are short at the base, increase in length till near the tip, where they again Ganikiah before re hing the base of the terminal filament. No pigment-specks were visible 16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the in the spirit-preparation. Tentacles comparatively short, bluntly tapered distally. The body is comparatively long and slender, and the example showed little diminution throughout its length, having apparently been preserved in its tube and then slit out. The segments are fairly distinct, those of the anterior region ranging from 8-12 (Malmgren). The ventral scutes of the region are distinct and undivided, and there is a dorsal groove, behind which a line. marks the mid-dorsal region for some distance. The scutes are continued back- ward on the ventral surface as a somewhat narrow pale band, the central groove cutting the portion in each segment into two. In the preparation the bristles are inconspicuous. The anterior bristles are of two kinds—a series with slender elongate shafts and short tapering tips with narrow wings, and a larger number with stouter shafts and paddle-like tips with broad wings and a tapering process of the axis. The posterior bristles are of one kind only, viz., those with narrow but distinct wings and long taperi ng tips. The anterior hooks are avicular, with a characteristic short and stout outline and a high crown,a main fang of moderate size, and six or seven distinct spikes in lateral view above it. The anterior prow is large and bulging, the gulf between it and the great fang is small. The posterior outline is straight, and a small remnant of the base posteriorly is present. The posterior hooks agree in the general outline, but the process of the base is absent posteriorly. It is this hook which Malmgren shows in his figure, unless the Arctic species differs. The tube is composed of secretion and mud, very little of the latter constituent occurring on a third of the length at one end. Branchiomma_ vesiculosum, Montagu, the sixth species, comes from various parts of the southern coasts. Kolhker, in 1858 %*, constituted the genus Branchiomma for those Sabellids having eyes on their branchiz, and he gave as a type Amphitrite bumbyz, Dalyell. Sars, a little later (1861) +, made the genus Dasychone, characterized by the dorsal pinnules on the branchiz. Clarapéde rightly restricts the term Branchiomma to those having subterminal eyes, such as B. kéllikeri, the form which Kélliker probably studied. Dorsally, the cephalic plate presents a deep fissure between the firm basal pillars of the branchiea. The some- what deep collar arises from the outer edge of ecch pillar, * Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. ix. p. 536. + Vidensk. Selsk, Forhandl, 1861, pp. 28 & 33. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 17 and slopes with an unbroken edge downward and forward to the mid-ventral line, where a fissure separates the two sides each of which is produced into a prominent rounded edge which slightly overlaps its neighbour. The adjoining first scute 1s indented 3 in the middle line, thus giving a character to the region. Whilst, therefore, the “collar is largely developed ‘ventrally, a considerable part of the dorsum is devoid of it. De St. Joseph found two pigment-spots (eyes) over the cephalic ganglia. An otocyst occurs on each side at the base of the branchizw., The branchiz are of moderate Jength (} length of body), and their filaments are from eighteen to twenty-four in number. Each filament has the usnal structure, and tapers distally, ending in a subulate whitish terminal process, into which the chordoid axis, which is remarkably attenuate towards the tip, does not go. The subulate terminal filament, where no eye is present, has a translucent thin margin, especially at the commence- ment of its inner edge. It is at this region (viz. the inner base) that the eye develops as a conspicuous dark brownish-violet organ, a stripe of the flattened translucent margin connecting its inner base with the line of the pinne ; whereas the distal part of the process is slender. The pimne are of average length, and provided with a chordoid unjointed axis. When injured, these organs are readily reproduced from the filament, to which they give a feathery appearance when the animal projects itself from its tube. The branchize are gracefully spread like the flower of a Convolvulus (Claparéde). De St. Joseph describes the exterior of the branchiz as white, or as brownish violet, or alternately of these colours. Sometimes they are entirely * couleur de rouille ou gris de souris.”” In the examples from Plymouth the colour was pale olive throughout, only the exterior of the filament being marked by an interrupted band of white, which broke up "distally into isolated touches. The remarkable delicacy of the pinne is characteristic, each branchial process thus resembling a featiier with its delicate barbs. When viewed from without, the branchial fan had a slightly barred aspect from the arrangement of the white touches. ‘The pinne are pale olive throughout, The eyes vary much in size on the same specimen, and in one case only a single large one was present, the rest being small in varying degrees. All are double, with the terminal process passing off between them. The anterior region consists of nine segments (six to nine, De St. Joseph), e eight of which bear pale g wolden bristle-tufts, which slope in the preparations upward and backward, Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 2 18 a rof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the The first tuft springs from a setigerous process almost im- mersed in the tissues of the united first and buccal segments, but the posterior cirrus or process is distinct, though small. The bristles are small tapering forms with very narrow wings (some without evident wings), and in two series, viz., a larger series, more deeply tinted yellow by transmitted light and minutely dotted, and a more translucent smaller series. All have finely tapered and nearly straight tips. The rest of the setigerous processes of the region are charac- terized by an increasing prominence, and the posterior papilla is considerably larger. Each arises from a broad base, and is somewhat flattened, since its vertical exceeds its transverse diameter, and the distal end has three parts, viz., the posterior process or papilla (not to be confounded with either a dorsal or a ventral cirrus), which springs from the middle posteriorly, and two areas for the bristles. The papilla is short and nearly cylindrical in the prepara- tions, and is directed backward. The upper bristles arise from a curved area above a papilla, so that the long axis of the row is antero-posterior and the convexity of the tip with the wings is turned outward and their points directed backward. They have long shafts and finely-tapered slightly- curved tips with narrow wings. The inferior row of bristles, again, has its long axis vertical, and they have shorter and stouter striated shafts, stouter tips, and broader wings. The tip in all is finely pointed. The body is somewhat elongate, a large example reaching 100 to 110 mm., with a breadth of 3-5 mm., flattened, and tapered toward the tail, in front of which some examples have the widest part of the body. At the tip is the crenate anus. The dorsum is rather more distinctly flattened than the ventral surface, and has a groove in front leading to the branchial fissure; whilst posteriorly it bends to the right between the eighth and ninth bristle-tufts, and slants to the posterior edge of the ninth bristled segment. ‘The ventral surface has the somewhat prominent median region occupied by the scutes, the first of which, on the united buccal and first segment, is the largest, and characterized by a dimple in front. It is followed by eight others, each of which may have an even margin or a median incurvation. ‘Lhe last of the anterior scutes has posteriorly a median projection, to which the boundary-line from each side slopes. From this point the ventral median groove passes backward to the tail, cutting the succeeding scutes into two equal halves, which occupy a little more than a third the breadth of the body of the preserved specimens, except toward the tail, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 19 where the scutes are somewhat broader and the median groove is wider. The anterior region has nine segments with a wider antero-posterior diameter than those which follow, whilst these, again, are wider than the caudal segments. The colour of the body is dull orange or of a salmon hue, universally and minutely dotted with white grains. The dorsal collar is pale, and is also minutely dotted with white grains ventrally; the flaps are also pale with a brownish edge—well marked in the anterior dimple of the first shield. ‘The ventral scutes are paler, but also minutely dotted with white, and the ventral groove is reddish. The cilia of the dorsal end carry loose bodies activ ely forward. The bristles of the second region are arranged like the inferior group in front, viz. with the long diameter of the row vertical, and they spring from the tip in a double row— that is, ou each side of a ridge of tissue. The wings of these are intermediate in character, being narrower than the lower series aud wider than the upper series of the first region, ‘Their tips, however, are long, especially the upper forms, and finely attenuate. The chief changes in the bristles toward the tip of the tail are the shortening of the shafts and the great elongation of the tips, which stretch from the side of the flattened body as finely-tapered hairs. A distinct curvature occurs at the commencement of the wings. Neural canals occur from the second setigerous segment backward. The segmental organs are found in the first, second, and third setigerous segments, and they open by a common canal. The anterior rows of hooks occupy the summit of the rounded ridge, which begins close to the setigerous process and passes ventrally near the scute. Each hook is avicular in shape, with a marked forward curvature of the posterior outline at the crown, a powerful and sharp main fang with a series of very minute serrations above it, a neck of moderate length, and a long tapering base. Bold strize pass from the crown to the base, into which they curve alittle behind the prow. Each hook is accompanied by a short broad bristle, with a spatulate tip bent at an angle and ending in a point, or when seen obliquely the tip is hastate, or on edge a hook-like organ. In a specimen from South Devon in the British Museum, both these and the hooks had their ‘‘ heads” tinted brown. The posterior hocks are smaller, with a shorter neck and shorter base, and more distinct serrations above the main fang. ‘The tube is leathery, coated externally with coarse sand mingled with oO ~ 20 Prof M‘Intosh’s Notes from the fragments of shells, and the elastic anterior end closes when the branchiz are withdrawn. The absence of Spirographis spallanzanii, Viviani, from the British area, is noteworthy. It may yet be found in the Channel Islands or on the southern shores of England. Tt occurs on the opposite shores of France. In Bispira volutocornis, Montagu, the seventh species, the general colour is of a yellowish brown, paler in front dorsally and on the ventral surface. The branchiz are pale buff with a white (interrupted) border to the filaments, the tips being more or less white. Most of the filaments have a pair of eye-specks, but there is no regularity in their arrange- ment in the mass, and some have two pairs or an extra spot. Some of these specks are at the base of the white tip, others midway or above the basal insertion. Though not so brilliantly tinted as some species, the delicate shades of fawn and the pure white margins and tips, im addition to the eye-specks, give the branchial fans great elegance. The tips of many of the filaments appear to have been injured, aud are in process of reproduction. In the living form the dorsal groove presents a white bar at the edge of the collar, whilst a brown fillet occurs at each side and passes under the large lateral brown flaps bordered with white, and the dorsal edges of which are continuous with a slight ridge ou each side of the anterior region. Ventrally the deep purplish-brown collar with its border of pure white is stretched continuously across till it passes in front of the lateral flap. Dorsally and ventrally the anterior region is somewhat paler than the rest, the lateral region, however, being slightly darker—as, indeed, it is all the way backward till near the tip of the tail. Ventrally the scutes are buff (pale brownish) and marked by the coprogogne, which turns to the right at the posterior border of the anterior region and passes dorsally. In an example the segment in front ventrally was entire, but the one anterior to it was split as if it had a coprogogne of its own. Young forms are pale greenish, the branchie being pale, and only a little border of white and a few touches of brown are visible ventrally at the collar, which has a deep median fissure. Dorsally none of these hues are present, the rudimentary flaps being pale. The great development and pigmentation of these flaps is an adult feature. When the brauchiz are removed from the cephalic plate, the dorsal groove abuts on two semicircles of firm tissue, which pass downward to the sides of the mouth. From the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 21 groove a firm process of similar tissue passes straight down- ward and bifurcates after a short course, its summit giving origin to two short curved flaps like a bifid epistome over- hanging the mouth, which appears as a triradiate fissure with two pouting membranous lobes inferiorly. By the sides of the dorsal groove are two thick firm ridges— apparently fused with the basal semicircles supporting the branchiz. From the outer base of each of these the collar arises by a thick circular flap, from which the large lateral division passes forward and downward to end in a smaller thick attachment at the side of the anterior process of the ornamental (scalloped) first scute. This lateral flap is slightly tinted in the preparation, but in the living form is of the same deep violet-brown bordered with white. Over- lapping the ventral edge of this lamella is the ventral plate, which curves downward and extends on each side of the middle line into a triangular reflected flap—the anterior surface of the whole being of a rich deep brownish purple, bordered with white. If the base of the separated branchial system be examined, a facet marks the dorsal end of each of the semicircles of firm tissue of attachment, and the facet fits on the firm pillars on each side of the dorsal furrow. The firm basal mass of each branchial fan is bridged on the ventral side of the facets by a narrow but firm band. From the ventral aspect the basal mass on each side curves forward and inward to end in athick inrolled edye in the centre of the spire. In the middle line and attached by its basal webs to the bridge of connecting-tissue, on the one hand, and the dorsal edge of the base of the fan, on the other, is the ten- tacle on each side. These webs are of importance in the directing-currents, and the ventral is incurved. The ten- tacle is short, broad at the base, and tapered. The exterior ofits base is tinted brown, and a ridge formed apparently by the prolongation backward of the thickened margin of the flap guarding the dorsal edge of the channel from the centre of the spire keeps the base of the tentacle stiff. From the firm spiral base the branchial filaments pass forward to the number of forty-five to eighty on each side, the number apparently increasing with age. They are united at the base by a short web, and are comparatively long. Each filament has the camerated axis which exteuds to the base of the terminal process, but does not seem to enter it, for only an opaque granular central region with a short web at each side is present. On tlie outer edge of many a pair of well-marked pigment-specks, and in some two or three, but their position is irregular ; where three occur, the first is a 22 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the short distance above the base and the others at irregular distances. A considerable portion of the tip is always devoid of them, They are dense masses of blackish pigment apparently enclosed in some cases in a capsule. The pinne (barbules, De St. Joseph) are short, and form a dense double row along the inver edge of the filament, becoming shorter as they approach the tip, where they end abruptly. Their colour is brownish violet in young forms, with twenty branchiz in each fan, and a pair of black ovoid eyes occurs on the dorsal filaments about a third from the end, whereas the specks are situated near the middle of the ventral filaments. The body is of moderate length for a Sabella, varying from 2 to 6 inches (13 cm. long by 1 em. broad, De Sé. Joseph), and the segments vary from eighty to ninety or more. It is rounded dorsally and flattened ventrally, the mid-ventral line being marked by the groove from the posterior edge of the anterior region to the tail. The body tapers from the posterior third (in spirit) to the tip of the tail, at which the anus is, whilst beneath the tip are two somewhat ovoid papilla with pigment-dots. The anterior region has nine bristled segments, but the number, as De St. Joseph shows*, varies much (e. g., from five to eleven), and the numbers on the respective sides may differ. The setigerous processes are large, and have the form of short blunt cones. In this region the bristles are directed upward and backward as couspicuous tufts, whilst the rows of hooks stretch on rounded elevations between them and the ventral scutes. ‘The first segment is fused with the buccal, and bears the first bristle-tuft. The segments are deeply cut ventrally in this as in the succeeding region. The first ventral scute has two lunate depressions, upon which the ventral lappets of the collar apparently impinge, the glandular tissue having been absorbed or arrested in development on these areas. The next ten scutes in the example from Plymouth are undivided by the median line, though three show a white streak in the centre—two of these belonging to the posterior region. ‘lhe seutes are continued to the posterior end as elongated plates on each side of the median groove. The bristles of the anterior region are characterized by their golden hue and their distinct separation into two groups—a longer dorsal row, the long axis of which is nearly horizontal or slightly oblique, and a mass of shorter bristles beneath them. ‘The upper bristles have very long, straight, striated * Ann. Se. Nat. 8° sér. xvii. p. 288. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23 shafts, which taper a little as they approach the tip, which is finely tapered, distinctly curved, serrated, and furnished with narrow wings—these, indeed, in some being indistinct. These bristles, moreover, show a gradation posteriorly, where shorter forms with nearly straight tips and somewhat wider wings occur. The second series forms a dense brush con- siderably shorter than the foregoing, and, as in other forms, the two groups are moved by separate muscles, so that their special functions may be performed. The shafts of the longer bristles of this group are similar to those of the first series, but shorter and slightly stouter, and the shorter tapered tips have a trace of a curve, and have wider wings, but soon a tendency to form a tip like a knife-blade, in which the wings are fused, is apparent, and by-and-by all the shorter bristles have the translucent flattened tip. This blade varies in length and breadth, as well as in curvature, but the majority of the bristles in these tufts are of this formation. ‘The peculiar flattening of the tips, which are thinnest distally, gives great flexibility to the organs, so that their function of smoothing and brushing is facilitated. All have strong, striated, golden shafts, which gradually dilate from their translucent bases to the distal third, when gentle narrowing again occurs to the origin of the flattened tip. When softened and compressed in gly- cerine, the various stages in the transformation of a winged form, with an elongated tapering tip and with bold striz on the wings, to a form in which the tip is broad, flattened, and translucent with but a trace of minute striation, can be followed. With the change of feet in the second division of the body, a reversion to the normal type of bristle takes place, the fascicles consisting of smaller shorter bristles of nearly equal size, with finely-striated straight shafts, similar in formation to the preceding, but which have narrow wings gradually disappearing on the delicately-tapered tips, the minute serrations on the edges being continued far up- ward. These bristles are grouped in a tulip-like tuft, and each resembles the blade of a pointed scalpel, only a trace of a wing appearing toward the convex edge, which is serrated, the lines sloping outward and upward. De St. Joseph counted sixty long bristles and two hundred shorter in the sixth segment of an example 13 cm. long. In the posterior region the bristles form a cylindrical pencil, a slight swelling occurring distally where the wings project. Their tips are more finely tapered than in the first region, and there is a slight curvature at the commencement of the wings. The pencil springs from a distinct setigerous 24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the papilla. The bristles of the flattened caudal region, again, while retaining the form of a pencil, have the tips of the majority greatly elongated, so that this region of the body is specially hirsute. No wings are visible in these much elongated forms, but in the shorter forms these are well marked and have serrated edges. The anterior hooks, which commence on the second bristled segment, are situ- ated on long low flaps, eight in number, which stretch from the setigerous process almost to the ventral scute in each segment. They are in a single row, and are characterized by their somewhat long necks, from which the main fang arises at less than a right angle, and has eight or nine small teeth above it. The prow is rounded and prominent, but the base is short, for it abruptly tapers to a blunt point posteriorly. A series of hold striz occupy the central region from the crown to the base, into which they curve. De St. Joseph found no less than one hundred and eight to one hundred and forty hooks in a single row in the anterior region. Each hook is accompanied by ashort bristle witha thick shaft, a slight narrowing of the neck, then an enlarge- ment of the base of the flattened tapered tip, which is bent backward at an angle, and according to position is either symmetrical or asymmetrical, The posterior hooks do not differ except in the length of neck and smaller size, and in the presence of short striz on the neck at the base of the great fang. These may indicate a stage in the development of hook-like points on the region. De St. Joseph states that these have smaller and shorter bases, and he gives the numbers in several examples, About two-thirds of the large tube is composed of a fairly firm, yet elastic secretion with little mud, and occasionally a shell is attached. The basal region, which appears to be fixed, is coated with greyish mud. A young example occurred in the fissure of the rock a few inches from the adult. When alive, it appeared to be about half an inch in length. ‘The anterior region has seven setigerous and six uncinigerous processes, whilst the pos- terior consisted of about thirty-nine segments, the tip of tue tail apparently being incomplete. Nine scutes are in front of those split by the mid-ventral line, instead of eleven in the adult, showing that, whilst the two behind the an- terior region are constant, the rest increase with age. The cephalic lamellz and folds are similar. The branchial fila- iments are respectively eleven and twelve, and they have tlie beautiful white tints of the adult, and the same basal web. The “ocular” pigment-spots in the preparation, however, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 25 are few and minute, since in all probability they have been bleached by the spirit. The structure of the anterior and posterior bristles and hooks at this stage correspond with that of the adult. In another young example found under a stone at St. Peter Port, Guernsey, and which was about three-quarters of an inch in length, the reflected lamellz of the collar were of a rich reddish-brown colour. The anterior region consists of ten bristled segments and nine long scutes, and the region which follows appears to have more than thirty segments. The body is comparatively short, grooved on the dorsum for a short distance behind the fissure of the collar, and rounded behind the anterior groove. ‘The ventral surface is slightly flattened and marked by the median furrow from the tenth scute backward. Amphicora fabricia, O. F. Miiller, the eighth form, is abundant near low-water mark and amongst roots of sea- weeds. The cephalic region has a projecting, broadly conical, ventral median process, and dorsally the margin presents a median notch behind a small conical process connected with the mouth. There is thus an indication of a collar, and it and the next segment are narrower than those which succeed. Two eyes are situated a little behind the anterior border, and beneath are two pale red masses. In front of these, at the base of the tentacles, are two deep red spots—apparently in connection with the blood-vessels. The branchiz are three in number on each side—that is, the dense series of pinne arise from three main stems on each side, and all are quite pale. The pinne are longest at the base of the fila- ments and shorter toward the tip, so that the general effect of the arrangement when the fan is closed is to have a fairly even series at the tip. They are ciliated internally. Intern- ally at their base are two short and nearly cylindrical tentacles, ciliated like the branchiz. A single vessel occurs in each pinna in the line of the cilia, and the surface has numerous palpocils. Moreover, at the base of the branchiz are two vascular enlargements, which have been termed ** hearts.” The body is rather more than an eighth of an inch (1-2 mm., De St. Joseph) in length, cylindrical throughout the greater part of its extent, then tapered toward the tail. The segments are thirteen in all, seven of which pertain to the anterior and six to the posterior region. It is more or less rounded in the preparation, but in life it is often flattened. The first or buccal segmeut has two black 26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the eyes (De St. Joseph). The general colour is brownish or straw-colour. Posteriorly it terminates in a pygidium, which has two eye-specks. The alimentary canal is straw- yellow, is wide anteriorly, bulges here and there in its course, and then narrows posteriorly. On each side of it is a red blood-vessel. The body-cavity is filled with a vast number of granular cells about 5), of an inch in diameter. In front of tie eyes at the base of the branchial lobes is a blood-sinus (branchial heart of Ehrenberg and Claparéde), and Langerhans counted 25 pulsations per minute, The blood is stated to be red by Meczynikow and Claparéde, whereas De St. Joseph says it is green. The first segment is devoid of bristles, but the second has a tuft on each side about the middle of the segment. The bristles are few, simple, translucent forms with straight shafts and finely tapered tips with narrow wings, and in some views the tip is bent at a slight angle to the shaft. Eleven segments are provided with them, the first and last having none. As usual in the family, the posterior bristles have the largest and most finely tapered tips. The minute anterior hooks are about six in number in each segment, have a comparatively large head, a constriction at the neck, then a well-marked shoulder, after which the long curved shaft tapers posteriorly. The main fang is large, and the crown behind it is flat with about four teeth. The organ is a miniature representative of that of Chone. The last three bristled segments have, instead of the long hooks of those in front, peculiar forms, the posterior outline being incurved and the anterior slightly convex, whilst the crown is long and minutely toothed, no differentiation occurring between the lowest and the adjoining teeth. The base enlarges inferiorly, and is occasionally split, apparently from the pressure used in preparing. Oria armandi is the ninth species, generally distributed in the south. Claparéde (1864) describes a ventral cephalic collar to this species, apparently as distinguished from Amphicora fabricia, but so far as observed in the spirit- preparations there is not much difference in this respect— both presenting a conical ventral prolongation and a narrow rim to the dorsal fissure. Claparéde states that below the collar is a row of vibratile cilia. Immediately in front of the termination of the collar on the latero-dorsal region is an eye-speck on each side. The second segment bears an “auditory” organ (statocyst) on each side, viz. a capsule with a statolith. The branchiz are in two groups Gatlty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27 of five (Claparéde) and similar in general appearance. They are ciliated internally and have palpocils externally. The first ventral branchia is reduced to a simple filament without pinne. A single vessel occurs in each filameut, and it ends blindly where the cilia cease. The body of the examples from Sark is not larger than that of Amphicora fabricia from St. Andrews—the advantage in size, indeed, being with the northern form, which is also more translucent. The eyes had disappeared in the pre- parations (after preservation for 42 years), and yet, as Claparéde shows, those of A. fabricia are permanent in spirit. The number of segments is at once diagnostic, for Oria armandi has fourteen bristled segments besides the first and last. Claparéde, however, gives nineteen or twenty segments, though he found a ripe female with fewer than twelve segments. The first segment is achetous. At the tenth segment the bristles change to the ventral border aud the shape differs. The digestive system has a cylindrical colourless cesophagus, and from the third segment the gastro-intestinal canal proceeds backward as a brownish wide tube. A blood-vessel runs on each side of the canal with a transverse branch in each segment—indeed, the gut is surrounded by a vascular rete (C/aparéde). In the seventh segment a pair of folded tubular organs (segmental ?) occur. Fourteen pairs of bristle-bundles characterize those from Sark. The anterior bristles have stouter shafts than those of Amphicora fabricia, and the tapering tip is shorter and has wider wings. Eight pairs belong to the anterior and six to the posterior region, the latter being distinguished by their slenderness and the tenuity of their hair-lke tip, as well as by the absence of wings. Moreover, they are generally directed forward with a slight curvature, whilst the auterior bristles are directed backward. The anterior hooks have a similar shape to those of Amphicora fabricia— that is, bave a curved shaft which tapers inferiorly, a shoulder above which is a somewhat narrower neck surmounted by a strong sharp main fang, which comes off at less than a right angle to the throat and with two or three strong teeth above it, the crown being, on the whole, more elevated than in 4. fabricia. The neck of the hook is also slightly bent backward. The posterior hooks, which, as in Amphicora fabricia, occur in the last three bristled segments, differ, as Claparéde observed, from those of the species just mentioned in their shorter form, for the basal region is truncated and the posterior outline short and concave, the 28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the conspicuous part of the hook being the long anterior face and crown, occupied by a small sharp main fang and numerous minute teeth above it. The anterior outline below the main fang bounds a small bay, the prow bending up to circumscribe it. The inferior outline is convex. The otocysts in this species belong to the second group of Fauvel *, viz. to the closed series in which the otoliths are formed by concentric layers of secretion in the organ. Amphiglena mediterranea, the tenth species, is a southern type from Plymouth and Torquay. The anterior region bears ten branchiz each, pinnate, with a double row of barbules, the whole forming, in the preserved examples, a tuft about a third the length of the body. Each filament, according to De St. Joseph, consists of a double row of “cellules cartilagineuses,” whereas the barbules have only a single row. The number of ciliated barbules appears to be about thirty, and they are shorter at the base and the tip than in the middle. The tip of the filament ends in a long and slightly tapered process with a narrow web at the base, and it has palpocils. Each branchial filament has a single vessel ( Claparéde). Besides the two ciliated palps, De St. Joseph, after Claparéde, shows a coiled process on each side, filled with brown pigment-granules, aud which, after Meyer, he con- siders to be a fold of the upper lip, forming a superior lateral chamber on each side. The bedy is about 8 mm. in length (but some may reach 18 mm., Claparede), usually little tapered anteriorly, but distinctly so posteriorly, and ends in a bluntly conical or rounded pygidium, which bears four to six pairsof eyes. The segments vary from 29-33. | b~) I OU CoN 90 Mr. B. F. Cummings en Puate VILI. 1. Platypthima euptychioides, 3. Fig. 2. Dicallaneura virgo, 2. Fig. 3. albosignata, Q. Fig. 4 amabilis mimica, 2. Fig. 5. Lampides nitens, 3. Fig. 6. wandammenensis, 3. Fig. 7. Milionia wandammenense, 3. Fig. 8. witleyensis, 3. Fig. 9. Eubordeta mars, 3. Fig. 10 Jlammens discus, 2. IlI].— New Species of Lice. By Bruce F. Cumminas, British Museum (Natural History). (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) ANOPLURA. f AmonG the dry material, mounted on cardboard in the collection of the British Museum, two specimens were dis- covered labelled simply “Pedetes capensis.” ‘These, on being washed in caustic potash and mounted on a slide in Canada balsam, proved to be two females of an interesting and hitherto undescribed form. EULINOGNATHUS, gen. nov. Head longer than broad, antenne arising just in front of halfway, broader behind the antenne than in front. No projecting postero-lateral angles. Behind, the head is sunk deep into the thorax. Around the mouth in front a circlet of triangalar denticles. Abdomen without tergites or sternites. Five pairs of pleurites, the anterior pair well developed. First pair of legs small. Hairs on the abdomen modified, being long, flattened, parallel-sided, truncate at the tip. On Pedetes capensis, now known as Pedetes caffer, Pall. (family Pedetide). Eulinognathus denticulatus, sp. n. External Form. Female.—Head: the outline is well shown in the figure (text-fig. 1). The characteristic features of the head are the circlet of denticles around the mouth, the absence of postero-latera] angles and also of any “neck” or narrowing of the head just before entering the thorax, so that \ Afi aN nif ih Mi 92 Mr. B. F. Cummings on the swollen base of the head is held in a “stiff collar” formed by the thorax, and apparently, therefore, incapable of much lateral motion. The median areas of both dorsal and ventral surfaces are composed of rather thin, smooth chitin, but both behind and in front of the antennee the head on each side is strengthened by chitinous areas of greater thickness. Behind the antenna this thickened area on the dorsal surface begins as a more or less circular, raised or embossed patch bearing a long bristle and a minute hair. This patch extends down on each side to the ventral surface, where it occupies the margin and runs forward past the antenna to join the peristomial band. This band is a strong circular support, from which arise the triangular denticles (fig. la, PB). Each denticle appears to be a triangular plate; its apex points backwards and its base is set transversely to the peri- stomial band. In the centre of two of the denticles there is a hole as in a set-square. Within the peristomial band lies the small oral cone (fig. 1 a, OC), at the apex of which is the short columnar oral opening (fig. la, OO). Behind the antenne dorsally is a shallow, indistinct, transverse groove, Antenna 5-segmented, slightly club-shaped as the fourth segment is broader than the second, third, or fifth, and its postaxial margin is longer and somewhat convex. There is a circular sensorium between segments 4 and 5 on the ventral surface and another on segment 5 on the postaxial line. Thorax much broader than the head, and broader behind than in front. Claws on the front tarsi, which in both speci- mens carry two hairs, are either absent or minute. On the other legs the claws are large, in shape like the beak of an accipitrine bird. Abdomen much broader than the thorax, ovate, large. Neither sternites nor tergites present. On each of the first five segments a pair of pleurites. A fairly broad chitinous band runs transversely over the dorsum of the terminal segment. A chitinous framework supports the flat rounded gonopods, This consists of a cross-bar running from the base of one gonopod to the other, and running back from each extremity of this cross-bar in the direction of the head a short band slightly bending inwards. The gonopod is a flattened lobe, convex at the extremity, a little concave along the inner margin. Chetotaxy. Female-—Head: on the upper surface is an elongate bristle, reaching nearly down to the abdomen, along with a minute hair close to it situated on the small embossed area behind each antenna. ‘Two minute hairs, widely sepa- new Species of Lice. 93 rated, on dorsal surface towards the occiput. A minute hair on the lateral margin of the head a little way behind the antenna. A larger hair on the dorsal surface in front of the embossed area near the base of the antenna. ‘T'wo minute hairs on the postantennal groove. At the base of the oral cone above, four small hairs widely spaced. A longer one on each side at the base of the columnar oral opening. On the ventral surface, at about the level of the middle of the first segment of the antenna, two fairly small hairs, one on each side of thermiddle line. Five or six minute hairs with large alveoli on ventral surface of the oral cone. Thorax: the usual spiracular bristle. A small one on each * shoulder ” of the pronotum. Abdomen: the abdomen is thickly covered both dorsally and ventrally by rows of elongate hairs of peculiar shape (see fig. 1 6). Each hair is very long, with a rather small circular “neck” broadening at once into a flat scabbard- like structure, the lateral margins being parallel to each other and the end truncate. Most of these clumsy-looking integumentary appendages are twisted. A few are pointed at the tips. There is a transverse row of these hairs, very closely placed on the terguin of each segment, excepting the last, where, on the anterior margin of the transverse band, there are two of the long modified hairs, and on the posterior margin two widely separated normal hairs, with a couple of elongate hairs at each lower lateral angle. Ventrally, there is a trans- verse row of closely-placed, modified hairs on each segment (up to segment 7), although at the base of the abdomen over the first three segments (and the qualitication applies to the dorsal surface also) the chetotaxy in the only two prepara- tions at my disposal remains somewhat uncertain. On each gonopod, a single long bristle inside the margin postero-laterally. Two or three short hairs on the margin at the inner angle. Inside the inner margin just behind the eross-bar three small hairs on each side. In front of the cross-bar six minute hairs in a row. Running from just behind the gonopod in an oblique row outwards, eight or nine long spines placed closely to each other so that their alveoli are contiguous. At the end of this row, but placed a little further in, a powerful spine on each side of the genital opening. Between these two spines or “thorns” are two small patches of chitin of irregular outline, each with three or four short hairs. On each pleurite two elongate bristles, situated along the 94 Mr. B. F. Cummings on lower margin. On the soft chitin, just in front of the first pleurite, a group of eight or nine of the modified hairs. ‘Two bristles also on each pleurum behind the seventh segment. Measurements of Eulinognathus denticulatus (millimetre-scale). Length. Breadth. UAGHs See ssbeweeees ‘29 (at margin) 23 Thorax sesecerte ce es) bl A pdomenhy. see tenet 14 1:05 Total ise see 1:79 Length of antenna.. ‘25 MALLOPHAGA. Family Trichodectide. Described below is a curious new form belonging to this family, which is of especial interest on account of the phylo- genetic position of its host, an Hdentate. The material from which the new form is described, con- sisting of a g, three ? 9, and a larva, was very kindly presented to the British Museum by Mr, A. J. Engel Terzi, and, in spite of their poor condition of preservation (the specimens had been attacked by a species of mite), the main features in the morphology of the skeleton have been made out, although much of the chetotaxy still remains uncertain or obscure. They were collected on the two-toed sloth (Cholapus didactylus, Linn.) in British Guiana. So far as I know, the only other species of Mallophaga recorded from an Edentate is Gyropus hispidus, Nitzsch, from Bradypus tridactylus. Among the Anoplura, the remarkable [Hybophthirus noto- phallus (Neumann), Enderlein, a parasite of the Cape anteater (Orycteropus afer, Pall.), is the only species with an Edentate host. Trichodectes gastrodes *, sp. n. The new species is readily distinguished by its large dimensions (see p. 100), the form of the head (see figs. 2&3, p- 96), and by the character of the abdomen, which, being in both male and female without tergites or sternites, is loose and * “The Pothbellied Louse” is suggested as a popular name, new Species of Lice. 95 sac-like, without any external signs of segmentation except inthe ¢. In thissex there isa pair of rather large pleurites on the two basal segments ; on each of the others, up to the seventh, a pair of small, narrow, chitinous slips situated transversely in the pleural region on each side. In the ? these slips are absent, but there are two pairs of large pleurites at the base and one pair at the end, on the penulti- mate segment of the abdomen. External Form. Male.—Head: fig. 2 is an accurate representation of the outline of the head, and makes un- necessary the usual circumlocutionary phrases. The notable features are the rather deep semicircular frontal sinus (which has a deep marginal band of dark brown chitin divided into two parts by a median longitudinal line), the large size of the basal segment of the antenna, and a gular plate (see fig. 3, GP) broader than long, lying between the two longi- tudinal bands that run forward on the ventral surface of the skull *. There are two small circular sensoria close together on the | ventral surface of the third segment of the antenna. Thorax: the parts were too crushed to allow of description. Apparently it resembles that of the 2? closely. Abdomen: the first two pairs of pleurites are large plates with a firm outer but an irregular inner margin, the second pair a little smaller than the first, both of a deep brown colour. On the succeeding segments the pleurites are small, thin, transverse slips. At the posterior end of the last segment are two lobes forming the hind margin of the segment and apparently the posterior lip of the genital opening. ‘l'hese two lobe-like pieces are rounded and white, covered with short bristles; they run in towards one another, but do not meet. ‘T'wo brown bands of chitin run forward on the ventral surface as far as halfway to the base of the abdomen, one on each side of the copulatory apparatus, which is seen through the transparent integument. The above description is necessarily incomplete, and may have to be emended in some respects when new and better- preserved material is forthcoming. External Form. Female (fig. 8).—The usual sexual differences in the antenne (see figure). Thorax : pronotum is quite short ; lateral margins slightly divergent the one from the other. Meso+metanotum equally * A gular plate of this character is present in many Mallophaga, e. g., Nirmus varius, Nitzsch, Nirmus vulgatus, Kell., Lipeurus quadri- pustulatus, Piag. The peculiar structures in this part of the head in Ancistrona and Pseudomenopon tridens are, perhaps, modified gular plates, Mr. B. F. Cummings on \ GAN AY Fig. 2.—Trichodectes gastrodes, sp.n. Head, 3, dorsal view. Fig. 3.—Ditto, 2. GP=Gular plate ; M.S¢=Mesosternum ; _ Gon=Gonopod. new Sprcies of Lice. 97 short, a little broader, with lateral margins convex. Poste- rior margin straight. A considerable area adjoining the posterior margin medially is pale or white, the chitin being thin, and the thicker, deep brown chitin ceasing in an irregular edge. A strongly developed mesosternum is present, and shown in the figure. Within the prothorax on each side a thin rod runs from the dorsal side to the ventral, taking its origin from the posterior margin of pronotum, and then running downwards and outwards to be inserted into the anterior lateral angle ven- trally. On the ventral surface of the meso+metathorax on each side are the usual two acetabular bars—strong, rather short, running inwards and downwards on the under surface of the meso+metanotal wing, and helping to suspend the cox, into which they are inserted. Abdomen: as inthe g, there are at the base two large pleurites on each side. In the 9 these are succeeded on the next segment by a minute atrophied pleurite on each side, the chitin of which appears to be partially disintegrated. On the other segments, except the penultimate, the pleurites are completely absent. The penultimate pair are large plates, with irregular inside margin, lying in the dorsal surface. The basal plates lie laterally. Tergites and sternites are absent except for a tergite on the last segment, almost divided in two by a median longitudinal line of weak chitinization. On the sternum of the same segment, partly covered by the large gonopods, is a brown mark of peculiar shape (see fig. 3). The gonopods are strongly chitinized flaps of considerable size, articulated ventro-laterally so as to cover much of the lower surface of the last segment. In dorsal view, the free edge of the gonopod is seen on each side, at its base articu- lating by a rather wide and circular hinge with the pleurite of the penultimate segment. In both g and 2 the abdomen is large, loose, and “baggy.” Chetotazy. Male—Head: around and just behind the rim of the frontal sinus on the dorsal surface four widely- spaced hairs. A little way in the rear of the first and fourth, another hair. In front of the antenna, asmallhair. Around the temple margin, four or five small hairs. Inside the margin, one behind the other, five hairs of somewhat larger size, the first separated by a wide space from the ones behind. Three or four hairs on the promontory on each side of the sinus. Other hairs on dorsal surface arranged as shown in the figure. Ventral surface apparently bare. On upper surface of first segment of the antenna, a row of six large Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 7 98 Mr, B, F. Cummings on hairs well spaced one beside the other and extending from the proximal to the distal extremity. Preaxially a single hair. On segment 2, three hairs on the upper surface and one long one on postaxial margin. On segment 3, at the postaxial angle of the distal end, four or five stout hook- shaped denticles; on the preaxial side a patch of short spines. Preaxially three hairs, postaxially two, on dorsal surface two. Thorax and abdomen: chetotaxy too uncertain to justify description. Chetotary. Female—Antenne more heavily set with hairs. Thorax : a short hair on each lateral margin of the pro- thorax and two on each lateral margin of the meso-meta- thorax. Abdomen: on the dorsal surface, probably a row of small hairs across each segment. A moderately long bristle on each pleurite of penultimate segment. Several fairly long hairs along lower margin of tergite, two of these close together at the postero-lateral corner of the tergite. On the terminal sternum two patches of minute hairs, closely set one on each side of the middle line. Along the lower margin of the gonopod, seven or eight longish hairs. Mouth-parts.—The left mandible is a powerful, gnarled- looking weapon, complex in form and moulding *, For the purpose of description it may be divided into halves—a proximal and distal—by a transverse band of dark brown chitin on the ventral surface. The proximal half is a kind of pedestal on which the rést of the mandible is set. The distal half, narrower than the base, ends in three distinct apices irregularly placed. There are the usual two articular surfaces, one a rounded condyle beneath the basal process, and the other a rather large concavity into which fits a big tendon. The basal process is rather long and bent, as usual, so as to point horizontally. Distally the opposable surface of the mandible possesses the usual transverse ridges, disposed in two series separated from one another by a smooth, concave area, Z The right mandible possesses a wide straight base-line, and from the outside two-thirds of this the main body of the mandible arises, leaning outwards at first and then bending inwards sharply, making an angle on the outer margin, * The mouth-parts, especially the mandibles and the cesophageal aclerite (or lyriform organ), afford useful systematic characters in the Mallophaga. > t* new Spectes of Lice. 99 where the tendon of the large extensor muscle is inserted. The inner third of the base of the mandible is a short rectangular projection. There is a single sharp apex and a series of oblique ridges on the opposable surface. A small plate with a round even margin overlaps the outer edge just behind the apex, giving the appearance of a casque or hood over the outer margin. Labium.—The anterior margin is straight, without lobes or prominences. At each lateral angle, set in a dark brown socket of thick chitin, is the so-called paraglossa—a stout Trichodectes gastrodes, sp.n. Copulatory apparatus, g, x 45. BP=Basal plate ; E=Endomere; P=Paramere ; T=Denticle on sac. a, Denticle enlarged. ; single-segmented lobe, tapering slightly at the distal end. The tip of this appendage is obliquely truncate, the outer margin being longer than the inner. On the apex pointing inwards are four or five minute spines set on relatively large round pedestals. On the ventral surface of the labium between the paraglossee are eight spines arranged in a circle. Immediately behind this circle is a transverse brown band, which splits into two branches at each end, one running up to the front margin and the other running backwards and disappearing in the clear chitin behind the mouth. This is probably a supporting sclerite for the labium. 7# 100 Mr. B. F. Cummings on Tsopogometric Apparatus.— Anterior cornua of the sclerite as long as the main body. The distal end of each cornu rounded, narrower than at the base. The main body is lemon-shaped, the posterior narrow end drawn out into a short truncate “tab.’’? The upper surface is concave ; on each side a narrow chitinous band runs up on each side of the pharynx. This band partly arises from the basal part of the anterior cornu. The ‘ glands” or basal pieces are rounded oval, each with a thick stout tendon inserted into it behind, some way in front of the posterior margin. Around the bifurcating chitinous chords is a thin plate (? hypo- pharynx. pen uae « 60 40 11 a 3. Kama ts aes. 55 38 10 5 d. Kampala ........ ob 43 105 75 belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 191 Skull of type : condylo-incisive length 17°6 mm. ; greatest breadth 7:8; least interorbital breadth 3°9; length of palate 7°4; postpalatal length 7°9; greatest maxillary breadth 5:4; median depth of brain-case 4 ; length of upper tooth-row 7°7. Hab. “ Small uninhabited island one mile north of Sajitu Island, Victoria Nyanza.” Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 7. 5. 6. In addition to the type there are two further specimens of cuninghamei in the collection, one from Kama Island, Victoria Nyanza, and the other from Kampala. (108) Crocidura bicolor elgonius, Osg. Crocidura bicolor elgonius, Osgood, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. v. p- 369 (1910): Rather smaller than cuninyhamei, greyer in colour and with smaller skull. Size rather less than in either bicolor or cuninghamei, hind foot only 9mm. in length. Fur as short as in the allied forms. Colour of dorsal surface much greyer, general effect between “ fuscous”’ and ‘‘ Chetura drab,” considerably less brown than cuninghamei. Colour on sides gradually paling and passing imperceptibly into the lighter grey of the belly. Lateral gland very small, marked by short white hairs. Backs of hands and feet darker, dirty brownish grey. ‘Tail finely haired, dark sooty brown above, slightly paler below; bristle-hairs more conspicuous, grey throughout, not darker at their bases as in the Victoria Nyanza form. Skull smaller, equally flat, brain-case rather narrower. Teeth as in cuninghamei, second and third upper unicuspids slightly smaller. Dimensions of type and topotype (¢) (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 52, 55 mm. ; tail 38, 44; hind foot 9, 9 ; ear 8, 6. Skull of type: condylo-incisive length 16°7; greatest breadth 7°3.; least interorbital breadth 3:2; length of palate 6°8 ; postpalatal length 8; greatest maxillary breadth 4°8 ; depth of brain-case 4 ; length of upper tooth-row 7:2. Hab. Kirui, Mt. Elgon. Altitude 6000 feet. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 4. 1. 47. The much more sooty coloration and smaller skull distin- guish this Elgon race from the Lake form. 192 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews Group 20 (cinderella), Size fairly small. Colour above cinnamon, below whitish. Skulls rather flat. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size. (109) Crocidura cinderella, Thos. Crocidura cinderella, Thomas, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. viii. p- 119 (1911). Size of body about as in floweri described below, but tail shorter and hind foot smaller. Fur rather short, but not as short as in the bicolor group, hairs of back 38-4 mm. in length. Colour above pale cinnamon-grey, near ‘“ wood-brown” mixed with “drab ” and speckled with “ neutral grey,” the cinnamon tint passing rather abruptly into the light greyish white of the ventral surface; hairs of belly slate-grey, with whitish tips. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail of medium length, rather thick at base, thinly clad with short hairs, drab-grey above, paler below ; bristle-hairs numerous, evenly distributed throughout nearly the whole length of the tail. Skull rather larger than in floweri and more heavily built, brain-case narrow and fairly flat. Teeth about as in the Egyptian species, the two small upper unicuspids equal in size. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 62 mm. ; tail 48; hind foot 11. Skull: condylo-incisive length 19°7; greatest breadth 8:2; least interorbital breadth 3°8; length of palate 8; postpalatal length 8°8; greatest maxillary breadth 5°9; median depth of brain-case 4°3 ; length of upper tooth- row 83. Hab. Gemenjulla, French Gambia. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11. 6.10. 18. The shorter and less hairy tail and smaller feet distinguish this species from the Egyptian floweri, to which it would appear to be most nearly allied. (110) Crocidura floweri, sp. n. Larger than in the bicolor or nana groups, tail considerably longer, skull as flat as in bicolor. Size greater than in dicolor or nana, the hind foot mea- suring from 12-13 mm. in length. Fur long, hairs of back ———————————————S oO Oe —~— SSE —eeEEOE——E————&ags, ed oe belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 193 from 4-5 mm. in length, considerably longer than in bicolor. Colour (from spirit-specimens) of dorsal surface light cinnamon-brown, changing abruptly on the flanks into the white of the ventral surface ; hairs of belly with pale slate- grey bases and whitish tips. Backs of hands and feet dirty white. Tail very long, thinly clad with short hairs, cinnamon- colour above, white below, distinctly bicoloured ; bristle-hairs not numerous, entirely confined to the basal half, greyish white in colour, and rather inconspicuous. Skull much larger than in the other small Egyptian species, religiosa, but somewhat of the same flattened type, not so markedly however, the roof of the brain-case slightly convex, about as in dicolor. In size the skull is larger than in any of the members of the bicolor or nana groups, nearly equalling in length that of cinderella from the French Gambia. Teeth much larger than in religiosa, more as in the Gambia species; second and third upper unicuspids almost equal in size, third slightly overlapping second. Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :-— Head and body 57 mm. ; tail 58 ; hind foot 13 ; ear 8. Skulls of type and three topotypes :— d (type), = ds 3 2 mm. mm. mm mm Condylo-incisive length ...... 19-2 185 18 18 Greatest breadth ............ 8-4 8 78 78 Least interorbital breadth .... 4 38 37 3°8 Length of palate ............ 75 74 73 73 Postpalatal length............ 8°9 8:4 83 83 Greatest maxillary breadth.... 56 53 5:2 54 Median depth of brain-case.... 4° 42 4:2 4] Length of upper tooth-row.... 81 8 78 76 Hab. Giza, Egypt. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10. 6.18.3. Collected by Captain S. 8S. Flower, and presented to the National Collec- tion by the Egyptian Government Zoological Service. This species would appear to be most nearly allied to cinderella, from which it is distinguished by its longer and more bicoloured tail, larger hind feet, and rather shorter skull with larger brain-case; further, in cinderella the bristle-hairs are distributed over nearly the entire length of the tail, while in floweri they are strictly confined to the basal half. All the members of the dicolor and nana groups are considerably smaller in size and have shorter fur, 194 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews Group 21 (nana). Size small or very small. Colour above greyish or cinnamon, below greyish or white. Fur very short. Skulls exceptionally flat. Second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size. (111) Crocidura nana, Dobs. Crocidura nana, Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. v. p. 225 (1890). A very small slaty-brown coloured species, with a very flat skull. Size considerably less than in the bicolor group. Fur fairly short, hairs of back measuring 3-4 mm. in length. Colour of dorsal surface slaty brown (“neutral grey” washed with “ Prout’s brown”’), flanks equally dark, the brownish-grey tint passing fairly abruptly into the greyish white of the ventral surface ; belly rather whiter than in the following race. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail finely haired, dull brown above, white below; bristle-hairs nume- rous, whitish in colour. Skull very small and with the brain-case markedly flat- tened, much more so than in any of the bicolor group ; maxillary region rather narrow. ‘Teeth very small, third upper unicuspid a little broader than second. Dimensions of the type (from dried skin) :— Head and body 40 mm. ; tail 30; hind foot 8°5, Skull of specimen from Eyk, Somaliland (the type-skull is too badly broken to be of any use for measuring pur- poses) :— Condylo-incisive length 16; greatest breadth 7; least interorbital breadth 3°2; length of palate 6°7; postpalatal length 7°4; greatest maxillary breadth 46; median depth of brain-case 3°2; length of upper tooth-row 6°8. Hab. Dollo, Somaliland. Type. Adult. B.M. no. 90. 3. 6. 1. In the Collection there are two further specimens of this minute Somali shrew, both exactly like the type in general colour and dimensions. The small size, greyish-brown upper parts, whitish belly, and very small flat skull readily distinguish nana from all the preceding species. ——————=—— ~~ ey aig ot helonging to the Genus Crocidura. 195 (112) Crocidura nanilla, Thos. Crocidura nanilla, Thomas, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Ilist. (8) vol. iv. p. 99 (1909). Smaller and greyer than nana. Fur shorter, hairs of back only 2-3 mm. in length. Colour of dorsal surface slate-grey (rather paler than “Chetura drab”’) ; transition from slate-coloured flanks to whitish underparts well defined ; belly rather greyer than in nana. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail finely haired, slaty brown above, white below; bristle-hairs numerous, grey in colour. Skull smaller and with shorter brain-case than in nana, equally flat. Teeth rather smaller, second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size. Dimensions of the type (taken from spirit-specimen) :— Head and body 41 mm. ; tail 31 ; hind foot 8-2; ear 6°3. Skull: condylo-incisive length 15°1; greatest breadth 6'8 ; least interorbital breadth 3; length of palate 61; post- palatal length 7; greatest maxillary breadth 46 ; median depth of brain-case 3:2 ; length of upper tooth-row 6°5. Hab. Uganda (probably Entebbe). Type. Adult female (skinned from spirit). B.M. no. 9.7.14. 1. This Uganda pygmy shrew is distinguished from the Somali nana by its smaller skull and more slaty colouring. (113) Crocidura pasha, sp. u. A very small cinnamon-coloured species, with a smaller skull than either nana or nanilla. Size of head and body measured as rather larger than in nana; hind foot 9 mm. in length. Fur quite short, hairs of back only about 2°5 mm. in length. Colour of upper parts pale ciunamon mottled with grey, the resulting effect between ‘“ wood-brown” and “drab,” much browner and less slate-coloured than in nana or nanilla, more as in the larger whitakeri from Marocco. Flanks as brightly coloured as back, sharply contrasting with the pure white belly ; hairs of belly almost uniformly white, only the extreme bases being greyish, the general effect much whiter than in nana or nanilla. Backs of hands and feet whitish buff. Tail finely haired, cinnamon-brown 196 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews above, whitish below ; bristle-hairs long and numerous, white in colour, Skull smaller than in nanilla, of the same exceptionally flattened type, sides of brain-case rather less parallel, more convex. Teeth smaller, second upper unicuspid a trifle smaller in horizontal section than the third, which slightly overlaps it. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 50 mm.; tail 38; hind foot 9; ear 8. Skull of type and of a female specimen from Khartoum :— Condylo-incisive length 14°4, 14°2 ; greatest breadth 6°6, 6°6 ; least interorbital breadth 3:1, 3; length of palate 5°7, 5°5 ; postpalatal length 6:7, 6°8; greatest maxillary breadth 4°3, 4; median depth of brain-case 2°9, 2°9; length of upper tooth- row 5°9, 5°9. Hab, Atbara River, Sudan. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 8. 9.22.1. Collected on July 10th, 1908, by W. G. Percival, Esq., and presented by him to the British Museum. In the Collection there are two specimens, preserved in spirit, from Khartoum which undoubtedly represent this species ; the skull-dimensions of one of these individuals are given above. The pale cinnamon-coloured dorsal surface, sharply con- trasting with the almost pure white of the underparts, and smaller skull and teeth distinguish this handsome little shrew from nana, nanilla, and religiosa. (114) Crocidura glebula, sp. n. Closely allied to pasha, but rather darker in colour. Size about as in pasha ; fur equally short.. Colour of dorsal surface considerably darker and duller, between “hair-brown” and ‘“ snuff-brown,” speckled with “neutral grey”; flanks a little greyer, the brownish tint passing fairly abruptly into the greyish white of the ventral surface, but not nearly so sharply contrasted as in pasha. Underparts greyish white, basal halves of hairs slate-grey, © apical portions whitish, the general effect much duller and greyer than in the Sudan species. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail finely haired, light drab-brown above, white below ; bristle-hairs slender and inconspicuous, but fairly numerous. Skull missing. belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 197 Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 56 mm.; tail 832; hind foot 9; ear 8. Hab. Zungeru, Northern Nigeria. Type. Female. B.M.no.4.7.9.14. Original number 16. Collected and presented to the British Museum by Capt. H. Cock, R.A. In spite of the absence of the skull, there can be little doubt regarding the affinities of this shrew. The darker and duller-coloured upper parts and distinctly greyer belly distinguish it at once from pasha. The only other West- African species at all similar in general colour is cinderella, from the French Gambia, which may be easily distinguished by its larger size, longer tail, and much longer fur. (115) Crocidura religiosa, Is. Geoff. Sorex religiosus, Is. Geoffroy, Mém. Mus, xv. p. 128 (1827). In size about as in nana, but greyer in colour. Fur shorter than in nana, about like that of nanilla. Colour of upper parts dull drab-grey faintly washed with brownish, the general effect much as ia “ hair-brown,” considerably greyer than in nana, but not so slaty as in nanilla, Flanks rather paler, the tint gradually fading and ‘passing imperceptibly into the light grey of the underparts ; hairs of belly with grey bases and greyish-white tips, on chin and throat rather lighter. Backs of hands and feet white. Tail drab-colour above, whitish below; bristle-hairs numerous, greyish in colour. Skull about equal in length to that of nana, quite as flat, the brain-case a trifle broader. Teeth similar. Dimensions (taken from spirit-specimens) :— Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. mm. mm, mm. WES Sdn gis to's ccna ga 45 36 9 ee Sis xe toe 49 40 95 Eero e re 52 37 9:2 abs a> oa kwa Re picudh) 47 34 85 | ESR eee aL e 50 34 9 47 34 8:7 Skulls of two adults: condylo-incisive length 158, 15°8; greatest breadth 7, 7; least interorbital breadth 3:2, 3:1 ; length of palate 6:2, 6°2; postpalatal length 7-4, 7:4; greatest maxillary breadth 4°9, 4°7 ; median depth of brain- case 3, 3; length of upper tooth-row 6°8, 6°8. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 14 198 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews Hab. Egypt. This Egyptian shrew is distinguished from nana by its shorter fur, rather duller and greyer dorsal surface, and much greyer underparts. The Sudan species, pasha, is separated from religiosa by its much smaller skull, brighter colouring, and white ventral surface. The smaller size and more slaty colour at once distinguish nanilla from this species. (116) Crocidura lusitania, sp. n. Allied to nana, larger in size and with larger skull and teeth. Body and hind foot larger than in nana; tail rather longer. Fur very short, hairs of back about 2°5 mm. in length. Colour (taken from spirit-specimens) of dorsal surface rather darker than in glebula, dull greyish cinnamon-brown, changing fairly abruptly on the flanks into the greyish white of the underparts. Chin and throat, backs of hands and feet, and lateral gland white. Tail long ; light brown above, whitish below; bristle-hairs numerous and long, distributed over nearly the whole length of the tail, white in colour. Skull of the same flattened shape as in nana, brain-case broader, muzzle less slender. Teeth larger and heavier ; third upper unicuspid rather broader than second, but not markedly so. Dimensions of the type and topotype (spirit-speci- mens) :— Head and body 53, 53 mm.; tail 43, 42; hind foot 10°6, 10°5 ; ear 8, 7. Skulls: condylo-incisive length 16°9,17; greatest breadth 7°5, 7°4; least interorbital breadth 3°6, 3:2; length of palate 7, 7; postpalatal length 7°8, 8; greatest maxillary breadth 5:2, 5; median depth of brain-case 3°7, 3°6; length of upper tooth-row 7:2, 7:4. Hab. Trarza Country, Mauritania. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 13.3. 7.2. Collected by M. Audan. The larger size distinguishes this species from all the other members of the nana group. The Nigerian glebula would appear to be its nearest relation; it is probably also related to the Gambian cinderella, which species possesses a larger and less flattened skull and more incrassated tail, "3 eh belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 199 Grounp 22 (dolichura). Size medium or very small. Colour above dark brownish red, greyish, or blackish. Caudal bristle-hairs almost entirely absent. (117) Crocidura dolichura, Pet. Crocidura dolichura, Peters, MB, Akad. Berlin, p. 475 (1876). A fairly small species with very long tail, caudal bristle- hairs almost entirely absent. Size of body small ; tail exceptionally long, about 80 mm. in length. Colour slate-grey above, gradually fading on the flanks to the greyish tint of the belly, which is only a shade lighter than on the back. Backs of hands and feet dirty white or brownish ; claws of fore and hind feet about equal. Tail very long, cylindrical, and appearing almost naked, but covered with very short brown hairs, rather darker above than below; caudal bristles almost absent, a few situated at the extreme root of the tail. Dimensions of the type (as given by Peters) :— Head and body 63 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 14 (ce. u.) ; ear 9. ‘Skull: length of upper tooth-row 7:9. Hab. Bonjongo, Cameroons. In the Museum Collection there are two spirit-specimens from the Cameroons which may be referred to this species ; the following are the flesh-dimensions of these specimens :— Head and body 59, 60 mm. ; tail 84,78; hind foot 13, 13:2 (s. u.); ear 8, 8. The skull of one specimen having been taken out, it is possible to give the following dimensions :— Condylo-incisive length 20; greatest breadth 8°6; least interorbital breadth 4°2 ; length of palate 7-8 ; postpalatal length 9:2; greatest width across maxillary region 577 ; median depth of brain-case 51; length of upper tooth- row 8°6. The skull is smaller than ithat of the following species ; brain-case narrow and high, muzzle not tapering so suddenly. Teeth small, second and third upper unicuspids about equal in size and roughly circular in section, much broader than those of maurisca; cingula exceptionally prominent. Externally this shrew may be at once recognised by its extremely long and apparently hairless tail. ‘The great length of the tail readily separates it from the other members of this group. 14* 200 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews (118) Crocidura maurisca, Thos. Crocidura maurisca, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xiv. p. 239 (1904). A medium-sized species, chocolate-brown in colour, possessing the cylindrical hairless tail so characteristic of this group; skull small and tapering, unicuspids very narrow. General body-proportions much as in dolichura, tail markedly shorter. Colour above dull chocolate-brown, flanks slightly lighter, the brown tint gradually passing into the brownish of the ventral surface, which is slightly paler than the upper parts. Backs of hands and feet same colour as back; the fore and hind claws subequal. ‘Tail slender and cylindrical, long hairs present only at the extreme base ; brownish above and below. Skull small and narrow in front, tapering anteriorly more markedly than in any other member of this group ; brain- case fairly broad and high, maxillary region narrow, muzzle slender and tapering to a sharp point. Teeth small, upper incisors very narrow, small unicuspids longer than broad, oval in section, third slightly longer than second; cingula prominent. Dimensions of the type (taken from spirit-specimen before skinning) :— Head and body 75 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 144; ear 10. Skull : condylo-incisive length 20°7 ; greatest breadth 9°2 ; least interorbital breadth 4°3 ; length of palate 8°3; post- palatal length 9°2; greatest width across maxillary region 6°2; median depth of brain-case 5°4; length of upper tooth- row 9'1. Hab. Entebbe, Uganda. Type. Adult female. B.M.no. 1.8.9. 99. This species is known only from the type-specimen, and, as this was for a short period preserved in spirit, it is impossible to accept the general coloration of this individual as strictly normal. There can be no doubt, however, that it is a very dark-coloured species, both above and below. The narrow tapering muzzle of the skull and small very narrow unicuspids serve to separate maurisca from all the other members of this naked-tail group. a pine) a NN eS eee eeeeeEOeEeeeEeEEEEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEeEe—————EEEeEeE SS belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 201 (119) Crocidura niobe, Thos. Crocidura niobe, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xviii. p. 188 (1906). Slightly smaller than maurisca; agrees in the almost entire absence of long bristles on the tail, but considerably greyer in colour, and possesses a shorter stouter skull with broader unicuspids. Size of body and hind feet rather less than in the Entebbe species. General colour dark slaty grey (varies from “ blackish brown (2)” to “blackish brown (2) ” mixed with ‘ clove- brown”), indistinctly mottled with silvery grey. Under- parts slate-grey, rather lighter than in maurisca, only the extreme tips of the hairs tinted with light brown. Backs of hands and feet slate-brown, fore claws rather smaller than hind, ‘Tail long, slender, and cylindrical, long hairs present only on the basal portion ; uniformly blackish brown above and below. Skull less delicately built than that of maurisca, stouter and slightly flatter; muzzle blunter and less tapering, maxillary region rather broader. ‘Teeth rather smaller, unicuspids broader, nearly circular in section, second rather smaller than and overlapped by third ; cingula well developed. ~The broad almost circular second and third unicuspids are very different from the narrow oval-shaped teeth of maurisca. Cheek-teeth square-shaped. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 61 mm. ; tail 63; hind foot 13; ear 10. Skull: condylo-incisive length 20 ; greatest breadth 9:1 ; least interorbital breadth 4°5 ; length of palate 7°8; post- palatal length 9 ; greatest maxillary breadth 6°3 ; depth of brain-case 5°4 ; length of upper tooth-row 8:2. Hab. Ruwenzori East. Altitude 6000 feet. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6.7.1. 32. There are three specimens of this shrew in the collection, all from Ruwenzori, collected at altitudes between 6000 and 7000 feet. The much broader and less tapering skull and broader unicuspids distigguish this species from maurisca. (120) Crocidura bottegi, Thos. Crocidura bottegi, Thomas, Ann. Mus. St. Nat. Genova, (2) vol. xviii. (xxxviii.) p. 677 (1898). Much smaller than niode, but possessing the same domed- shaped skull and bristleless tail. 202 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews In general dimensions more as in the nana group, body very small. Fur long, hairs on back from 5 to 6 mm. in length. Colour (from spirit-specimen) dark brown above and below, the belly scarcely paler. Hands and feet equally dark. Tail long and slender, finely haired, dark brown above, a shade paler below; bristle-hairs almost entirely absent, a few very short ones near the base. Skull in general build like that of niobe, but very much smaller; brain-case very high and rounded, the junction of the lambdoidal and sagittal sutures situated fairly far for- ward, as in niobe and the flatter skull of fumosa. Interorbital region very broad behind, narrowing in front rather abruptly. Maxillary region narrow. ‘Teeth small, anterior upper incisors directed forwards in such a manner that they do not project downwards below the level of the second incisors ; second and third upper unicuspids small, third a little broader than second. Cheek-teeth of the same square shape as in niobe, the last upper molar exhibiting the same characteristic form, the main grinding-area square-shaped, abruptly narrowing externally into a small lateral point. In Jength this skull is more as is found in the nana group, but its build is so different from the exceedingly flat skulls of nana and its allies that it is impossible to consider it in any way closely related. Dimensions of co-type (in spirit) :— Head and body 44 mm.; tail 41; hind foot 107; ear 7°93. Skull : condylo-incisive length 15:3; greatest breadth 7°3 ; least interorbital breadth 3-4; greatest posterior inter-' orbital breadth 4-2 ; length of palate6; postpalatal length 7 ; greatest maxillary breadth 4°3; depth of brain-case 4°4; length of upper tooth-row 6°3. Hab. Between Badditu and Dime, near Lake Margharita, N.E. of Lake Rudolf. The co-type in the British Museum (B.M. no. 98, 2.5. 6) is an adult male. The minute size of this species immediately distinguishes it from all the other members of this group. The only points which it has in common with nana and its allies are the small size of the body and skull; the high brain-case, square-shaped cheek-teeth, great posterior breadth of the interorbital region, and almost entire absence of caudal bristles show beyond doubt that it is most nearly related to niobe. 5 3 7 4 j belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 203 (121) Crocidura monaz, Thos, Crocidura monax, Thomas, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) vol. vi. p. 310 (1910). ee than maurisca with very much heavier and stouter skull. Size medium, hind foot between 15°5 and 17 mm. in length. General colour dark slaty, like that of niobe, but rather darker and without the mottled appearance (between *fuscous” and ‘‘fuscous black”). Flanks rather paler than back, the colour gradually passing into that of the ventral surface, which is a shade greyer and paler than the upper parts. Backs of hands and feet brownish, fore and hind claws about equal in size. Tail slender and cylindrical, long caudal bristles almost entirely absent, a few only at the base ; colour blackish brown above and below. Skull considerably larger than that of maurisca, brain-case rather flat; maxillary region narrow, muzzle blunt. Teeth large, unicuspids with well-formed cingula, broad and roughly circular in section, very different from the narrow oval-shaped teeth of maurisca ; third unicuspid slightly larger than and overlapping second. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 88 mm.; tail 66; hind foot 16:2; ear 10. Skull: condylo-incisive length 24:1; greatest breadth 10°7 ; least interorbital breadth 5°3; length of palate 9°7 ; postpalatal length 10°8; greatest maxillary width 7°5 ; median depth of brain-case 6°1 ; length of upper tooth- row ll. Hab. Rombo, Kilimanjaro. Altitude 5000 feet. Type. Old female. B.M. no. 10.7.2. 58. In addition to the type there are in the Museum Collection seven further specimens from Rombo, all remarkably uniform in general colour. The following are the collector’s measurements of six of these specimens :— Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. ‘ mm, mm. mm, A a 87 62 16°2 Sayibi Aime”. (10%), 88 61 15° AB kad 91 65 17 pa Basal a laerane'b 81 62 16 9. nA so » 88 62 165 Y> Pye yeh 83 64 155 In general colour this species is slightly darker than 204 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews niobe ; it may be distinguished at once by its larger size and very much larger and stouter skull. (122) Crocidura littoralis, Hell. Crocidura littoralis, Heller, Smith. Misc. Coll. vol. lv. no. 15, p: 5 (1910). Allied to monaz, darker and browner in colour, Size of body and hind foot rather larger than in the Kilimanjaro species. Colour of dorsal surface rich sepia, considerably browner than the dark slaty pelage of monaz; underparts vandyke- brown, the chin and throat suffused with grey. Hair every- where plumbeous at base. Backs of hands and feet rather lighter than back. Tail as in monaz. Skull about equal to that of monaz, rather narrower and with a slightly shorter tooth-row. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh, excepting the hind foot) :-— Head and body 96 mm. ; tail 67 ; hind foot 17. Skull: condylo-incisive length 24; greatest breadth 10; length of upper tooth-row 10. Hab. Butiaba, east shore of Albert Nyanza, Uganda. Type. Adult male. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 164642. This species is evidently very closely allied to monaz, from which it may be distinguished by its browner and darker colour. (123) Crocidura ultima, sp. n. Allied to monaz, distinguished by its paler and browner colour and the large size of third upper unicuspid, as com- pared with the second. Size of body much as in monaz, General colour reddish brown mottled with grey, effect very much as in “ clove-brown” sprinkled with greyish buff, very different from the dark blackish-brown coloration of monaz. Underparts rather greyer than upper, not dis- tinctly differentiated from the brownish tint of the flanks. Backs of bands and feet pale brownish buff ; claws of hind feet slightly larger than those of fore feet. Tail fairly long, covered with very short brownish hairs, the general effect as in monaz ; colour reddish brown above and below, paler than in the other members of this group ; caudal bristles almost entirely absent, a few near the base on the ventral surface. Skull slightly smaller than that of monaz, of a very similar i ee ee, ee, eee a A a nl belonging to the Genus Crocidura, 205 build, broad with blunt muzzle. Teeth slightly smaller ; second unicuspid conspicuously smaller than and overlapped by third, circular in section with well-developed cingula. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 90 mm. ; tail 62 ; hind foot 16; ear 13. Skull: condylo-incisive length 22°9; greatest breadth 10°2; least interorbital breadth 5°3 ; length of palate 9°3; postpalatal length 10; greatest maxillary breadth 6°8 ; length of upper tooth-row 10°2. Hab. Jombeni Range, Nyeri District, British East Africa, Altitude 5000 feet. Type. Adult. B.M. no. 12. 7.1.60. Original number 868. Collected and presented by A. Blayney Percival, Esq. This Jombeni form may be distinguished at once from monax by the great difference in size between the second and third upper unicuspids, the third being very much larger and considerably overlapping the second, while in monax the third unicuspid is only slightly larger than the second. (124) Crocidura neavei, Wrought. Crocidura neaveit, Wroughton, Manchester Memoirs, yol. li. no. 5, p. 7 (1907). In size rather larger than maurisca, but much blacker in colour and possessing a flatter skull with rather broader teeth. Size of body and hind foot a little larger than in maurisca. General colour very dark seal-brown (dark ‘“ fuscous black” finely speckled with “cinnamon-brown”), fading gradually on the flauks into the brownish grey of the ventral surface. Backs of hands and feet brownish; fore claws rather smaller than hind. Tail long and clothed with short blackish hairs above and below, general appearance as naked as in the foregoing species ; long caudal bristles only present on the basal portion. Skull about equal in size to that of maurisca, with flatter brain-case ; maxillary region more expanded, muzzle not tapering so markedly. Tooth-row equal in size to that of maurisca, second and third upper unicuspids rather broader, but not so broad as in dolichura; cingula well developed. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 78 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 16; ear 9. Skull: condylo-incisive length 20°7; greatest breadth 8°8; least interorbital breadth 4°7 ; length of palate 8:2 ; 206 Mr. G. Dollman on the African Shrews postpalatal length 9°5; greatest maxillary breadth 6:4; median depth of brain-case 4°9; length of upper tooth- row 9'l. Hab. Kafue River, Northern Rhodesia. Altitude 4000 feet. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.1.11. 12. Since this species was described Mr. Neave has collected a second specimen of this interesting shrew on the Kalung- wisi River, east of Lake Mweru. It agrees very closely with the type in the general colour and the caudal characters described above. The very dark blackish colour readily separates this form — from all the more northern species ; it would seem to be more nearly allied to the following species than to any of the other members of this group. (125) Crocidura sylvia, Thos. & Schw. Crocidura sylvia, Thomas & Schwann, P. Z. 8. xxxix. p. 587 (1906). A very dark-coloured species with rather more long hairs on the basal portion of the tail than in the other members of this group. Size of body and hind foot as in maurisca; tail usually rather shorter. General colour dark seal-brown (‘“fuscous black” and “black” sprinkled with golden buff), as dark as in neavei ; underparts slightly paler. Backs of hands and feet brownish ; claws of fore and hind feet about equal in size. Tail shorter than in neavei or maurisca and more hairy, the entire tail covered with fairly conspicuous black hairs, not, as in’ the other members of this group, appearing almost naked; caudal bristles very slender, but fairly numerous on the basal portion of the tail, more conspicuous than in any of the allied species. As regards the length of the tail it will be seen from the figures given below that, while the usual length is between 53 and 60 mm., there is one rather larger specimen from Inhambane in which the tail is fully 67 mm. in length; it is interesting to note that in this individual the tail is less hairy than in the Zoutpansberg series and the caudal bristles less numerous—the general effect much more that of neavet. Skull rather longer than that of maurisca, with broader muzzle, the nasal region about as in neavei; brain-case . proportionally narrower and rather high, the general shape { EE —— belonging to the Genus Crocidura. 207 of the skull rather like a larger edition of dolichura., Maxillary breadth as great as in neavei. Teeth larger and broader than in maurisca, unicuspids roughly circular in shape, slightly broader than those of neavei; cingula fairly prominent. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 81 mm. ; tail 53 ; hind foot 15; ear 8°5. The following are the skin-dimensions of the other specimens of sy/via in the collection :— Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. Tar. mm, mm. mm. mun. Q. Sees ti 84 50 145 8 2. ” ays: 51 14:7 8 rel _ 76 49 14 8 é. ” Cues ee 54 14:7 8 d- ” sila 2 50 15 9 d. * ‘amet tO 60 17 § 3. 73 54 15 8 Q. Zululand. .:..... 91 58 14 6 ex recta. irate 90 67 16 9 Skull-dimensions of the type and two other specimens from the type-locality :— d (type). 3 d - mm. mm mm Condylo-incisive length.......... 21°5 22 21:3 Greatest breadth: ............... o1 9-2 9°2 Least interorbital breadth........ 43 4:5 46 Length of palate........2s.seeee 86 9 8:7 Postpalatal length Dall dine era au 9°9 9:9 9°5 Greatest maxillary breadth ...... 67 6:7 63 Length of upper tooth-row ...... 9-1 94 9:2 Hab. Woodbush, Zoutpansberg District, N.E. Transvaal. Altitude 4500 feet. Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 6. 4. 3.10. This species may be distinguished from the other members of this group by its more hairy and rather shorter tail ; its very dark colour separates it from all the equatorial forms, neavei from the Kafue River being the only species as dark as sy/via. The following forms I have been unable to determine :— (a) Crocidura ferruginea, Heug. Crocidura ferruginea, Heuglin, Nov. Act. Ac. Cees. Leop.-Carol. part i. p. 86 (1865), Length of head and body 5” 3’; tail 24”. 208 On the African Shrews belonging to Crocidura. Hab. “‘ Lande der Ridj-Neger,” Bahr-el-Ghazal. The description is extremely vague, the author not being quite certain as to whether there are three or more upper unicuspids. If the specimen was really a Crocidura it is possible that ferruginea is a member of the nyanse or doriana groups. : (b) Crocidura fusco-murina, Heug. Sorex fusco-murinus, Heuglin, Nov. Act. Ac. Cees, Leop.-Carol. part i. p. 36 (1865). Smaller than sericea, but not as small as in the nana group; length of head and body 2” 2’; tail 1 93". “Supra nitide fusco-murinus, subtus pallidior, magis cinerascens; mento labiisque obsolete albis; auriculis majusculis, latis, rotundatis .. .” Hab. Meshra el Req, Bahr-el-Ghazal. This species is probably allied to butleri, from which it is easily distinguished by its general dimensions. (c) Crocidura viarius, Is. Geoff. Sorex viarius, Is, Geoffroy, Voy. Bél., Zool. p. 127 (1884). A small species; the only Senegalese shrew of similar size in the Museum Collection is a /achyura. ‘‘Pelage d’un roux grisitre en dessus, d’un cendré clair en dessous. Oreilles grandes, non cachées dans les poils. Queue un peu comprimée dans sa premiére portion, arrondie vers son extrémité, garnie de longues soies clair-semées, dirigées en arriére. Longueur du corps et de la téte, un peu plus de 3 pouces; longueur de la queue, 2 pouces.” Hab. Senegal. (d) Crocidura infumaia, Wag. Sorex infumatus, Wagner, Schreb. Saug. Suppl. ii. p. 76 (1841). From the dimensions and colour it seems most probable that infumata is related to the hirta group, possibly to flavidula or pondoensis. Length of head and body 3” 1’; tail 1’ 92". Hab. Cape. (e) Crocidura fulvaster, Sund. Sorex fulvaster, Sundeyall, Vet. Akad. Handl. Stock. pp. 172 & 178 (1842). This form is described as “ palide griseo-fulvescens, subtus cinereo-albus, dentibus intermediis supra 3 ; secundo tertio- que zqualibus.” . Bibliographical Notice. 209 Dimensions of the type (as given by Sundevall) :— Head and body 90 mm.; tail 44; hind foot (ce. u.) 13. Hab. Bahr el Abiad. It seems probable that fulvaster is only a colour-phase of Sundevall’s sericea ; if this should be the case, the name fulvaster must stand owing to page priority, sericea and strauchii then being placed as synonyms of /ulvaster. (f) Crocidura macrodon, Dobs. Crocidura macrodon, Dobson, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. v. p. 226 (1890). A medium-sized species. Colour not described. Skull with long anterior incisors, third upper unicuspid broader than second. Dimensions of the type (as given by Dobson) :— Head and body 68 mm. ; tail 46; hind foot 14; ear 8°5. Skull: “distance of the tip of first incisor from apex of principal cusp of the last premolar 54.” Hab. “ Sudan? ” Type (in spirit). No. 1968. Zoological Museum, Petro- grad. It is probable that this shrew is allied to the fumosa group, but from the description alone it is impossible to arrive at any true idea of the affinities of the species. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, Atlas of Plates. By H. Surer. Published by the Authority of the Government of New Zealand. 72 Plates, with Explanations. Wuen reviewing the text of this work in our number for July 1914 we expressed the hope that the plates, when they arrived, would prove superior to the text in “‘ get up.” This we are now glad to be able to state is the case. Not that the whole of the seventy-two plates composing this Atlas are of equal merit—some are decidedly poor, and the figures based on photographs leave much to be desired. On the other hand, the reproductions of the author’s own careful drawings of the Endo- donts are excellent. In all cases, however—and this is the important point,—the species delineated are clearly recognizable, which, alas! is often not the case in some quite beautifully executed plates where artistic licence has been taken with the subjects. 210 Geological Society. With this Atlas before us we are more than ever sure, as we said, that the work will be of immense value, not only to students of the New Zealand Mollusca, but to all malacologists. Would that other governing bodies, including some not far removed from home, could be induced to undertake similar works of scientific utility ! PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. November 17th, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Jonn PArxkryson gave an account (illustrated by specimens and lantern-slides) of some observations on the Structure of the Northern Frontier District and Jubaland Provinces of the East Africa Protectorate, made by him while conducting a water-supply survey for the Government of the Protectorate. A floor of gneisses and schists, among which the Turoka Series of metamorphosed sediments was found at several places, is overlain on the western side by lavas, including those arising from the voleanoes Kulal, Assi (‘ Esie’ of the maps), Hurri, Marsabit, ete., and by probably older lava-fields which together extend as far as long. 39° E. On the south, it was found that the lavas north of Kenya reached the Guaso Nyiro, leaving ‘inselberge’ of the crystalline rocks in their midst, but that a high gneiss country extended north-westwards from lat. 1° N. and long. 38° E. to within a short distance of Lake Rudolf. Eastwards the Coastal Belt of sediments proved to be of Upper Oxfordian age and to extend to long. 403° E. (west of Hil Wak), and these were lost southwards under the great alluvial plain of Jubaland. At intervals throughout the alluvial plain and lying in hollows in the Jurassic rocks, disconnected exposures were found of soft calcareous sandstones or limestones (Wajhir, Eil Wak), the age of which cannot now be definitely fixed. Evidences of the desiccation of the country were, it was thought, shown (1) by the Laks or water-channels characteristic of Juba- land, which contained surface-water only during the rainy season and then extremely rarely, if ever, throughout their length; (2) by the presence of freshwater molluscs in the scarcely con- solidated beds of such Laks and at other places where now no surface-water is present (Buna and near the Abyssinian frontier) ; and (3) by the presence of wells along fault-lines and in other places where, but for the previous presence of springs, it appears improbable that the natives would have begun sinking. The region between Lake Rudolf and Marsabit was pointed out a . | Geological Society. 211 as one of exceptional interest, which the speaker had so far not been able to investigate. The depression between the Mathews and associated ranges and the Abyssinian frontier on which the Marsabit and Hurri voleanoes were situated, and the origin of the Kuroli Desert (Elgess), were the outstanding features of the district that required further elucidation. Mr. G. C. Crick stated that the Cephalopoda submitted to him by the Lecturer consisted chiefly of crushed ammonites from dark- grey shales at Kukatta on the Juba River (lat. 2° 8’ N.), there being also a belemnite preserved in a yellowish-brown rock-fragment from Serenli on the same river and somewhat north of Kukatta. He regarded all the ammonites as referable to Perisphinctes and its section Virgatosphinctes, and to species which had previously been described from the neighbourhood of Mombasa. From this assemblage of forms he concluded that the shales at Kukatta were of Upper Oxfordian (Sequanian) age. He stated that the belemnite from Serenli indicated the presence there of a slender sulcate form, similar to those previously recorded from British Somaliland on the north and from the neighbourhood of Mombasa on the south; but, although of Jurassic age, it was too imperfectly shown in the rock-fragment for accurate determination. Mr. R. Burien Newron said that he had examined a small series of non-marine Kainozoic molluscan remains belonging to recent species, and associated with hard and soft limestones, caleareous sandstones, and conglomerates, which had been collected by the Lecturer, and had determined them as follows :— AMPULLARIA OVATA (?) Olivier. Locality.—Lak Buna. Distribution—Recent: Victoria Nyanza, Tanganyika, Nile; Post-Pliocene: Egypt; Miocene: Victoria Nyanza. Meant TuBERCULATA (Miiller) (= curvicosta Deshayes). Localities.—Archer’s Post; Lak Buna; Chikali Khofu. Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Nyasa, Tanganyika, India, ete.; Post-Pliocene: Egypt and Sahara; Pliocene: ‘Lake Assal, French Somaliland (formerly regarded as Abyssinia) ; Miocene: Rudolf (Omo River), Greece, North Italy, ete. CLEOPATRA BULIMOIDES (Olivier). Localities.—Lak Buna; Chikali Khofu. Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, French Somaliland, Zanzibar; Post-Pliocene: Egypt; Pliocene: French Somali- land; Miocene: Victoria Nyanza. Byrn and Pranorsis spp. Locality.—Waihir. 212 Geological Society. LIMIcOLARIA RECTISTRIGATA E.A.Smith. Locality.—Archer’s Post. Distribution.—Recent: Rudolf and Tanganyika regions. RHACHIS RHODOTHNIA Martens. Locality.—Chukali Ghofu. Distribution.—Recent: Victoria Nyanza and Mount Kenya plateau. LEPTOSPATHA SPATHULIFORMIS (Bourguignat). Loc alities— Turbi and Lak Buna. + Distribution.—Recent: Rudolf and Zanzibar. CorpicuLa FLUMINALIS (Miiller) (= saharica Fischer). Localities.—Turbi; Lak Buna and Chukali Ghofu. Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Marguerite, and Abyssinia; Post-Pliocene: Egypt and Sahara; Pliocene: French Somaliland ; Miocene: Rudolf (Omo-River beds). CorBICULA RADIATA (=pusilla?) Philippi. Locality.— Chukali Ghofu. Distribution.—Recent: Nile, Rudolf, Victoria Nyanza, Albert Edward, Nyasa, Tanganyika; Post-Pliocene: Egypt; Pliocene: French Somaliland ; Miocene: Rudolf (Omo-River beds). No vertebrates occurred with these shells, hence their age would probably be younger than the Omo-River deposits north of Lake Rudolf, that have yielded a somewhat similar molluscan fauna, but with the addition of Dinotherium and other vertebrate remains. The presence of that genus, as pointed out by Dr. Haug (‘ Traité de Géologie’ 1908-11, vol. ii, p. 1727), was indicative of the Pontian or Upper Miocene Period. There are, however, some lacustrine beds near Lake Assal, in French Somaliland (formerly regarded as Abyssinia), which contain shells also bearing a resem- blance to those collected by Mr. Parkinson in British East Africa, especially Melania tuberculata, Cleopatra bulimoides, Corbicula fluminalis, and C. radiata, which are common to both sets of deposits. These Lake Assal beds, which are also without vertebrate remains, have been identified by Aubry (Bull. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 8, vol. xiv, 1885, pp. 206-209), and Pantanelli (Atti Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat. Proc.-verb. vol. v, 1887, pp. 204-206, and zbid. vol. vi, 1888, p. 169) as of Pliocene age. If, from these facts, such widely distant beds can be recognized as contemporaneous, then the suggestion may be made that ‘the northern half of British East Africa was probably an extensive freshwater region during Pliocene times, limited on the north by Lake Assal, on the east by Suddidima, on the south by Archer’s Post and the Mount Kenya plateau, and on the west by Lakes Rudolf, Stefanie, and Marguerite. Assistance in the determination of these shells had been kindly rendered by Mr. E. A. Smith, 1.8.0. a AY. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, (EIGHTH SERIES.) No. 99. MARCH 1916, XVIUI.—Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—V I. By Ricuarp 8. BAGNaLtL, F.L.S. Suborder TEREBRANTIA. Family Thripide. Heliothrips frontalis, sp. n. A, hemorrhoidalis group. ? .—Length about 1:15 mm. Head, prothorax, pterothorax, and apex of abdomen golden- brown, shaded to brown laterally ; frons brown; legs yellow, femora slightly deeper in coloration than the tibie, especially the intermediate pair. Body, excepting apex, chestnut- brown, with a sublateral pair of black rings or ‘ eye-spots”’ on tergites 3 to 7. Antenne broken in the unique specimen except the first two joints, which are light yellow. Fore-wing clouded with yellowish-brown at base and with the veins in the third sixth (or more) and the fifth sixth dark brown ; veins otherwise except at extreme apex (distal sixth), where they are colourless, yellowish to light yellowish-brown. Head subquadrate, strongly reticulated, about 0°8 as long as broad across eyes ; cheeks very slightly arched behind eyes, and then as faintly sinuate or convergent posteriorly. Eyes small, only occupying about one-third the length of the head, and the space between them at least 2°5 times the width of one of them. Antenne .... Vertex produced Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 15 214 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. into an exceptionally prominent hump, with anterior ocellus facing forwards at summit and the posterior pair evidently flanking the sides. Prothorax only about 0°7 the length of the head, transverse, with angles rounded ; widest near posterior angles, where it is twice as wide as long ; surface with network reticulation as in head, except a belt across disc. Pterothorax widest at junction of meso- and metathorax. Legs much as in allies, hind-tibie long, slender basally. Wings reaching to sixth abdominal segment, fore-wings slightly upturned distally, with veins (ineluding marginal) strong ; upper vein fused with costa; lower vein joining the hind-margin at or just before the distal sixth. Costal fringe of about fifteen curved sete; lower cilia also sparse, fumate, rather long, slender, and wavy. Abdomen comparatively heavy, elongate-ovate, and about 1:4 times as broad as the pterothorax at broadest. ‘Tenth abdominal segment long, more than twice as long as broad near base, divided above. Apical sete vestigial, a pair on 9, at hind angles, only about 0°3 the length of segment 10. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AustRALiA, Healesville, Victoria; on Senecio du- yardeus, 1 @ only (A. Kelly). Genus AUSTRALOTHRIPS, nov. Strong network reticulation. Antenne 8-segmented, style normal, not setiform ; joint 2 quadrate, cup-shaped, hollow at apex for reception of 3. Head transverse, hind-angles prominent ; eyes prominent ; maxillary and labial palpi 3- (?) and 2-jointed respectively. Prothorax without any prominent sete, transverse, with lateral, explanate, wing-like margins. Wings straight, not reticulated ; fore-wing with strong ring-vein, upper vein merged in costa, and lower vein appearing as a median vein ; no cilia or sete on costa, no setee on veins, and lower margin with cilia fine. Hind-wing with strong median vein; a series of slender setze or cilia on upper margin and a long slightly wavy fringe on lower margin. Tenth abdominal segment short, broad, cylindrical. Pterothorax and abdomen much as in Rhipiphorothrips. Type. Australothrips bicolor, mihi. Differs from Déinurothrips, the only other genus with ee ae a oe le Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, 215 e . explanate lateral margins of the prothorax, in the simple antennal style and the structure of fore-wings, which are without setae and cilia on the costa. Australothrips bicolor, sp. n. ? —Length about 1:1 mm. Orange-yellow ; head, prothorax, mesothorax, scutular area, and sides of metathorax dark chestnut-brown; fore and intermediate femora dark brown ; hind-femora and fore and intermediate tibiz lightly tinged with brown. Antenne with joint 6 apically and style brown; first joint lightly tinged with brown. Scale of fore-wing, small patch adjoining, and mid-vein and cilia of hind-wing brown. Head about 1°8 times as broad as long, cheeks slightly converging, and hind angles prominent ; network reticulation of surface strong, especially below an arcuate raised line behind eyes. Eyes prominent, space between them about twice the width of an eye. Vertex sinuate on each side of raised part, having the antenne, which are twice as long as the head, seated in the sinuations. First antennal joint short; second quadrate, with distal cup-shaped hollow for reception of 3; 3 long, claviform, constricted at apex ; 4 and 5 cylindrical, with minute stem, and 4 also narrowly con- stricted at apex; 6 broadest basally ; 7 and 8 together styli- form, and the relative lengths and breadths as follows :— 16 : 34: 48: 28: 24: 22:8:18 20: 30:16:17:17:14:7: 5° Prothorax as long as or only slightly longer than the head, and (excluding the lateral explanate margins) as broad as the head. Legs comparatively short and stout. . Posterior margins of abdominal tergites with more or less regularly placed, minute, blunt projections ; sete on segment 9 short and those on 10 very short, colourless. 3 .—Smaller, more slender. Lemon-yellow where orange- yellow in 2. ‘Tergite 8 set with four long and rather stout spines set on an arcuate series of tubercles. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AustRauta, Healesville, Victoria; on Eucalyptus viminalis (RK. Kelly), 15* 216 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Tentothrips major, sp. n. ? —Length about 2:0 mm. Colour dark chestnut-brown ; fore-tibie, hind-tibiz basally, all tarsi, and third antennal joint not quite so dark. Fore- wings brown, slightly lighter distally. General form as in T’. inconsequens (Uz.). Head almost as long as broad; eyes bulging, coarsely facetted, pilose ; cheeks swelling out from behind eyes as in T. primule and inconsequens. A series of dorsal and lateral setee on a line behind eyes. Ocelli large ; a pair of very long and strong inter-ocellar bristles situated between the posterior ocelli; a shorter pair on vertex close to inner margins of eyes and beyond the anterior ocellus, which is directed forwards. Dorsal surface transversely striate in basal half or thereabouts. Antenne long and slender, about 2°3 times the length of head ; joints 3 and 4 fusiform; relative lengths of joints:—16 : 22 : 40 (with stem) : 36: 25:32:4:5; forked trichomes on 3 and 4 long and slender. Prothorax transverse, not quite as long as the head; broadest at posterior angles ; bristles at posterior angles long and slender; a line demarcating posterior margin ; a pair of longish mid-dorso-lateral sete, and several short sete, curved and chiefly lateral. Pterothorax large. Wings long, strong, pointed at apex, reaching to ninth abdominal segment; sete slender. Fore-wings with three or four set on distal half of upper vein, namely, one just within the distal half and 1+0+4+1 or 1+1-+1 in the distal fifth or thereabouts. Abdomen elongate, pointed at apex from base of segment 8 ; apical bristles long, especially those on 9, which is also furnished with a pair of shorter dorsal bristles. This is a true Teniothrips, coming nearest inconsequens (pyri), from which it differs chiefly in the much larger size and darker coloration, the chetotaxy, and in the slender antenne. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. Inpta, Kulhara, Garhwal, 11,700 feet altitude; in flowers of rhododendron, 5. vi. 10, together with Physothrips longiceps, sp. n. (A. D. Imms). Teeniothrips inconsequens, Uzel. 1895. Physopus inconsequens, Uzel (and others). 1904, Euthrips pyri, Daniels (and others). For some time I have considered that the well-known erence Victron tpenacincsepemre enn EE ——E—————E——————————— Ll ; ; i Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 217 pear-thrips, P. pyr?, was synonymous with the earlier- described P. inconseguens of Uzel, a conclusion that Mr, C. B. Williams had also come to. On going into the question together recently, comparing material from North America, Central Europe, and England, we confirmed this opinion. It is interesting to note that in the Czech account of the habitat of P. inconsequens in Uzel’s monograph the food- plant Prunus cerasus is mentioned, For a pest of such importance the trivial name inconsequens is unfortunate. Odontothrips fasciatipennis, sp. n. ? .—Length 1:3 mm. Dark brown, pterothorax rather lighter; fore-tibize light yellow, shaded to grey-brown basally; apices of inter- mediate and hind tibize and all tarsi light yellow ; antennal joints 3 and 4 yellow. Fore-wing with basal third clear, then a band or patch of brown, and the distal two-fifths with but the slightest tinge of grey; cilia grey-brown. Posterior ocelli on a line drawn behind eyes and contiguous to their inner angles. Fore- tibial teeth small, sharp, the larger sharply bent ; fore-tarsus apparently without tooth. This species differs from both phaleratus (Hal.) and inter- medius (Uz.) in the coloration of the wings. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. 8. AUSTRALIA, Outer Harbour, Adelaide ; collected by Prof. Poulton in the flowers of Mesonbryanthemum, Aug. 28th, 1914. Genus PHYSOTHRIPS. a. Sjostedti-usitatus group. Physothrips usitatus, Bagn., var. cinctipennis, nov. Fore-wings with the middle third and extreme tip greyish- brown. Relative lengths of antennal joints as follows :— bee lG sae: cn516i.25:7: 8. Distinguished from the type-form (only known from India) by the distinct clear band near distal end of fore-wing. This band is weakly suggested in the Indian specimens, 218 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. N,. QueENSLAND, Brandon; on small flowers (pea), 16. x. 14 (R. Kelly). Physothrips brunneicornis, sp. n. ? .—Length 1-4 to 1:5 mm. Colour brown, the antenne, head, prothorax, intermediate and hind femora and tibiz, and apical abdominal segments inclined to be darker. Antenne unicolorous, fore-tibie yellow, shaded with greyish brown along margins ; all tarsi yellow. Fore-wings faintly clouded with light grey-brown near base; basal third or thereabouts clear, thence smoky- brown to tip excepting for an ill-defined clear patch at about the commencement of the distal fifth ; setes and cilia dark. Head about 0°7 as long as broad and not quite as long as the prothorax; a defined area of the dorsal surface behind transversely striated. Eyes coarsely facetted, minutely pilose; cheeks not arched, tending to widen posteriorly ; ocelli large, posterior pair above a line drawn across hind margins of eyes; interocellar bristles long and strong, placed between the anterior ocellus and the posterior pair. Antenne seated below vertex, about 2°5 times as long as the head; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—22: 22:14: 20:5:6. Joints 5 and 6 somewhat broadly united and distinctly more slender than the preceding ; forked trichomes on 3 and 4 long and stout. Prothorax much as in P, usitatus. Fore-wing and arrangement of setee as in P, usttatus. Abdomen about 1°15 times as broad as the pterothorax, segments 9 and 10 obconical ; apical bristles long and stout ; 9 with a rather short dorsal pair widely separated. This species very closely approaches P. usttatus, Bagn., but is at once separated from it (as well as from sjostedti, Trybom, and variabilis, Bagn.) by the unicolorous antenne. The antennal joints 3 and 4 would appear to be stouter and 6 shorter than in usttatus, whilst the fore-femora are concolorous with the prothorax. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. JAPAN, Kobe, April 1914 (J. E. A. Lewis). Reg. no. 144, Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, 219 Physothrips seticollis (Bagnall). Teniothrips seticollis, Bagnall, 1915, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, xv. p. 591. This species cannot be referred to the genus Twn/othrips as exemplified by inconsequens, primula, and major, sp. Nn. b. Funtumie group. Physothrips kellyanus, sp. n. ? .—Length 1°6 to 1°8 mm. Very like P. funtumie, Bagn. Dark chestnut-brown, antenne with the distal constricted parts of joints 3 and 4 colourless; fore-tibize and all tarsi yellow. Fore-wings yellowish-brown, basally lighter ; hind- wings also fumate, with cilia and median vein dark. Head a little broader than long, eyes setose ; interocellar sete long. Relative lengths of antennal joints 3 to 8 as follows :—27 : 27:17: 26:4: 6. Prothorax as long as or very slightly longer than head ; setae at hind angles long, but not stout, and one rather long pair in the postero-marginal series. Sete on fore-wing long, upper vein with two in distal half near extreme end and 3+3 near base. Apical abdominal bristles long. 6 —Length about 1:2 mm., slender. Each of the sternites 3 to 7 with numerous minute, roundish, irregular, pale depressions, those at angles, espe- cially the anterior, slightly larger. ‘Tergite 9 with a series of short spines in a line near posterior margin. Colour of antenne as in 2; joint 6 abnormally long; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—26 : 25:13: 36:3: 4:5. Type. Hope Department gf Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. N. QUEENSLAND, Brandon, ¢ and ¢ on a compo- site flower (? Helianthus sp.), 16. x. 14; Brisbane, numerous @ ¢ andl g on Acokeanthera spectabilis (a South-African plant), in the Botanic Gardens, 23. x. 14. VicroriA, Ballarat, 1 g on Hypocheris radicata, 18. i. 15. One of the many interesting species discovered by Mr. Reg. Kelly, after whom I find pleasure in naming it. 220 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. The ¢ is easily separated from ¢ Ph. funtumie by the nature of the depressions in sternites 3 to 7, the line of spines in ninth tergite, the unicolorous antenne, and the excep- tionally long sixth joint. ce. Pallipennis group. Physothrips brevicornis, sp. n. 2 .—Length 1:2 to 1:3 mm. Colour dark brown, fore-tibiz, apices of fore-femora and of hind and intermediate tibiz and all tarsi yellowish; fore- wings wholly greyish yellow-brown, hind-wings greyish at base. Antenne with first joint and style grey to grey-brown, second dark brown, 3 to 5 yellowish, the latter very lightly tinted with grey ; 6 yellow, with distal half grey-brown. Head transverse, about 0°65 as long as broad, cheeks appa- rently converging posteriorly ; eyes large, not bulging, coarsely facetted and very minutely setose; interocellar bristles moderately long. Antenne short and rather stout, a little more than twice as long as the head; relative lengths and breadths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :— 32:29: 26: 36:6: 11 18:18:14:15:6: 4’ 3 to 4 broadly claviform. Prothorax transverse, about 1°25 times longer than the head ; bristles at posterior angles rather short, the inner one of each pair longer than the outer, and about 0°4 as long as the prothorax. Upper vein of fore-wing with 3 or 4 sete (140 (or 1)+1+41) in the distal half; in one specimen 4 are placed in the distal third; lower vein with 11 to 15 sete. Abdomen only slightly broader than the pterothorax, elongate-ovate. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab, AUSTRALIA, Ballarat, Victoria; 3 2 9 on Hypo- cheris radicata, 28. i. 15 (RR. Kelly). Physothrips longiceps, sp. n. g .—Length 1°5 mm. Colour chestnuat-brown; fore tibize yellowish distally, margins dark; tarsi yellowish. Antenne brown, joint 2 ial halite a Se and ae z 3 maaan aly acme Neem Ew Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 221 distally and 3 rather lighter, the latter inclined to yellowish basally. Fore-wings and cilia yellowish-brown. Head long, about 0°85 as long as broad and as long as the prothorax ; widened just behind eyes, cheeks subparallel ; surface transversely striate, and vertex similarly striate. Eyes occupying about 0°5 the length of the head, coarsely facetted ; postocular bristles absent ; interocellar sete situated just behind anterior ocellus, minute. Antenne twice as long as the head; joints 3 and 4 fusiform, 5 and 6 broadly united, and 4 and 5 shortly constricted near base; style short ; relative lengths of joints as follows :—11 : 17 : 26 (in- cluding stem) : 22:18: 23:3:3. Forked trichomes on 3 and 4 moderately long. Prothorax about 0°7 as long as broad; bristles at hind angles about O°4 the length of prothorax. Pterothorax large. Legs somewhat stout. Wings reaching to ninth abdominal segment, pointed ; sete moderately long, slender. Fore-wing with three sete in distal half, viz., one just beyond the second third, and two in distal fifth; lower vein with 14-17 sete. Abdomen elongate-ovate, pointed at apex. Bristles on segments 9 and 10 long, slender ; 9 with a pair of widely separated dorsal bristles. & .—Smaller and more slender. Tergite 9 with a series of four closely set long sete dis- posed practically in a straight line. Sternites 3-7 each with a small depression, gradually diminishing in size; 3 and 4 the largest, elliptical, 5-7 rounded, and 7 the smallest, minute. Separated from pallipennis, Uz., by the long head, the coloration of antennz and wings, the small depressions in sternites, and the length and disposition of sete on the ninth tergite in the ¢. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. invita, Kulhara, Garhwal, 11,700 feet altitude ; in flowers of rhododendron, 5. vi. 10 (A. D. Zmms). Physothrips calcaratus, sp. n. ? .—Size and form much as in P. vulgatissimus (palli- pennis). Colour evidently dark brown, with the fore-tibiz and ends of the intermediate and hind-tibie lighter, and all 222 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. tarsi yellowish. Antenne brown, end of joint 2 and whole of 3 yellowish. Head transverse, rather long; eyes coarsely facetted, sparsely and minutely setose ; ocelli large, interocellar bristles long, placed between the posterior ocelli, Antenne about 2°3 times as long as the head; joints 1 and 2 broader than any of the succeeding ; relative lengths of joints as follows :— 10 : 12 : 19 (including stem, which is rather long) : 16: 12: 17: 2°5:3. 3 (excluding stem) and 4 subequal, fusiform; 5 narrower than 4 or 6, apex truncate. Prothorax about 1°4 times as broad as long, and scarcely noticeably longer than head ; bristles at hind angles very long, about 0°7 the length of the prothorax, slender. Legs somewhat stout; fore tarsus with a sharp stout tooth near apex. Wings longish, pointed apically ; fore-wings uniform grey-brown ; sete long and slender, 3 to 5 in distal half of upper vein, namely, 1 just beyond middle of wing and 2 to4 (1+1,1+1+1, 241, or 2+2) in the distal] fifth. Costa with about 25 and lower vein 17 longish sete. Abdomen elongate-ovate ; apical bristles fairly long, a dorsal pair on 9; tergite 8 with a moderately long close fringe. At once recognized by the fore-tarsal claw (analogous with Thrips calcaratus, Uz.) and the sete of the upper vein of the fore-wing. Hab. Bonet; in coll. Uzel mixed with Odontothrips phaleratus. Pseudothrips parvus, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 1:0 mm. General colour yellow-brown to brown, abdominal seg- ments 9 and 10 darker. Antenne with first joint greyish, second and fifth to eighth grey-brown, 3, 4, and extreme base of 5 yellow, 4 tinged lightly with grey. Fore-wings wholly light yellowish-brown. Legs yellowish, more or less shaded with grey to brown, especially the femora and outer margins. Head transverse, about 1*3 times as broad as long, and neatly as long as the prothorax; eyes coarsely facetted. Sixth antennal joint not divided. One prominent prothoracic bristle at each posterior angle and a shorter one just above. Both veins of fore-wing regularly set with sets, 11 or 12 in each. Abdomen elongate-ovate, sharply narrowed at apex ; pos- terior margin of eighth tergite sparsely fringed. Apical On the Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 223 bristles of both ninth and tenth segments long; a dorsal series of minor sete on 9 and a dorsal pair on 10; the latter segment divided above. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. N. QUEENSLAND, Brandon; on a composite flower (? Helianthus sp.), 16. x. 14 (2. Kelly). Near P. glaucus, Bagn. (a South-African species), from which it may be separated, apart from coloration, by the fewer setze on veins of fore-wings and the chetotaxy of the apical abdominal segments, XIX.—The Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. By H. A. Baytis, B.A. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Ur to the present time only a single species of this remark- able genus appears to have been recognized, viz. the interesting form Tanqua tiara (v. Linst.). This isa nematode of medium size, somewhat resembling an Ascaris in general build, and inhabiting the stomach and intestines of reptiles of more or less aquatic habits. It was first recorded, under the name of Ascaris tiara, by von Linstow (1879), from ‘‘ Varanus ornatus”’ (2? V. albigularis*) in Natal. The other hosts and localities from which it has been recorded in published papers are :—Varanus salvator, Sumatra (Parona, 1898) ; V. gouldii, Australia or New Guinea—precise locality unknown (Parona, 1898) ; V. bengalensis, Ceylon (von Linstow, 1904) ; and V. niloticus, White Nile (Leiper, 1908). Leiper also men- tions the occurrence of a very similar form in Hydrosaurus bivittatus from the Federated Malay States. I have now to add that I have examined specimens, which I believe to belong to this species, (1) from a lizard (probably Varanus niloticus, though I have no information regarding its determination), from Accra, Gold Coast Colony ; (2) from Tropidonotus quincunciatus (T. asperrimus, Blgr.t), from Ceylon; and (8) from Varanus exranthematicus, Northern * Dr. G. A. Boulenger informs me that V. albigularis is the form most nearly related to V. ornatus, occurring in Natal. + Dr. Boulenger regards the Ceylon form of 7. quincunciatus as a distinct species, 224 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the Nigeria. The last-mentioned specimens were kindly given to me, for the purpose of comparison, by Dr. J. H. Ash- worth, of Edinburgh, who informed me that they had been determined as 7’. tiara by Dr. R. T. Leiper *. It would appear, from this list of hosts, that 7. téara is not confined to the monitors (Varanus), but may also infect snakes of semi-aquatic habits. That the genus, at all events, certainly does so is shown by some specimens which recently came to light inthe British Museum collection. Having occa- sion to examine the types of Baird’s species Ascaris obconica, from the Brazilian fresh-water snake Helicops [ Uranops] angu- latus, I was struck by the fact that some of the specimens so labelled were distinctly smaller than others, and of a different shape, especially in the region of the tail. A closer examina- tion soon showed that these smaller specimens undoubtedly represented a species of Tangua. They have a very close resemblance in all respects to the type-species, but differ sufficiently from it, especially when the geographical distribu- tion is taken into account, to be regarded as representing a distinct species. The genus Tangua, as has been pointed out by Leiper (1908), possesses certain features which indicate a close relationship with Gnathostoma, Owen. He places it pro- visionally in the family Gnathostomide, and there seems to be no objection at present to this classification. 1. Tanqua tiara t (v. Linst.). Ascaris tiara, yon Linstow, 1879, p. 320; Parona, 1898, p. 114. Ctenocephalus tiara, von Linstow, 1904, p. 102; Pl. 1i. figs. 23-27. Tanqua tiara, R. Blanchard, 1904, p. 478; Leiper, 1908, p. 189, Von Linstow has given (1904) a fairly complete and accurate account of this species; his figures, however, are somewhat too diagrammatic, and calculated to be misleading. There are one or two points in which, after examining a number of specimens, I must differ from him. He states (1904, p. 102) that the dorsal lip has three rounded projec- tions, while the ventral lip has four similar processes, inter- digitating. In a cleared specimen, viewed in horizontal optical section, it might quite easily be imagined that this was a correct interpretation of the structure. By rolling the specimen over, however, under a cover-glass, in such a way that first one lip and then the other can be focussed separately, * Since writing this paper, 1 have received several further examples of T. tiara from a species of Varanus in Zanzibar. + For generic and specific diagnoses see below (p. 230). 5 Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 225 it becomes apparent that each lip has in reality only three “teeth”? on its anterior border. The anterior lobe of each lip (fig. 1, Z.), which carries the teeth, is twisted slightly to one side, in such a way that its teeth can interlock with those of the other lip. The teeth of each lip are, in fact, asym- metrically disposed with regard to the longitudinal axis of the animal. The “teeth” are, in reality, folds of thickened cuticle, and are shown in optical section in fig. 1. Von Linstow is, I think, in error in stating that the two Fig. 1. Tanqua tiara. Wead of an example from Varanus evanthematicus, C.G., cervical gland; Z., lip. cervical glands on either side unite anteriorly to form a common duct; the duct of each gland appears to open sepa- rately upon the anterior surface of one of the four striated swellings at the base of the lips. Another point in which von Linstow’s account seems inaccurate is the number of papillae on the tail of the male. He mentions and figures (1904) two preanal, one large paranal, and three postanal pairs of papilla. In the speci- mens which Il have examined there are two additional pairs 226 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the of smaller papillee—one (fig. 2, Z)- just in front of, and slightly ventral to, the large paranal pair, and another (fig. 2, 4) in a similar position on the body, between the paranals and the most anterior of the large postanals. There are thus, in all, eight pairs of papillae, four pairs being post- anal, one paranal, and three preanal. ‘The first postanal papille (nearest to the tip of the tail) are very small, laterally Fig. 2. Tanqua tiara, Ventral view of posterior end of a male from Tropidonotus asperrimus. 1-4, postanal papille ; 5, paranal ; I-ZZJ, preanal papille. placed, and simple in structure. The second and third post- anal, the paranal, and the second and third preanal papille on each side are very laterally placed, and are of a peculiar and characteristic shape. They are elongate, finger-like papille, having a large swelling at about the middle of their length, beyond which they again suddenly become narrow and tapering, before coming to the surface of the cuticle. Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 227 The spicules of the male are characterized by a peculiar rasp-like covering of minute points or spinelets throughout their length—a fact which the previous observers have omitted to mention. In other respects the specimens which I assign to this species agree well with von Linstow’s account (1904). A table, showing in parallel series the measurements of certain parts of the body in the various sets of specimens studied and, for comparison, the measurements given by yon Linstow, will be found on p. 231. Tanqua diadema, Head of an example from Helicops angulatus. The right half is shown partly in optical section. C.G., cervical gland ; Cwu., fold of cuticle; Z., lip; R.M., retractor muscles of head, 2. Tanqua diadema, sp. n. The following is an account of the second form, which, as mentioned above, was discovered among the type-specimens of Ascaris obconica, Baird, from the intestines of the South- American fresh-water snake Helicops angulatus. The male measures about 20 mm. in length and 0°6 mm. in thickness. The female is larger, 28-30 mm. long and 228 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the 08-1 mm. thick. The head (fig. 3) is similar in shape to that of 7. tara, but appears to be retractile within a pro- tective sheath of loose cuticle, and to be provided with special retractor muscles for that purpose. The swollen basal portions of the head are transversely striated, as in the type- species, and the two lips (Z.) are closely similar to those of 7. tiara, each being provided with three blunt teeth, and twisted sideways in such a way that the teeth of the opposite lips interlock. The head measures in length (from base of Fig. 4. Tanqua diadema. Veutral view of posterior end of a male from Helicops angulatus. Papille numbered as in fig. 2. - striated portion to end of middle tooth) 0°22 mm.; the maximum width of the basal portion is 0°25 mm., and that of the lips 0°18 mm. Four elongate cervical glands (fig. 3, C.G.) are present, opening on to the basal portion of the head, as in 7. tara. The length of the cesophagus is only 2°2 mm. (male)—2°4 mm. (female). It thus varies between about ;/, and 4 of the total length. This is an important point of difference from the Ee Nematode Genus Tanqua, R. Blanchard. 229 type-species, in which the cesophagus is about twice as long, being sometimes as much as ¢ (or even more, according to von Linstow), and never less than 4, of the total length. The tail of the male (fig. 4) is 0°6 mm. long, or about »), of the total length. ‘There is a considerable lateral expansion of the cuticle, forming a bursal ala on either side, so that the outline of the tail is somewhat like an arrow-head with rounded barbs. ‘The two spicules measure 14 mm. in length (or 1-1 mm. in a straight line from base to tip). ‘hey are covered with minute spinelets, as in the preceding species. The papille are arranged precisely as in 1’. tiara, and are present to the same number (eight pairs). The only im- portant difference observed is that the second postanal pair (¢. e., the second from the extremity of the tail) lack the large swelling, or exhibit it in a much less conspicuous degree. In the female the tail measures 0°65 mm. in length, or about ,', of the total length. It tapers rapidly trom the anus, and ends in a sharp point. The vulva is situated con- siderably further forward than in the type-species, and is within the middle third of the body ; in a mature example it opens at 11°5 mm. from the posterior end, thus dividing the body in the proportion of 33:23. The vagina is short. One branch of the uterus, with its ovary, lies anteriorly to it, the other posteriorly. The eggs are similar to those of 7. tiara in shape, measuring 60 w in length and £2°5 w in breadth. 3. Tanqua anomala (vy. Linst.). Heterakis anomala, von Linstow, 1904, p. 97; Pl. i. figs. 10, 11. Under this name, in the same paper with 7. [Cteno- cephalus] tiara, von Linstow has described a form from the stomach of Tropidonotus piscator in Ceylon, which appears almost certainly to belong to the genus under consideration, and not to Heterakis. There are certain apparent dis- crepancies, which might, perhaps, be removed or explained by a re-examination of the material. Thus the lips are described as being tliree, instead of two, in number, and there is said to be a peculiar preanal sucker-like organ in the male, * beset with eight roundish projections, of which the cuticle shows pore canals.” But in all other respects the species seems to agree very well with the two forms already con- sidered in this paper. The figures given by von Linstow at once suggest Tanqua, on account of (L) the general shape of the head, and the presence of striated cuticular swellings at its base; (2) the characteristic shape of some of the caudal papillae of the male; and (3) the eqnal length and spiny or Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 16 230 Mr. H. A. Baylis on the granulated appearance of the spicules. These points are all borne out by the description ; from its larger size, however, and certain differences in the arrangement of the papillae, and in the proportions of various parts of the body, it is evident that the species is distinct from both 7. tiara and 7. diadema. From the features of the type-species, 7. t¢ara, and that now described as 7. diadema, it is possible to extract some characters which may be regarded as being of generic value, anda revised definition of the genus may be given, somewhat as follows :— Tanqua, R. Blanchard, 1904. [ = Ctenocephalus, v. Linst., 1904. ] Gnathostomide: of medium sizé, moderately stout in proportion to the length of the body. Head provided with two lips, dorsal and ventral, each bearing on its inner side three rounded tooth-like projections. At the base of the head there are four rounded submedian cuticular swellings, marked with distinct transverse striations. Anteriorly the lips are twisted slightly out of the middle line, towards oppo- site sides, in such a way that the teeth of one lip can be interlocked with those of the other lip. Cuticle thick, with irregular transverse wrinkles and exceedingly fine transverse striations. The cuticle of the anterior end may be loose and form a protective sheath, within which the head can be retracted. Qisophagus rather long, simple in structure, increasing gradually in diameter from before backwards. No cesophageal bulb, cesophageal or intestinal diverticula. Four elongate cervical glands present, opening to the exterior on the basal portion of the head. ‘Tail of male provided with more or less pronounced lateral ale near the tip, giving it a lancet-shaped outline, and having eight pairs of elongate papille of different sizes, some of which have a characteristic swelling near the middle. Copulatory spicules curved, cylindrical, and armed throughout with minute spines. Pos- terior end of the body, in the male, provided with a series of oblique muscle-bands on either side of the ventral surface, extending for some distance in front of the anus. Tail of female short, tapering and pointed. Vulva in the posterior half of the body. Vagina rather short, with a coat of circular muscles ; giving off two wide uterine branches, one of which, with its ovary, lies anteriorly, the other posteriorly, to the vagina. Eggs oval, with thin shells, ornamented with fine granulations. Type-species, 7. tiara (v. Linst.), 1879. ‘993 9 PAMIIOJ-AT[MF OU PoULY}UOd sayBimay ey puR ‘ammgyvut AT[UT Jou aram sopduexe ssayy, » 980-0 220-0 &2F0.0 X 090: 0 2F0.0Z90 0 tt G160.0XF90-0 ZF0-0X 90.0)" 1°" sjuameansvam—3aq_ | a Liz ez ee Li? 6:1Z at) TL:09 tteteereeeeeeees 39 Gory oF | -1odoad ur Apoq saptarp de ) eet GIT 9-F F.0-¢ 6G ap “pua*ysod woxy oouRystIp—vaya A 20 A te ae ae oF sereceeees (ogeurrxordds) Y}SueT [810] Jouotyovry 5 Siete a 69.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 ae EieVel aireirafoveyene ss q3uet—d “ 4: = yb £e iy oe Se os sereeeeees (oqguttxoidde) — = q18U9T [2104 Jo moTjOwAy bey, 2 eee. 9. 9-0 F-0 ca.) eee CC i erry q}.oue,— P TR, 3 4 ig 7 4 i it Pow. dlure OiiO OMG 43309] wa) [v¥30} Jo wooVay a Re a FEES | 98-F-G9e C-8-F CF vere [eeeesees qa3ua;—snSeqdosqy nN or 81-0 LTO €6-0-GT-0 96-0-TG-0 ee cet baste eg es BAT ES —- G0 | 680-80 | TF-0-G60 | $.0-F-0 Te dtl. eee e CDe =z 66-0 6-0-G6-0 86-0-8L-0 6&-0-26-0 cae Roe eee, ele 430u9[— pee = PLT 18:0) 3) et 1-6-0 26:0 ig ROR Rg 5 ey PET 9-0 ¢9-0 9-:0-G¢:0 10 T-€9-0 a ae tm eae BECUNOLU “% && O&-86 GS 96 LG 86-96 Soy Sy: clGhe vee oeecciegle SC es = vE re 9% 0G 06 03-81 ete ie nay og ae geese S = xieek bs odes ers pare ee he ee eee 8 $. = es. as a g 3 < S 3 = > *S SB be BS & 3 S " g ae Ea 9 S = eS = S oc eS o4 x hes =) a = 4 48 | : S . 5 a | 8 = & > | ° os $ | - r = Sy & S “‘DDULOUD * 7 | “puapoip * 1 ‘puny vnbun J, (*SaqjOUNTT[IM UL syUdtuaANSBa 232 Miss Jane Stephens on The two species which can at present be assigned definitely to this genus may be distinguished thus :— 1. Head not retractile within a cuticular sheath. (Esophagus long (one-seventh to one-fourth of the total length), Vulva situated within the last quarter of the total length. Parasitic in Varanus and other semi-aquatic reptiles in Africa, the East Indies, and Australasia .... 7". tiara (vy. J.inst.). 2. Head retractile within a loose cuticular sheath. (Esophagus comparatively short (about one- eleventh of the total length), Vulva in the middle third of the body. Parasitic in semi- aquatic reptiles in South America .......... T. diadema. A table of measurements is given on p. 231, including, for the sake of completeness, these two species and the more doubtful Z. anomala. The measurements given by von Lin- stow (1904) for 7’. tiara are placed beside my own for com- parison. A certain amount of variation was found to exist, and for this reason measurements derived from the three sets of specimens studied are given side by side. REFERENCES. Brancuarp, R. 1904. “ Tanqua, n. g., remplacant Ctenocephalus von Linstow.” Arch. Parasitol. vii. p. 478. Lrerrrr, R. T, 1908. ‘ Helminthes contained in Dr. C. M. Wenyon’s Collection from the Sudan.” Rep, Wellcome Res. Lab. Khartoum, iii. p. 187 (published 1909). Linstow, 0. von. 1879. “ Helminthologische Untersuchungen.” Wiirttemb. Naturw. Jahresh. xxxv. p. 313. —. 1904. “Nematoda in the Collection of the Colombo Museum.” Spolia Zeylanica, i. p. 91. Parona, C. 1898. “ Elminti raccolti dal Dott. Elio Modigliani alle isole Mentawei, Engano.e Sumatra.” Ann. Mus, Genova, (2) xix. p- 102. : XX.—Preliminary Notice of some Irish Sponges.—The Monaxonellida (Suborder. Sigmatomonaxonellida) obtained by the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction, Ireland. By JANE STEPHENS, B.A., B.Se., Irish National Museum. Tue following list of sponges belonging to the suborder Sigmatomonaxonellida, Dendy, contains ninety-five species. Fifty-one of the species are now recorded for the first time within the Irish area, and of these thirty-one have not been taken previously off any part of the British Isles. Thirteen species are described as new. some Irish Sponges. 235 Nearly all the sponges in this collection which are new to the British Isles were dredged in deep water off the west and south-west coasts of Ireland. A report on the collection is in preparation for publication in the “Scientific Investigations ’ Branch. ’ of the Irish Fisheries List OF SPECIES. Grade MONAXONELLIDA. Suborder SIGMATOMONAXONELLIDA., Family Haploscleride. Subfamily Gerrmyz. Gellius flagellifer, R. § D. | Oceanapia robusta (Bowerbank). Subfamily Revrermz. Reniera cinerea (Grant). | peachi (Bowerbank). simulans (Johnston). —— fistulosa (Bowerbank). indistineta (Bovwerbank). Metschnikowia (Carter). Halichondria panicea (Pallas). fibrosa (Fristedt). Phlceodictyonelongatum (Topsent). spinispiculum Subfamily Cratmrx. Pachychalina limbata (Montagu). | Chalina oculata (Pallas). Subfamily Dessracerriz. Biemna inornata (Bowerbank). Tylodesma annexa (Schmidt), informis, sp. n. Hamacantha johnsoni bank). —— faleula (Bowerbank). (Bower- Family Desmacidonide. Subfamily Mycarr. Esperiopsis fucorum (Johnston), villosa (Carter). incognita, sp. n. macrosigma, sp. n. Mycale zgagropila (Johnston). ‘macilenta (Bowerbank). —— placoides (Carter), Lundbeck. | — rotalis (Bowerbank). —— fascifibula (Topsent). littoralis ( Topsent). . Rhaphidotheca marshall-halli, Kent. Asbestopluma pennatula(Sch mid). Cladorhiza abyssicola, Sars. Myxilla rosacea (Lieberktihn). incrustans (Johnston). fimbriata (Bowerbank). Lissodendoryx diversichela, Lund- beck. Iophon nigricans (Bowerbank). Iotrochota acanthostylifera, sp. n. Forcepia foreipis (Bowerhank). Histoderma physa (Schmidt). Histodermella ingolfi, Zandbeck. Grayella pyrula (Carter), 234 Miss Jane Stephens on Subfamily Eerronry x. Hymedesmia zetlandica, Bower- | Eurypon clavatum (Bowerbank). bank. hispidulum ( Topsent). —— truncata, Lundbeck. —— affine (Topsent). —— koehleri ( Topsent). —— acanthotoxa, sp. n. curvichela, Lundbeck. —— ditoxa, sp. n. ——- paupertas (Bowerbank). tenuissimum, sp. n. pansa, Bowerbank. — microchela, sp. n. occulta, Bowerbank. baculifera ( Topsent). lacazei ( Topsent). viride ( 7'opsent). — mutabilis ( Topsent). Microciona armata, Bowerbank. —— crux (Schmidt). Clathria dichotoma (sper). —— digitata, Lundbeck. (?) anchorata (Carter). — mucronata (Topsent). Echinoclathria foliata (Bower- —— tenuisigma, Lundbeck. bank). —— dujardini (Bowerbank). Ophlitaspongia seriata (Grant). helgve, sp. n. Plocamia microcionides (Carter). —— spinosa, sp. n. Suberotelites demonstrans, Topsent, hibernica, sp. n. Raspailia pumila (Bowerbank). Ectyodoryx atlanticus, sp. n. | howsei (Bowerbank). Anchinoé fictitius (Bowerbank). Cyamon spinispinosum ( Topsent). Stylostichon plumosum (Mon- | Rhabderemia guernei, Topsent. tagu). Spanioplon armaturum (Bower- dendyi, Topsent. | bank). Pocillon hyndmani (Bowerbank), | Leptosastra constellata, Topsent. Family Axinellide. Axinella pyramidata, sp. n. Tragosia arctica ( Vosmaer’). Phakellia ventilabrum (Johnston). | Higginsia thielei, Topsent. robusta, Bowerbank. Hymeniacidon caruncula, Bower- rugosa (Bowerbank). bank. Bubaris vermiculata (Bowerbank). | Halicnemia verticillata (Bower- Tragosia infundibulitormis (John- bank). ston). PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SPECIES. Tylodesma informis, sp. u. The sponge is growing in a thick encrustation on coral. The main skeleton is an irregular reticulation of tylostyli. In places the spicules are collected into bundles or short fibres. The dermal skeleton consists of broad strands of tylostyli closely packed together and lying tangentially to the surface. Spicules.—(1) Tylostyli. The shaft is slightly curved and fusiform ; the head is well-defined, oval or rounded. The size varies from about 0°37 mm. by 0:008 mm. to 1:3 mm. by 0°027 mm. (2) Sigmata. These are contort and their longer axis is 0°035-0°045 mm. in length. some Irish Sponges. 235 The species was dredged at three stations off the south- west coast of Ireland, at depths varying from 250 to 560 fathoms. Esperiopsis incognita, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on coral. The skeleton consists of short fibres made up of multi- serially arranged styli, which run obliquely through the sponge from base tosurface. In addition to these fibres there are thick, well-defined, branching fibres ranning more or less parallel to the surface of the sponge. Spicules.—(1) Styli, straight and slender, 0°4-0°45 mm. in length by 0-006-0-:008 mm. (2) Isochelee palmate of two forms—(a) straight isochelee with rather long, narrow ale leaving only a short part of the shaft free. Length 0:035-0'07 mm.; (2) very small, slender isochele, with slightly curved shaft, 0°013 mm. in length. (3) Sigmata of two forms—(a) sigmata lying in one plane and varying a good deal in size. The longer axis is from 0°1-0°32 mm. in length. The maximum thickness of the spicule is about 0-013 mm.; (4) slender, contort sigmata with a longer axis of 0-04—0°075 mm. This sponge is identical with the specimen referred to by Carter as “an unknown sponge,” and partly described and figured by him under that name (Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. ii. 1879). The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in 388 fathoms. Esperiopsis macrosigma, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on coral, The skeleton consists of bundles of spicules, or of short fibres containing multiserially arranged spicules. In places longer, rather ill-defined fibres run more or less parallel to the surface. There are also single spicules or groups of two or three spicules scattered through the sponge. Spicules.—(1) Styli slender, straight, tapering to a rather short point. Length 0°37-0:-42 mm. by 0:006-0°008 mm. (2) Isochelee palmate of three forms—(a) the largest are 0°11-0:125 mm. in length, the shaft is straight and is about 0:006 mm. in thickness. ‘The tooth measures 0°024 mm, across; (b) isochelz with rather long narrow ale leaving only a short part of the shaft free. Length 006 mm. ; 236 Miss Jane Stephens on (c) isochelee with a slightly curved shaft, 0°015-0-024 mm, in length. (3) Sigmata of two forms—(a) sigmata lying in one plane and of very different sizes. The longer axis varies from about 0°1-0°4 mm. in length. The maximum thickness of the spicule is 0°02 mm. ; (4) slender, contort sigmata with a longer axis of 0°04-0°075 mm, Specimens of this species were obtained at two stations off the south-west coast of Ireland at depths varying from 250 to 728 fathoms. Totrochota acanthostylifera, sp. n. The sponge is coating a piece of coral; it is a good deal injured, As far as can be seen, the main skeleton is an irregular reticulation of acanthostyli. Here and there ill-defined fibres are formed. The dermal skeleton consists of flat bundles of spicules, or, in places, of longer fibres. Spicules—(1) Acanthostyli, which are straight or slightly curved. The head isa little swollen and is thickly set with strong blunt spines. A few small spines are scattered along the shaft. Length 0:32-0:35 mm. by 0:008 mm. (2) The dermal spicules are tylota. The shaft is straight and the ends are unequal, one end being more rounded than the other. Length 0:3-0°33 mm. by 0°005 mm. (3) Isan- chore, 0°045-0°5 mm. in length, with about 8-10 teeth at either end. (4) Birotule, 0-015 mm. in length. The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland at a depth of 627-728 fathoms. Hymedesmia helge, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a thin encrustation on coral and on a piece of A: tepora, The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, set vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal skeleton is made up of thick bundles of spicules, which are arranged more or less vertically in the sponge. Beneath the surface they spread out, and are continued as strong fibres running parallel to the surface of the sponge. The dermal membrane is crowded with isochelz arcuatee. Spicules.—(1) The longer acanthostyli have a slightly curved shaft and a head which is, at the most, very slightly marked. The lower part of the shaft is thickly covered with rather small spines; the remainder of the shaft is set with very small spines, so small that the shaft looks merely roughened. Length 0°25-0°35 mm. by 001 mm. The some Irish Sponges. 237 small acanthostyli have a slightly curved shaft, which is covered with small recurved spines along its whole length. These spicules are about 0°125-0:15 mm. in length by 0°005- 0:008 mm. (2) The dermal spicules are strongyla, which are straight and polytylote. They measure 0°35-0°5 mm. in length by 0:006-0:008 mm, (3) The isochele arcuate have a strongly curved shaft which is very broad in front view. They are 0:035-0°04 mm. in length. This species was dredged off the west and south-west coasts of Ireland at depths of 388 and 468 fathoms. Hymedesmia spinosa, sp. 0. The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on coral. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which are placed very close together and are set vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal spicules are in bundles which lie more or less horizontally to the surface. Spicules.—(1) The acanthostyli measure from 0°09 to 0°22 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter of 0-013 mm. above the head. They cannot be separated into two groups. The shaft is straight or very slightly curved. The head is fairly well marked and is thickly covered with long, stout, blunt spines ; the remainder of the shaft is set with recurved spines. The longer spicules are more sparingly spined along the shaft than are the shorter ones, and the spines are smaller. (2) The dermal spicules are straight, slightly fusiform tornota, measuring 0°18-0°26 mm. by 0:005 mm. (3) The isochelee arcuate are very numerous. They have a thick, usually very strongly curved shaft, with short teeth. They measure 0°03-0°038 mm. in length. The species is nearly allied to Hymedesmia procumbens, Lundbeck. The sponge was dredged at two stations off the south-west coast of Ireland at depths varying from 500 to 728 fathoms. Hymedesmia hibernica, sp. n. The sponge forms a thin encrustation on two specimens of Caryophyllia clavus. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which stand vertically with their heads on the substratum. The slender dermal spicules are united into bundles which are placed more or less vertically in the sponge; they bend round beneath the dermis and are continued as fibres running parallel to the surface. Spicules.—(1) The acanthostyli fall into two groups ; the longer measure from 0°25 to 0°325 mm. in length by 0-008 mm. 238 Miss Jane Stephens on They have a slightly curved shaft and a head which is thickly covered with short blunt spines. A few small re- curved spines are scattered along the shaft, sometimes to nearly half its length. The shorter acanthostyli are 0:11- 0°13 mm, in length by 0°006 mm. The shaft is straight, and the head is, at the most, very slightly marked, and is covered with rather long blunt spines. The shaft is spined throughout its length. (2) The dermal spicules are slender strongyla measuring 0:22-0°25 mm. in length by 0:0025 mm. Microscleres are absent from the sponge. The species was dredged in 37 fathoms off Reenacry Head, Co. Kerry. Ectyodoryx atlanticus, sp. n. The sponge is coating a piece of coral. The main skeleton consists of a network of large acantho- styli, lying usually three or four together, sparingly echinated by small acanthostyli. A small quantity of spongin is present. The dermal spicules form thick fibres, but the exact arrangement cannot be made out owing to the injured surface of the only specimen available. Spicules.—(1) The large acanthostyli have a slightly curved shaft. The head is swollen and is covered with short blunt spines. A few spines are sometimes scattered along the shaft for a short distance. On the other hand, some of the spicules are almost quite smooth. These spicules measure about 0°66-0°95 mm. in length by 0°:015-0:02 mm. in dia- meter above the head. (2) The echinating acanthostyli are small and few in number. The shaft is straight; the head is a little swollen and is covered with rather long spines, The shaft is thickly set with small recurved spines. The length is 0°1-0°14 mm. by 0°01 mm. above the head. (2) The dermal spicules are strongyla with rather unequal ends, one end being slightly thicker than the other. The shaft is often a little crooked. Length Q-4-0°5 mm. by 0:006 mm. (3) Isochele arcuate. The shaft is rather strongly curved. Length 0°045-0°06 mm. The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland in 468 fathoms. Eurypon acanthotoxa, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a small, thin encrustation on coral. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which stand vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal some Irish Sponges. 239 spicules are in bundles which apparently lie more or less obliquely to the surface, the ends of the spicules projecting beyond the dermis. Sptcules.—(1) Acanthostyli. These vary in size from about 0°16-0°9 mm. in length by 0°:008-0°025 mm. The longer of these spicules have a slightly curved shaft. The head is thickly covered with short, stout, blunt spines, the remaining part of the spicule being smooth. The shorter acanthostyli have a curved shaft. The head is covered with short, stout, blunt spines. Similar spines extend a little way along the shaft. The rest of the shaft is set with recurved spines. ‘These two extremes in the acanthostyli are linked together by other acanthostyli of varying lengths and of varying degrees of spination, so that it is not possible to divide the spicules into two groups. (2) The dermal spicules are long straight styli, minutely spined on the head. Length 0'5-0°'75 mm. by 0-008 mm. (3) Isochele palmate, 0-019 mm. in length. (4) Toxa. These have a well-rounded bend in the middle of the shaft and very slightly recurved ends, which are spined. The size varies from very minute to about 0°35 mm. in length, with a maximum thickness of 0°003 mm. The sponge was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland in 250-542 fathoms. Eurypon ditoxa, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on a piece of [tetepora. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, which are placed vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal spicules are in bundles set more or less obliquely to the surface. Spicules—(1) Acanthostyli. The largest of these spicules are slightly curved. ‘The shaft is smooth except at the base, which is thickly covered with short blunt spines. Length about 0°3-0°6 mm., with a maximum diameter of 0°02 mm. The small acanthostyli are straight or slightly curved ; the head is covered with rather strong blunt spines and the shaft is thickly set along its whole length with small recurved spines. Length 0°125-0-2 mm., with a maximum diameter of 0°01 mm. (2) The dermal spicules are styli which are often a.little crooked. The head is very minutely spined. Length 0°4-0°5 mm, by 0°005 mm. (3) Isochele palmate, 0015 mm. in length. (4) Toxa of two kinds—(a) with a wide even curve and short arms ending in sharp, slightly 240 Miss Jane Stephens on recurved points. Length 0°08-0°13 mm., with a maximum thickness of about 0°0025 mm. ; ()) with very long and very slender straight arms, and with rather an abrupt curve in the middle of the spicule. The maximum length is about O'S mm. The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in 388 fathoms. Eurypon tenuissimum, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a small, very thin encrustation on coral. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli which are set vertically with their heads on the substratum. The dermal skeleton consists of styli, apparently arranged in bundles, set vertically to, and projecting above, the surface, but their exact arrangement could not be made out owing to the scanty material available for examination. Spicules.—(1) Acanthostyli. The largest of these spicules are from 1 to 1°5 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter of 0°021 mm. The slightly curved shaft tapers to a rather short point at the apex. The base is covered, sometimes very sparingly, with rather short blunt spines. Smaller acanthostyli, spined to some distance along the shaft, are intermediate both in size and in amount of spination between the, foregoing and the smallest acanthostyli, which are about 0:12-0°14 mm. in length. These latter are thickly spined along their whole length. The head is covered with short blunt spines, the shaft with recurved spines. (2) The dermal styli are minutely spined on the head; they are 0°45-0'7 mm. by 0°006 mm. (3) Isochele palmatee, 0°021 mm.in length. (4) Toxa, very slender, with long straight arms. Maximum length about 0°55 min. The sponge was dredged off the west coast of Ireland in 388 fathoms. Eurypon microchela, sp. n. The sponge is growing in a very thin encrustation on coral. The main skeleton consists of acanthostyli, which are placed very close together and are set vertically with their heads on the substratum. The long acanthostyli project far above the surface of the sponge. The dermal spicules are in small bundles and project more or less obliquely above the surface. some Irish Sponges. 241 Spicules.—(1) Acanthostyli. The long acanthostyli are very slightly curved and taper to a rather long point. The head is well marked and is rounded ; it is thickly covered with short, stout, blunt spines. A few small spines are scattered along the shaft. These spicules measure about 0-5-0°8 mm. in length by 0°013 mm. above the head. The short acanthostyli are straight and taper to a long fine point. The head is fairly well marked and is covered with rather strong blunt spines. The shaft is thickly set with small recurved spines. The length varies from 0°12-0°17 mm. by 0:008mm. (2) The dermal spicules are slender subtylostyli, very minutely spined on the head. The shaft is often rather curved. The length is about 0°3-0°-L mm. by 0°003 mm. (3) Isochelee palmate, very minute, measuring only 0°008 mm. in length. The species was dredged off the south-west coast of Ireland in 250-542 fathoms. Axinella pyramidata, sp. n. The sponge, which is cut off from its support, is 15 mm. in height and 17 mm. in diameter at its summit. In shape it is somewhat like a three-sided pyramid standing on its apex, except that the sides are deeply cut vertically into a series of flattened lobes. The upper surface is flat, but here and there jt rises into small knob-like elevations. The skeleton consists of closely-set plumose columns of spicules which run upwards through the sponge, and then bend out towards the surface, where they end in brushes of styli which project for part of their length beyond the dermis. A considerable amount of spongin is present, cementing the spicules together. Spicules.—(1) Styli varying from about 0-23 mm. to 1 mm. in length by 0:01-0°016 mm. In the shorter styli the shaft is rather sharply bent at a little distance above the head. The longer styli are usually slightly curved. There is sometimes a slight swelling on the shaft a little distance above the head. (2) Oxea about 0°3-0°6 mm. in length by 0°01-0°013 mm. They are sharply and irregularly bent, and taper at either end to a rather short point. Many of the oxea have a slight swelling about the middle of the spicule. The only specimen in the collection was dredged off the Kerry coast in 37 fathoms. 242 On some Irish Sponges. Notes on some of the Species. Hamacantha johnsoni (Bowerbank) and H. falcula (Bowerbank). A great deal of confusion exists with regard to these two species. An examination of the type-slides showed that Hamacantha johnsoni possesses tie following kinds of spicules—oxea, diancistra of two forms, and sigmata,—while Hamacantha falcula possesses styli, diancistra of three forms, and toxa. The former species, in fact, has in recent years been called Hamacantha schmidti (Carter) and the latter has usually been referred to as Hamacantha johnsoni (Bower- bank). Rhaphidotheca marshall-halli, Kent. Two specimens of Rhaphidotheca are in the collection—one with exotyles of the shape characteristic of Lt. marsha/l- halli, Kent, and the other with exotyles shaped like those of R. affinis, Carter. From an examination of the two speci- mens it has been decided to regard the latter name as a synonym of &. marshall-halli. ‘The union of these two species has been suggested trom time to time by various authors. (?) Clathria anchorata (Carter). This sponge, which is doubtfully referred to the genus Clathria, was described by Carter under the name Dictyo- eylindrus anchorata. . Anchinoé fictitius (Bowerbank). The sponge called by Bowerbank Microciona fictitia was found to have the same arrangement of the skeleton and the same kinds of spicules as Hymeniacidon perarmatus, Bower- bank, which is the type-species of Gray’s genus Anchinoé. This genus may be detined as follows :—Kctyonine with a skeleton composed of branching fibres which consist of multiserially arranged smooth diactinals echinated by acauthostyli, No special dermal skeleton. Microscleres isochela# arcuate solely, or perlaps with other forms. Plumohalichondria, Carter, must be regarded as a synonym of Anchinoé, Gray. On a new Snake from Northern China. 243 XXI.— Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from Northern China. By G. A. Boutencer, F. RS. . (Published by permission of the ‘Trustees of the British Museum.) Two years ago I described in these ‘ Annals’ (xiii. 1914, . 976) a new and very distinct species of Coluber discovered by Mr. A. L. Hallat Chihfeng, N.E. Chihli Province, which I named C, halli. Mr. Hall has since been so kind as to send a second series of snakes from tle same locality, and this includes, in addition to five further specimens of C. hall7, a single specimen of another species which I regard as new aud of which I here offer a description. The additional specimens of C. halli show the following variation in the uumber of scales and shields :— Pa ee 23 scales. 172 ventrals. 69 subcaudals. OCG a: 26 5 181 a 63 x see hid Bate 28 5 179 Sy 64 "3 fer ee re U7 _ 65 “4 PR Sh eke ee Ayal! pe 69 7 The formula for the seven known specimens is therefore— Sc. 23-25. V.171-181. A. 2. C. 58-69. Coluber anomalus. Snout rounded, searcely prominent ; canthus rostralis very obtuse, loreal region slightly concave ; eye rather small, one- third length of snout. Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals as long as broad, as long as the prefrontals ; frontal as long as broad, two-thirds its distance from the end of the snout, three-fifths the length of the parietals; loreal longer than deep; pieocular single, no subocular below it ; two postoculars ; temporals 2+3 or 4; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the auterior chin-shields, which are a little longer than the posterior. Scales in 22 rows, dorsals feebly but very distinctly keeled, laterals smooth. Ventrals not angulate laterally, 212; anal divided; sub- caudals mostly single, 65. Dark brown above; a large blotch on the neck and a streak behind the eye black ; hinder part of body and tail with rather irregular black cross-bars ; lower parts white, with greyish spots anteriorly ; subcaudals edged with brown. 244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Total length 1770 mm. ; tail 250. A single male specimen. This snake can only be compared with C. schrenckii, Strauch, from Corea and Eastern Siberia, but it differsin the number of upper labial shields, the mostly single subcaudals, aud in other points of minor importance. XXII.—Deseriptions of Three new Cyprinid Fishes from East Africa. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum,) Labeo gracilis. Body strongly compressed, its depth 44 to 42 times in total length. Head 43 times in total length; snout rounded, as long as postocular part of head; eye perfectly lateral, 34 times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of head; width of mouth, with lips, 34 times in length of head ; lips rather feebly developed, without transverse plicee, with a fringe of conical papille ; edge of rostral flap entire ; a small barbel. Dorsal JII 10-11, equally distant from nostril and from caudal, upper edge concave, longest ray as long as head. Anal III 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral slightly shorter than head, not reaching ventral, which is inserted below middle of dorsal. Caudal deeply notched, crescentic. Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep. Scales 40-42 ° gy) + between lateral line and rental 16 round caudal peduncle. Dark brown above, whitish benadtit TYotal length 120 mm. Three specimens from the Juba River near Gobwen, collected by Mr. A. Blayney Percival. Types in the British Museum and in the Nairobi Museum. Allied to L. mesops, Gthr., but body more cloves? eye larger, and mouth smaller. Barbus procatopus. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? to 4 times in total length. Snout rounded, 3 to 34 times in length of liead ; eye 34 to 3} times in length of head, interorbital width 34 times; mouth interior, its width 4 times in length of head ; lips moderately developed, lower uninterrupted ; two barbels on each side, posterior a little longer than auterior and as Cypyrinid Fishes from East Africa. 245 long as eye or a little shorter. Dorsal III 8, equally distant from gill-opening and from caudal, border slightly concave ; last simple ray very strong, bony, not serrated, as long as head or a little shorter. Anal IIL 5, reaching caudal or not quite so far. Pectoral ? to # length of head, not reaching ventral, the base of which is entirely in front of the vertical of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Seales longitudinally striated, 31-34 sh 24 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above, silvery white beneath, scales darker at the base. Total length 115 mm. Three specimens from the Amala River, entering the east side of Lake Baringo ; collected by Mr. A. Blayney Percival. Types in British Museum and in Nairobi Museum, Distinguished from B. gregorii, Gthr., which occurs also in the Baringo watershed, by the shorter barbels and the more posterior position of the dorsal fin, which originates behind the vertical of the base of the ventral. Barbus loveridgit. Depth of boly 33 to 4 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Snout rounded, as long as or slightly shorter than eye, which is 3} to 34 times in length of head ; inter- orbital width 24 to 3 times in length of head; mouth small, subinferior; lips feeble, two barbels on each side, anterior very short, sometimes rudimentary, posterior ? to 2 diameter of eye. Dorsal III 7, equally distant from occiput and from caudal, border straight ; last simple ray strong, bony, very strongly serrated, the stiff part 2? to # length of head, Anal IIL 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral as long as head, reaching or nearly reaching ventral ; base of latter entirely in front of vertical of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales radiately striated, 26-30 ah 24 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish above, silvery white beneath, some of the scales black at the base ; a narrow black lateral streak. Total length 70 mm. Several specimens from the Amala River, entering the east side of Lake Baringo ; collected by Mr. A. Blayney Percival. '[ypes in British Museum and in Nairobi Museum. This species, named after Mr. A. Loveridge, Curator of the Nairobi Museum, is most nearly related to B. lumiensis, Blgr., also found in the Amala River, differing chiefly in the larger eye and the shorter barbels. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 17 246 Mr. R. E. Turner on Two new Species of XXII1.—Two new Species of the Hymenopterous Genus Megalyra, Westw. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., FES. Family Megalyride. Megalyra testaceipes, sp. n. Q. Nigra; pedibus testaceis, palpis pallide testaceis; antennis terebraque brunneo-testaceis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, area cubitali leviter infumata. Long. 3 mm.; terebre, long. 9 mm. 3. Femine similis, alis omnino hyalinis, Long. 2°5 mm. 9. Antenne 14-jointed, second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first, the third joint a little shorter than the second and scarcely longer than the fourth. A strong transverse carina reaching to the eyes just above the base of the antennz. Head and thorax coarsely and evenly punc- tured-reticulate. Anterior ocellus separated from the eyes by a distance slightly greater than that separating the posterior ocelli from each other ; the posterior ocelli farther from each other than from the eyes. Clypeus rugulose, rounded at the apex. Anterior angles of the mesonotum produced into blunt tubercles; scutellum large, as long as the mesonotum ; pleure more finely punctured than the mesonotum ; median segment coarsély reticulate on the dorsal surface, finely rugulose on the sides, shorter than the scutellum. Abdomen shining, almost smooth, the punctures microscopic. The whole insect without any patches of pubescence. Legs, especially the tibize, with sparse whitish hairs; wholly testa- ceous, except the coxee, which are fusco-ferruginous. The male is similar to the female in all points of sculpture, but the faint fuscous cloud on the cubital area of the fore wing is absent in the male. Hab, Kuranda, N. Queensland, June 29-July 16, 1913. Two females and one male. Taken on dead Hucalyptus- wood, in which small beetle-holes were numerous. Hasily distinguished from other species of the genus by the straight transverse carina above tle antenne, by the much shorter third joint of the flagellum, and by the very small size, Even I, minuta, Frogg., is considerably larger. the Hymenopterous Genus Megalyra, Westw. 247 Megalyra lilliputiana, sp. n. Q. Nigra; tibiis anticis apice tarsisque testaceis; terebra an- tennisque dimidio basali fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, irides- centibus, areis cubitali discoidalique infuscatis, Long. 2-4 mm. ; terebree, long. 7-14 mm. ?. Third joint of the flagellum a little longer than the second and equal in length to the fourth. Eyes converging towards the clypeus, very narrowly separated from the poste- rior margin of the head; anterior ocellus separated from the eyes by a distance distinctly greater than that separating the posterior ocelli from each other, the posterior pair a little farther from each other than from the eyes. Head and thorax coarsely punctured-reticulate ; pleure rugose, less coarsely sculptured than the mesonotum. Anterior angles of the mesonotum produced into short acute tubercles ; scutellum large, nearly as long as the mesonotum and distinctly longer than the median segment, the latter rugose-reticulate. [First abdominal segment smooth and shining; the remaining segments very finely and closely punctured, subopaque. Legs and pleure very sparsely clothed with whitish hairs, the whole insect without any patches of white pubescence. Hab. Kuranda, N. Queensland, June 9-24, 1913. Four females. On dead Eucalyptus-wood. The third joint of the flagellum, though somewhat longer than in testacetpes, is much less elongate than in fase/ipennis. In both this species and in testaceipes the eyes are more elongate and reach much nearer to the posterior margin of the head, and also converge more towards the clypeus than in the larger species of genus which I have seen (fasci/- pennis, shuckardi, melanoptera, mutilis); the terebra is three-and-a-half times as long as the insect, not four times as long, a8 in minuta, which also differs in the colour of the legs. In Megalyra mutilis, Westw., the second joint of the flagellum is nearly twice as long as the third, which is only twice as long as the first. The only specimen I have seen is a male, Both testaceipes and lilliputiana were taken by me ona recent expedition to Australia, The types are in the British Museum. 17* 248 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. XXIV.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.a—XX. On some Larrine in the British Museum. By RowLanpD E. TURNER, F.Z.S., F.E.S. . Key to the Australian Syecies of Liris. > Wings yellow, with a pale fuscous margin ; legs ferruginous; the whole dorsal sur- _[subsp. magnifica, Kohl. face clothed with golden pubescence .. L. hemorrhoidalis, Fabr., Wings pale fuscous; legs black; without golden pubescence ,......,++. Pak cee LL, melania, Turn. Liris melania, sp. n. °. Nigra, subopaca; segmento mediano opaco, delicatissime trans- verse striato; area pygidiali setosa, aureo-pilosa; alis fusco- hyalinis, venis fuscis, Long. 17 mm. 9. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, with a deep depression in the middle of the apical margin. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, twice as long as the first. Eyes touching the posterior margin of the head, separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Cheeks and the base of the mandibles clothed with fine silver pubescence. Pronotum not reaching the level of the mesonotum, higher in the middle than at the sides. Thorax subopaque, minutely punc- tured ; median segment about equal in length to the meso- notum, very finely and closely transversely striated, with a longitudinal sulcus from the base to the apex, the sides of the dorsal surface and of the posterior truncation more coarsely striated. Abdomen subopaque, microscopically punctured ; obscure apical bands of fine whitish pubescence, broadly interrupted in the middle on the tliree basal dorsal segments. Pygidial area subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex, shaped as in L. gibbosa, Kohl, clothed with fine golden pubescence, and with numerous black sete. Second ventral segment swollen near the base as in Notogonia, with a carina from the base to the middle, Second abscissa of the radius as long as the third, the two recurrent nervures received very close to each other. Hab. Cairns district, Q. (collected by F. P. Dodd and presented by Dr. Perkins). This was recorded by me as L, ducalis, Sm. (Trans. Ent. Mr. R. BE. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 249 Soc. London, p. 425, 1910), to which it is nearly allied ; but in that species the eyes are very distinctly separated from the hind margin of the head, as in all the other species of the group known to me, the median segment is longer and has the median suleus much more obscure, and the pubescence on the head is golden. SE — <<< Liris cowani, Kirby. Larrada cowani, W. F. Kirby, Trans. Ent, Soc. London, p. 200 (1883). ae Liris pedestris, Saussure, Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, xx. p. 517 (1892). Q¢¢. Key to the Australian Species of Larra. 2g. 1. Fore tibise with a row of spines on the outer MENA Tats bi Gcin ue aukan ex Beek oaeKs L. melanocnemis, Turn, Fore tibize without spines on the outer WES SG sere cert Ne wanes dela cows 2. Meee DORTNAINOUB As idea aon tno alae ss L. femorata, Sauss. » Legs black, shading into fusco-ferruginous on the tibiz and tarsi in some specimens, JL. scelestu, Turn, dd: 1, Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance at least equal to the length of the three basal joints of the flagellum .......... L. melanocnemis, Turn. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum .............. 2. te ge eee re riner L. femorata, Sauss. Legs black, the apical half of the tarsi fusco- Uh ee ae eee L. scelesta, Turn. Larra melanocnemis, sp. n. Q. Nigra, opaca, abdomine nitido, segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 fascia interrupta, albo-pilosa ; tegulis pallide testaceis; alis fusco- hyalinis, venis fuscis. Long. 15-17 mm. 9. Clypeus opaque, very finely and closely punctured, the extreme apex smooth and shining, the apical margin transverse. Head subopaque, finely and closely punctured, the front above the base of the antenne shining and very sparsely punctured. Second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first and half as long again as the third, the antenne quite as stout in proportion as in L. anathema. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the 250 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortial Hymenoptera. combined length of the second and third joints of the flagellum. Pronotum sunk a little below the mesonotum, no higher in the middle than at the sides, the dorsal surface almost linear, very sharply sloped anteriorly. Thorax very closely punctured, the pleurze covered with short silver-white pubescence. Median segment longer than the mesonotum, granulate, without any distinct median sulcus or carina, the apical slope finely and closely punctured. Abdomen smooth and shining, the first to fifth dorsal segments with a broadly interrupted apical band of white pubescence; pygidial area elongate, pointed at the apex, finely and very sparsely punc- tured. Anterior tibiz with a row of spines on the outer margin. Third abscissa of the radius equal to the second, the recurrent nervures separated from each other on the cubitus by a distance equal to nearly two-thirds of the distance between the first recurrent nervure and the first transverse cubital nervure. Hab. Mackay, Q., November to May (ex coll. G. Turner) ; Adelaide River, N.T. (J. J.. Walker) ; Adelaide, S.A. This is the Australian representative of L. mansueta, Sm., a New Guinea species. In a former paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 473, 1908) I identified this species erroneously as Larrada nigripes, Sauss., and treated Larra psilocera, Kohl, as a synonym. Schulz (Zool. Ann. p. 191, 1911), having consulted Saussure’s collection, applies the name nigripes to quite a different insect, which now bears the type-label. Saussure’s descrip- tion, however, seems to have been taken from a headless female, whereas the specimen mentioned by Schulz is a male and not headless. But Saussure’s description is insufficient for any certainty. With regard to L. psilocera, Kohl, the description of the antenne does not agree either in colour or form with the present species, the clypeus also is more polished. The locality given is Australia, but I suspect that the specimen may have come from one of the Austro- Malayan or Melanesian islands. Larra femorata, Sauss. Tachytes femoratus, Sauss. Mém. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv. p. 20 (1854). Larrada femorata, Sauss. Mélang. Hymen. i. p. 69 (1854), _ Larra femorata, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy. p. 243 (1884). Hab. Sydney (Froggatt) ; Mackay, Q., November to April (ex coll. G. Turner); Kuranda, Q., January to June (Turner). Si — Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 2 Larra scelesta, Turn. Larra scelesta, Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p, 474 (1908). 2. I doubt if this is more than a variety of L. femorata. I can find no good structural distinction, and the colour of the legs seems to vary, intermediate forms occurring. Larra erythropyga, sp. n. Q. Nigra; segmentis abdominalibus lateribus albo-pilosis; seg- mento sexto, plerumque etiam in parte quinto, rufis; tegulis testaceis; alis fuscis. Long. 17-20 mm. @. Clypeus opaqne, finely and closely punctured, the apical margin transverse; front above the base of the an- tennze shining and concave, the marginal grooves very distinct, the upper part of the front and the vertex opaque, finely and closely punctured. Second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first and about half as long again as the third; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum. Thorax finely and closely punctured, opaque, the mesopleure shining and less closely punctured. Median segment longer than the mesonotum, granulate, with a low median carina not reaching the apex, the posterior slope finely rugulose and divided by a longitudinal suleus. Abdo- men shining, almost smooth; pygidial area triangular, almost smooth, the sides nearly half as long again as the basal breadth. Fore tibize with a row of spines on the outer margin. Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second, which is equal to the first; the second recurrent nervure received close to the middle of the cubital margin of the second cubital cell, very narrowly separated from the first recurrent nervure. Hab. Nyasaland, 8.W. of Lake Chilwa; January 1914 (S. A. Neave). Superficially this species strongly resembles the North- American L. anclis, Fabr., but has the pronotum raised much higher than in that insect. Notogonia australis, Sauss. Tachytes australis, Sauss, Mém. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genévye, xiv. p- 19 (1854). Larrada australis, Sauss, Mélang. Hymen. i. p. 69 (1854). Larra australis, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 474 (1908). This species should be placed in Notogonia, having the 252 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. second ventral segment formed as in that genus; the pro- notum sunk below the mesonotum, distinctly higher in the middle than on the sides; and a small tooth on the inner side of the mandibles at about one-third from the base. On the other hand, it approaches Larra in the short tarsal ungues and in the very sparse pubescence of the pygidial area, Hab, Adelaide, 8.A.; Eaglehawk Neck, 5.E. ‘Tasmania. | Tuchytes australis, Sauss., Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. p. 68 (1867), is quite a different insect, but has been confused in Dalla Torre’s catalogue. It is probably a Tachysphex. Notogonia pilosifrons, sp. n. Q. Nigra, fronte aureo-pilosa, segmentis dorsalibus 1-3 fascia apicali obscura albida ; alis fuscis, Long. 17 mm. 9. Clypeus subopaque, very minutely and closely punc- tured, with a transverse row of large punctures near the apex, the apical margin straight. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, twice as long as the first. Hyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to nearly two-thirds of the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Front clothed with bright golden pubescence. Pronotum sunk much below the mesonotum, much higher in the middle than at the sides; mesonotum strongly depressed in the middle of the anterior margin, subopaque. Median segment opaque, longer than broad, obscurely transversely striated, the strize more distinct on the apical angles and on the posterior truncation ; a very obscure median carina from the base not reaching the apex. Abdomen subopaque; the pygidial area triangular, the sides a little longer tian the base, covered densely with coarse black setee. First ventral segment finely obliquely striated at the apex; second ventral segment swollen towards the base, as is usual in the genus, and with a carina from the base not reaching the middle. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with four spines on the outer margin, Second abscissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, in some specimens equal to the third; the two recurrent nervures very near together on the cubitus. Hab. Mianje, Nyasaland, from 2300 ft.; May to January (S. A. Neave). The wings are paler than in WV. gowdey2, Turn., and have no blue effulgence. It is also distinguished from that species by the golden pubescence on the front, the sculpture of the median segment, the lesser distance between the eyes on the vertex, and other etails. Mr. R. EF. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. 253 Key to the African Species of Motes. 22. 1, Wings hyaline, clouded with fuscous...... 2. Wings golden yellow, with a broad fuscous SENS UC Aida dua aes soe dus paises 3. §. Abdomen wholly red.............00000: M. cyphononyx, Kohl. Two or three apical segments of the abdomen cis was) ade ccnececas'e M. odontophora, Kohl. 8. Abdominal segments with a broad reddish- brown apical band above and beneath .. M. deceptor, Turn. Abdominal segments without a reddish eS eee Pere M. liroides, Turn. Motes cyphononyx, Koll. The type is from West Africa. Specimens in the British Museum are from Mwera, Uganda, August (CU. G. Gowdey) ; Chagwe, Mabira Forest, Uganda, 3500 feet, July (S. A. Neave) ; Mlanje, Nyasaland, January (S.A. Neave); Upper Luangwa River, N.E, Rhodesia, August (S. A. Neave). Motes deceptor, sp. n. Q. Nigra; capite, pronoto, mesonoto, scutello, segmento mediano supra, abdomine supra tibiisque anticis intermediisque subtus dense aureo-pilosis ; scapo subtus, tegulis, segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus 2-5 fascia lata apicali, segmento dorsali sexto, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-terrugineis ; alis auran- tiacis, fascia lata apicali fusca. Long. 20 mm, 9. The whole dorsal surface of the insect covered with dense golden pubescence, concealing the sculpture. Mandibles incised on the outer margin ; clypeus narrowly and shallowly emarginate on the middle of the apical margin ; second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, rather more than twice as long as the first. Hyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Pronotum sunk below the level of the meso- notum, higher in the middle than at the sides; pleure smooth, opaque. Sides of the median segment smooth, opaque, with a few stria near the apex; dorsal surface and posterior slope strongly transversely striated at the sides, the strie very short. First ventral segment with irregular oblique striz on the apical third, second ventral segment shaped as in Notogoniu. Pygidial area in the form of a triangle rather broadly truncated at the apex, clothed with short sete, a row of very stout sete forming a comb at the 254 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. apex. The basal joint of the fore tarsi has four long spines on the outer margin ; the tooth near the middle of the tarsal ungues is small. ‘he dark apical border of the fore wing reaches the first transverse cubital nervure. First abscissa of the radius as long as the second and third combined, the two recurrent nervures very near to each other on the cubitus., Hab. Offi, N. Nigeria (Hiscock). This species is very near diroides, Turn., and may prove to be a western subspecies of that insect. It differs in the broader pygidial area, in the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus, in the reddish-brown margins of the abdominal segments, and in the darker and somewhat broader marginal band of the fore wing. The superficial resemblance to Liris hemorrhoidalis is very striking, Key to the Australian Species of Tachysphex. 2. 1. Two basal segments of abdomen red .... 7. truncatifrons, Turn, Abdomen wholly black................ 2. 2. Tibiz, tarsi, and apex at least of the femora ferruginous or testaceous brown. 3. Tibie and femora wholly black, tarsi usually black, sometimes testaceous brown towards the apex ............ 4, 3. Legs ferruginous, hind and intermediate femora wholly ferruginous .......... T. adelaide, Turn. Legs testaceous brown, hind and interme- diate femora black except at the apex . T. imbellis, Turn. 4, Wings fuscous or dark fusco-hyaline .... 5. Wy ius lryalane. 0, «(om Hees ae hee seo ds 5. Pygidial area distinctly though not very closely punctured; comb of the fore tarsi black and long ..........-..00: T. stimulator, Turn, Pygidial area smooth and shining; comb of the fore tarsi shorter and fusco- SSrPOSINONA 055.2 25 Heim hes a mele pnts 6. 6. Wings dark fuscous; mesonotum, scu- tellum,and abdomen highly polished.. 7. persistans, Turn. Wings dark fusco-hyaline; mesonotum, scutellum, and abdomen subopaque .. 7. hypoleius, Sm. 7. Dorsal surface of median segment rugose- reticulate or longitudinally striated .. 8, Dorsal surface of median segment smooth or minutely punctured .............. 9. 8. Median segment longitudinally striated; third abscissa of the radius longer than Ths BELONG 2 ass voy oF ee een ee eee T. walkeri, Tarn. Median segment rugose-reticulate ; second abscissa of the radius at least twice as long as the third ..... 2530 Jala wee. DL. rugidorsatus, Turn. 2S #F, 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, = 255 . Thorax and median segment covered with long pubescence; abdominal fasciwe tinged with pale gold .............. Thorax and median segment not strongly pubescent; abdominal fascia white or ai? ee The whole insect, especially the abdomen, much flattened, dorsal surface of abdo- NE eh CEs na d xan 9 a0 «en 5 a's Normal, not flattened ................ Mesonotum and scutellum shining, highly IR MSS trahicn's sa Sunken Mesonotum and scutellum opaque or sub- i ak wins S05 ol wh aa c.an Sco alae ae Second joint of the flagellum equal to or shorter than the third .............. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, pygidium compressed laterally, the pygidial area long and narrow .... Second joint of the flagellum shorter than the third, pygidium not compressed, the pygidial area fairly broad ........ Median segment a little longer than the MeESODOGUM........-- ccs eee ccccsns Median segment distinctly shorter than Se IORI 55 oi oe Lala bss cia es Mesonotum distinctly and very closely punctured; apical joints of the an- tennz black; second abscissa of the radius fully as long as the first or third. Mesonotum only microscopically punc- tured; apical joints of the antenne fusco-ferruginous ; second abscissa of the radius shorter than the first or PRE eras c eke oboe wreea og = Apical tarsal joint light ferruginous ; pos- terior slope of the median segment ec ee ee ee ae Apical tarsal joint black; posterior slope of the median segment transversely oe OEE PEE EE CEE Cre ee T_ pilosulus, Turn, 10. T. depressiventris, Turn. 12. 14. T. pacificus, Tarn. 13. T. pugnator, Turn, T. discrepans, Turn. 15, 16, T. mackayensis, Turn. T. tenuis, Turn, T. fortior, Turn. T. su cus, Turn. [(=T. debilis, Turn., nec Perez), Tachytes australis, Sauss., 1867 (nec Saussure, 1854), is almost certainly a Tachyspher, but I am unable to identify it. In dealing with Australian Tachysphex in a former paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 491, 1908), I mentioned a doubtful record of the New Zealand species 7. nigerrimus, Sm., from Victoria ; this is certainly a case of mistaken locality. I have seen no specimens of T.,truncatifrons in recent collec- tions, and it is possible that the locality on the type at Oxford is erroneous, 256 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. Tachysphex depressiventris, sp. n. Q. Nigra; mandibulis apice ferrugineis; tarsis anticis spinis albidis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris ; mesonoto scutelloque nitidis ; abdomine depresso, nitido, Long. 9-10 mm, 9. Clypeus shining and sparsely punctured, convex, the apical margin strongly depressed, transverse. Front finely and closely punctured, an oblique undulating carina on each side from above the base of the antennz not quite reaching the eyes. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, a little more than twice as long as the first. The front is not strongly convex, and the convex area 0.1 which the posterior ocelli are placed is less developed than is usual in the genus. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to twice the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Pro- notum depressed much below the mesonotum, the middle a little higher than the sides; mesonotum and scutellum shining, microscopically punctured; pleura opaque, minutely punctured. Median segment broader than long, a little narrowed to the apex, opaque, shagreened, with a distinct impressed line from the base to the apex, the surface of the apical truncation very finely transversely striated. Abdomen strongly depressed, the dorsal surface flat, shining, with a broadly interrupted apical band of white pubescence on segments 1-3; pygidial area lanceolate, very narrow, shining, with a few small punctures. Second abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the third; the first recurrent nervure nearer to the first transverse cubital nervure than to the second recurrent nervure. Comb of the fore tarsus welk developed, the spines whitish, tinged with ferruginous. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, January; Mundaring Weir, 8.W. Australia, March 18, 1914 (Turner). This species may be distinguished by the strongly flattened abdomen. Tachysphea persistans, sp. n. Q. Nigra, nitida, segmento mediano opaco; segmentis dorsalibus. 1-3 macula transversa laterali albo-pilosa ; alis fuscis. Long. 18 mm. 9. Clypeus shining, sparsely punctured, transverse at the apex ; labrum bilobed. Front finely and closely punctured, not convex, depressed and convex round the base of the Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 257 antenne. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, at least three times as long as the first. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly greater than the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Pronotum depressed below the mesonotum, a little higher in the middle than at the sides, very sharply sloped. Mesonotum and scutellum shining and smooth ; pleuree opaque, almost smooth. Median segment smooth, opaque, without a median line, as long as broad, tlhe posterior slope transversely striated. Abdomen smooth and shining ; pygidial area very long and narrow, with a few minute punctures, the sixth segment as long as the fourth and fifth combined. Fore tarsi stout, the comb short as compared with most species of the genus. ‘lhe three abscisse of the radius about equal in length ; first recurrent nervure distinctly nearer to the second than to the first transverse cubital nervure. The teguie are brown at the apex. eB, Yallingup, S.W. Australia, December ( Turner). This may be distinguished from other Australian species by the larger size and highly polished appearance. The eyes are closer to each other on the vertex than in hypoleius, Sm. Tachysphex stimulator, sp. n. @. Nigra; segmentis dorsalibus 1—4 fascia apicali argenteo-pilosa ; segmento mediano transverse ruguloso-striato ; alis fuscis. ¢. Femine similis. Long., 2 17 mm., ¢ 15 mm. ?. Clypeus shining, irregularly and rather coarsely punc- tured, convex at the base, the apical half depressed and flattened ; apical margin transverse, with two indistinct teeth on each side close to the angles. Front subopaque, minutely punctured, with an indistinct longitudinal sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ; the second joint of the flagellum equal to the third and nearly three times as long as thie first. Pronotum oblique, depressed below the mesonotum, some- what higher in the middle than at the sides. Pleure and mesonotum subopaque, microscopically punctured ; median segment opaque, as long as the mesonotum, transversely rugulose-striate, with a shallow longitudinal sulcus from base to apex, the face of the posterior truncation more strongly transversely striated, with a deep sulcus from the base not reaching the apex. Abdomen subopaque above, smooth and 258 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. shining beneath, the four basal dorsal segments with an apical band of silver pubescence. Pygidial area shining, strongly and rather closely punctured, without pubescence, elongate, pointed at the apex. Comb of the fore tarsi long and well developed; tarsal ungues long as in the genus Notogonia. Third abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the second, the distance between the two recurrent nervures on the cubitus scarcely more than half as great as that between the first recurrent and the first transverse cubital nervures. The male has the seventh dorsal segment closely but not coarsely punctured, the punctures more or less confluent longitudinally, and the median segment is granulate on the dorsal surface. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, December (Turner). May be distinguished from hypoletus, Sm., by the sculpture of the median segment and pygidial area, the longer tarsal ungues, and the lesser distance between the recurrent nervures. But there seems to be considerable variation in the development of the sculpture of the median segment, which in some specimens is almost as smooth as in hypoleius. Genus PARALELLOPSIS, Maidl. Paralellopsis, Maidl, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, ix. p. 147 (1914). To this genus must be assigned Gastrosericus neavet, Turn, (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1912 [1913]), which, however, is quite distinct from the typical species P. africana, The generic distinctions given seem to me rather slight in view of the aberrant structure of some species of Grastrosericus. Gastrosericus swalet, sp. n. ©. Nigra, pallide aureo-pilosa; tegulis macula basali, femoribus apice tibiisque extus flavis; tegulis apice testaceis; tarsis fuscis ; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; pro- sterno utrinque acute cornuto. Long. 7 mm. Q. Eyes moderately convergent towards the vertex, separated on the vertex by a distance equal to about twice the length of the seape; front very broad, clypeus and lower part of the face covered with short silver pubescence. Eyes separated from the posterior margin of the head by a distancé STOO OTE ———————————— rl ,Srtrt—< CS” f On a new Species and Subspecies of Ennea. 259 equal to about half the length of the scape. Prosternum produced on each side into a stout, acute, curved horn, plainly visible from above. Median segment shorter than the meso- notum, strongly narrowed to the apex. The whole insect opaque, with pale golden pubescence thinly distributed, becoming denser on the pronotum, median segment, and behind the eyes, and forming apical bands on the dorsal segments of the abdomen. Pygidial area triangular, punc- tured and bare. Second abscissa of the radius very short ; the two recurrent nervures meeting before joining the cubitus. Hab, Lonely Mine, Rhodesia (H. Swale) ; January. Easily distinguished by the extraordinary horns of the prosternum ; otherwise it superficially resembles the West- African G. attenuatus, Turn., but has the median segment shorter and the eyes much farther apart on the vertex, in the latter feature resembling G. /amellatus, Turn., and forming a link between the usual strongly convergent eyes of Gastro- sericus and the parallel eyes of Paralellopsis. XXV.—Deseriptions of a new Species and Subspecies of Ennea from Northern Nigeria, and a Correction in the Original Description of EX, reesi, Preston. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. THE species and subspecies described below were received through the kindness of Colonel A. G. Peile, and were obtained by Mr. H. Cadman, of the Colonial Civil Service, at Idah village, at an altitude of 1300 feet, 25 miles north of Abuja, Zaria Province, Northern Provinces, Nigeria. The author has much pleasure in dedicating the new species, a most interesting form, to the collector. It may, perhaps, not be out of place to here make a small correction in a former paper by the author, also dealing with Enneide from Nigeria*. In this paper the words placed in square brackets in the quotation below should be added to the last lines of the diagnosis of Ennea reesi, thus :—‘ Aperture obliquely subtriangular, armed with a projecting, parietal, lamella-like tooth, two denticles on the inner margin of the [labrum and two on the inner margin of the] columella lip, tue lower in each case being the stronger.” * Proc. Malac, Soc, xi. 1914, pp, 184-136, 260 On a new Species and Subspecies of Ennea. Ennea (Gulella) cadmani, sp. n. Shell cylindrical, yellowish white, polished, shining; whorls 6, the first three regularly increasing, the last three increasing in length but not in breadth ; suture rather slightly impressed, narrowly margined below, the margin minutely crenulated ; perforation narrow, deep ; labrum thick, white, reflexed, the margins joined by an opaque, white, parietal callus; aperture irregularly subquadrate, armed with a coarse, erect, vertical, parietal lamella which is slightly twisted Ennea (Gulella) cadmani, x 4. below, a protuberance on the upper portion of the onter lip which partly fills the space between it and the parietal lamella, while below this occurs a coarse downwardly curved lamella; at the base of the aperture and very interiorly situate is an obliqne nodular denticle, while in addition, projecting from the broad columella margin, occurs a hori- zontal Jamella-like tooth. Alt. 5°75, diam. maj. 2 mm. Aperture: alt. 1°25, diam. 1 mm. Hab. Idah, at an altitude of about 13800 feet, Zaria Pro- vince, Northern Nigeria (H. Cadman). Ennea (Paucidentata) monodon zariaénsis, subsp. n. Shell differing from the typical form from Gaboon* in its larger size, much more cylindrical shape, and more oblique columella lip. Alt. 10, diam. maj. 4 mm. Aperture: alt. 2°75, diam. 1°5 diam. Hab. Idah, at an altitude of about 1800 feet, Zaria Pro- vince, Northern Nigeria (H. Cadman). * J, de Conchyliol. 1873, p. 330, ee eee On the Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 261 XXVI.—On the Course of the Internal Carotid Artery and the Foramina connected therewith in the Skulls of the Felidze and Viverride. By RK. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Super- iutendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens, [Plates X. & XI.] Tue skulls upon which the observations made in this paper are based belong mainly to the Zoological Society’s collec- tion; but I am indebted to Mr. H. C. Beck, F.Z.3., for the kind loan of the skull of the rare Madagascan genus Crypto- procta, aud to Mr. KE. Gerrard for that of a species of Galidictis. The facts recorded have been checked as far as possible upon the skulls in the Br.tish Museum placed at my disposal by Mr. Oldfield Thomas ; but in these examples I was unable to lift the bulle or cut away the parts con- cerued for the purpose of laying bare the foramina. For classifying the Aluroid Carnivora both Flower and Mivart made use of the foramina in the base of the skull connected with the course of the internal carotid artery. The former * wrote :—‘‘ In the Felidz the carotid canal is very miuute. In the Viverride it is distinct as a groove on the side of the bulla.’ According to MivartT, “in the Felidz there is no carotid foramen anywhere visible on the surface of the basis cranii, and no carotid foramen perforates or notches the sphenoid, whereas in the Viverridz there is a carotid foramen, or two carotid foramina, visible on each side of the basis cranii, and there may be a conspicuous, carotid foramen (deeply notching the sphenoid) in the basis cranii for the entrance of the carotid into the cranial cavity.” No excuse need be sought for restating the facts, since neither of the quoted authors, who have inspired subsequent writers on the subject, seems to have investigated them very carefully, judging from certain inaccuracies and defects contained in their statements. The Viverride, as understood by Flower and Mivart, are a heterogeneous group including all the Ailuroids which are not obviously cats or hyenas. They may be considered first. It may be recalled that in Canis the canal for the internal carotid begins by an orifice on the inner side and in front of the space that leads to the foramen lacerwn posticum—the * ‘Mammalia,’ pp. 502 & 525 (1891). + P. Z. S. 1882, pp. 144-145, 197-198. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xvii. 18 262 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the posterior orifice between the periotic and the basioccipital. Posteriorly the canal lies between the tympanic bulla and the periotic. Anteriorly it is a tube in the tympanic itself, and its anterior orifice opens at the autero-internal angle of the bulla on the admedian side of the adjacent orifice of the eustachian tube, and just above the foramen lacerum medium, the anterior space between the periotic and the basisphenoid, through which the artery, after leaving the canal, enters the cranium. Except that the posterior orifice of the canal is always situated further forwards and that the anterior orifice, even when the canal is complete, opens into a space beneath the bulla common to it and the eustachian tube, the arrangement found in the Viverride does not differ much from that of the Canide. But within the Viverride there are some interesting variations in detail worth putting on record. The facts observed in most of the dominant types may be described before a general summary is attempted. In an example of the African civet (Civettictis civetta) the posterior orifice of the carotid canal is situated about halfway along the inner wall of the bulla further in advance of the foramen lacerum posticum than in the Felide and Canide. Throughout its length it is an open channel, and not a closed tube. It passes nearly vertically between the tympanic and the adjacent edge of the basioccipital. It then turns, and ceases at the edge of the inturned tympanic. Thence the artery runs forwards beneath the anterior part of the tympanic, and enters the foramen lacerum medium, which forms a small semicircular notch in the basisphenoid and is just visible at the antero-internal angle of the bulla when the skull is viewed from below, although it is partially overlapped by a small bridge of bone jutting inwards from the bulla to the antero-lateral angle of the basioccipital. Behind this bridge the periotic appears for a small space on the surface of the skull between the bulla and the basi- occipital. In examples of the Oriental civets (Viverra zibetha, V. tangalunga, and Viverricula malaccensis) the arrangement is similar in all essential respects, except that the periotic does not reach the surface of the basis cranii, the foramen lacerum posticum is usually narrow, and the foramen lacerum medium much deeper and more apparent on the base of the skuil*. * In properly cleaned skullsa bristle can be passed through the carotid canal from back to front when the canal is tolerably straight; but where it makes a sharp bend, as in the African civet examined, this cannot be doue. at ee Dy a9 Skulls of the Felidse and Vivervride. 263 In examples of Genetta pardina and jelina, on the con- trary, the posterior orifice of the canal lies much further in advance of the foramen lacerum posticum—that is to say, about one-fourth of the distance from the anterior end of the posterior chamber of the bulla. It is formed by two juxtaposed grooves, one on the bulla, the other on the peri- otic, a narrow strip of which reaches the surface at this point between the basioccipital and the bulla; but the deeper, anterior half of the groove is a complete bony tube formed by the bulla alone. The anterior end of this tube opens just above the foramen lacerum medium, which deeply notches the sphenoid and is almost concealed from view superficially. In an adult skull of Paguma larvata the canal begins as a groove on the anterior half of the inner side of the bulla, and becomes a definite tube quite at the anterior end of the posterior chamber of the bulla up against the basioccipital ; and as in Genetta felina the concealed anterior part of the canal is ashort but completely bony tube formed by the bulla alone. ‘The foramen lacerum medium, notching the _ basi- sphenoid, is just visible at the ante o-internal augle of the bulla. The two bones forming the bulla are not fused together. In an adult skull of Paradoxurus niger the canal resembles that of Paguma larvata, except that the concealed anterior portion is not a complete bony tube in the tympanic. Here also the two bones of the bulla are not co-ossitied. In an example of Arctictis binturony the posterior orifice of the canal is about halfway along the wall of the bulla, aud therefore much closer to the foramen lacerum posticum than to the foramen lacerum medium. ‘The canal is a deep groove on the tympanic. It descends nearly vertically at first, where it passes alongside the basioccipital. The artery thereafter turns forwards and completes its course on the underside of the tympanic. In the specimen examined the canal is nowhere a complete tube, although just above the point where it ceases the bones of the tympanic almost meet and close it in. Since this specimen is immature, as shown by the persistence of the occipito-sphenoidal fissure, although the permanent dentition is Just in place, it is possible that in the adult the tube is closed at the place above indicated. The foramen lacerum medium deeply notches the sphenoid, the anterior part of the notch being almost cut off from the posterior by bony growths. In a skull of Hose’s palm-civet (Diplogale hosei) the carotid canal is set close to the foramen lacerum medium, and is a very short and simple passage lying between adjacent 13* 264 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the portions of the tympanic, periotic, and basioccipital; and the furamen lacerum medium is a rather short constricted notch in the basisphenoid, and is visible to a great extent upon the surface of the skull. It may be added that the two bones composing the tympanic bulla are completely separated in the adult skull, as they are in the examples of Paguma larvata and Paradoxurus niger examined. In a subadult skull of Arctogalidia with the tooth-change just completed, but with the basisphenoidal suture still visible, the posterior orifice of the carotid canal lies approxi- mately midway between the foramen lacerum posticum and the foramen lacerum medium. It leads into a groove in the tympanic, which is bordered on the admedian side by the basioccipital ; but anteriorly it is continued by a complete bony tube formed by the tympanic, as in Genetta felina and Paguma larvata. But, unlike the other species hitherto discussed, the orifice by which the carotid artery enters the skull is entirely cut off from the periotic, and pierces the sphenoid as a round hole, which is exposed on the base of the skull just in front of the antero-internal angle of the tympanic bulla. The two bones of the bulla are completely fused together, as in Arctictis, Genetta, Viverra, Viver- ricula, aud Civettictis. In Cynogale the course of the carotid canal is peculiar. It runs from a notch-like orifice in the wall of the bulla obliquely across the posterior chamber as a very distinct crest to the septum and periotic, and itself forms a low partition to that chamber. The foramen lacerum medium simply notches the basisphenoid. In Cryptoprocta ferox the features presented by the carotid canal combine those of Genettaand Arctogalidia. The canal slants as a groove on the tympanic near the middle of the inner wall of the bulla; but where it dips beneath the surface it is converted into a complete cylindrical tube formed by the tympanic alone, and is thus cut off from the basioccipital and the periotic. It terminates in front beside the eustachian aperture. The artery enters the brain by a hole, not a notch, in the-basisphenoid, and this hole, as in Arctogalidia, — is visible on the base of the skull in front of the antero- internal angle of the bulla, and is completely severed from all connection with the periotic. Approximately the same condition appears to obtain in Eupleres and Fossa—at all events, so far as the distinctness of the carotid foramen in the sphenoid is concerned. In the skulls of mongooses (Mungos) the posterior orifice of the canal is a small round hole, not a long groove, perfo- Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 265 rating the wall of the bulla above the basioccipital bone. The canal itself throughout its length is a narrow cylindrical bony tube formed by the tympanic, so that the artery is nowhere in contact with the basioccipital or the periotic. The artery issues from this tube alongside the eustachian aperture, and enters the skull by a conspicuous foramen on the base of the skull, piercing the basisphenoid in advance of the antero-internal angle of the bulla, as in Cryptoprocta. Within the limits of the genus Mungos the position of the posterior orifice of the canal varies. In a skull of Mungos ichneumon it lies about midway between the foramen lacerum posticum and the anterior termination of the canal; but in a skull of Mungos smithii the posterior orifice is only a short distauce in front of the foramen lacerum posticum, so that the canal in this example is relatively much longer than in the other. Judging from a superficial examination of the skulls of mongooses of other genera, the structure of the carotid canal is the same as that described above. The position of the posterior orifice, which always apparently pierces the bulla just behind the inner portion of the partition of the bulla, varies in accordance with the length of the two chambers. In Cynictis, for example, where the posterior chamber is very short and the anterior very long, the oritice in question is only a little way in front of the foramen lacerum posticum and the canal is long, whereas in Ichneumia albicauda, where the anterior chamber is small and the posterior large, the posterior orifice of the canal is set far forwards, and the canal itself is short. In Galidictis and related genera the structure of the carotid canal appears to be the same as in the mongooses. The condition of the canal in the mongooses and Galidic- tinze may be derived from that seen in Cryptoprocta by the growth and subsequent union of the upper and lower margins of the carotid groove on the bulla, to form a cylin- drical tube continuous with the osseous tube, which forms the anterior portion of the canal in that animal. In the African palm-civet (Nandinia binotata) the bulla, as is well known, has the wall of the posterior chamber permanently cartilaginous. In a fresh example of this species I found the carotid artery entering the cartilaginous bulla a little way in frout of the foramen lacerum posticum, and running over a groove on the periotic close to the basi- occipital and entering the small foramen lacerum medium, which lies deep down aud is entirely concealed by the bony tympanie bone, when the latter is left in place. This 266 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the foramen, moreover, is cut off from the periotic by bone, a short straight suture alone indicating its original continuity with the space between the periotic and the basisphenoid. In her paper upon Nandinia Miss Albertina Carlsson marks the carotid groove as running between the antero- internal portion of the tympanic bone and the basioccipital. This must, I think, be a mistaken inference. At all events, the artery did not take that course in the fresh example of Nandinia that I examined (see Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xiii. pp. 509-528, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1, 1900). It may be added that there is no partition, either carti- laginous, membranous, or osseous, in the bulla of Nandinia. When the tympanic membrane is cut away, a probe can be passed in the uncleaned skull through the external auditory meatus to the posterior wall of the cartilaginous portiou of the bulla. In the Felidz, in conformity with the homogeneity of the family, the carotid canal is much less variable than in the Viverride *. The canal is almost always apparent as a short shallow groove notching the tympanic bulla close to the basioccipital, and not infrequently set so far back that it lies within the depression which leads to the foramen lacerum posticum. Occasionally, however, the notch or groove lies just in front of that depression, as in a skull of Felis jagua- rondi 1 possess ; but it is never set nearly so far forward as the middle of the inner surface of the bulla. Only quite exceptionally, and as an individual peculiarity, is the notch converted into a bony tube, with a rounded orifice, by the extension and fusion of its edges, so that the basioccipital forms no part of the carotid canal, This is the case on one side, but not on the other, in a skull of Felis uncia, in which the posterior orifice of the canal is, as in Mungos, a round hole in the bulla. In this skull, as in that of F. jaguarondi, the canal is placed in front of the foramen lacerum posticum. In all cases the canal descends + to the edge of the con- cealed inturned portion of the tympanic above the periotic, where it ceases. From that point the artery apparently runs along the periotic close to the basioccipital and the adjacent portion of the tympanic, and in some cases this portion of the tympanic is longitudinally grooved ¢; but I * In this paper the significance applied to the term Viverride by Mivart and Flower is, without prejudice, adopted. + From the point of view of the spectator, when the skull is examined with its base uppermost. .t I have not, however, traced the course of the artery within the bulla of any of the Felidz. Skulls of the Felide and Viverride. 267 do not know whether or not this groove marks the course of the artery, although the similarity of this groove to that of the Viverride suggests that it does so. The canal fre- quently shows on the inside of the bulla as an upstanding ridge resembling, but relatively smaller than, that of Cynogale. The artery enters the skull by a small narrow foramen, notching the basisphenoid where it touches the periotic. This orifice, visible in all the skulls of Felidae examined, is the furamen lacerum medium, and it corresponds exactly with that of Viverra and Genetia; but to discover it the bulla has to be removed, because it lies deep beneath the anterior end of the bulla, which at that point is immovably fused to the basisphenoid, and the only orifice at the antero-internal angle of the bulla is the internal orifice of the eustachian tube. In this connection it may be recalled that Mivart (‘The Cat, p. 208, 1881) said that the minute internal carotid artery enters the foramen lacerum posticum, and passes along a slender canal between the basioccipital, basisphenoid, and the periotic, and enters the cranial cavity at the inner side of the anterior end of the periotic. This appears to be per- fectly correct, but it is difficult to reconcile with his subse- quent statement (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 145) that it is distinctive of the Felidz as compared with the Viverride to have no carotid foramen perforating or notching the sphenoid. Nevertheless, as has been shown above, the basisphenoid is penetrated by a notch by which the carotid enters the skull close to the periotic in the Felide and all the typical Viverridz. In fact, there does not appear to be any material difference between Felis and Nandinia with respect to the course of this artery and the foramina connected therewith. Conclusion. The above-mentioned facts have been described in some detail to show, first, the variation in the structure of the carotid canal and in the situation of the foramina connected with the artery in the genera referred by Mivart, Flower, and others to the Viverride, and, second, the impossibility of logically drawing a line, based upon the characters under notice, between the Viverridw, as understood by those authors, and the Felide. The facts may be briefly sum- marized as follows :— (1) In the Viverridze the posterior orifice of the canal may be far forwards and only a short distance behind the foramen lacerum medium (Paguma, Diplogale), or near the 268 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the middle of the inner wall of the bulla (most of the genera), or set far back only a little way in advance of the foramen lacerum posticum (Cynictis). In some Felide (e. g., a skull of F. jaguarondi) it is only a little closer to the foramen lacerum posticum than in Cynictis. In others it lies back so as to open within that fossa. (2) In the Viverrid the canal itself may be a long com- pletely bony tube traversing the wall of the bulla (Mungos and allied genera), or it may be a complete bony tube only at its anterior end and an open channel in the bulla posteriorly (Genetta, Paguma), or it may be an incomplete tube or an open channel throughout its length in the bulla (Civettietis, Viverricula, Viverra), or it may form a very distinet ridge runuing obliquely across the cavity of the bulla (Cynogale). In the Felidz it is, as a rule, an open channel, only excep- tionally being a closed beny tube in its posterior half. (3) In the Viverridz the orific®by which the artery enters the base of the skull after leaving the tympanic canal may be entirely cut off from the rest of the foramen lacerum medium and fully exposed on the basisphenoid (Mungos, Cryptoprocta, Fossa, Galidictis, Arctogalidia), or it may be continuous with the foramen lacerum medium behind and form a deeper or shallower notch in the basisphenoid, the anterior end of this notch being sometimes plainly visible in front of the bulla (Arctictis, Diplogale, Paradoxurus), sometimes overlapped by it and only visible by-looking beneath the bulla (Genetta, Viverricula, Nandinia). In the Felide the orifice always notches the basisphenoid, as in the genera just mentioned, but it is never visible from the surface, because the overlying portion of the bulla forms here a bony contact or fusion with the basisphenoid. The combination of these characters—namely, the fusion of the bulla to the basisphenoid and the consequent complete concealment of the foramen lacerum medium by which the internal carotid enters the skull after leaving the bulla—is apparently the only positive feature that can be substan- tiated between the Viverride and the Felide so far as the structures under notice are concerned. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE X, Fig. 1. Base of cranium of Viverricula malaccensis, with bulla of left side removed and bristles passed through the eustachian tube and the carotid canal of the right side. ov., foramen ovale; gl., glenoid foramen; fm., foramen laceruam medium running from the periotic and deeply notching the basisphenoid; st., stylomastoid foramen with the fenestra rotunda on its inner side and the fenestra ovalis just in front ; per., periotic pierced by these two Skulls of the Felidw and Viverride. 269 fenestre and on the inner side abutting against the basioccipital ; Jp., foramen lacerum posticum with the condyloid foramen just behind it; poce., paroccipital ; ¢b., tympanic bulla, the position of the partition shown by a dotted line, Fig. 2. Base of cranium of Cryptoprocta ferox with the two bullw in as Lettering and arrows as in fig. 1; fm., the foramen acerum medinm piercing the sphenoid as a round hole entirely separated from the periotic. Fig. 3. Base of cranium of Mungos ichneumon with the antero-internal portion of the bulla of the left side cut away to show the bony carotid canal (cc.) running alongside the basioccipital and terminating in front a little behind the part of the foramen lacerum medium (fm.) which is separated from the periotic (per.), the rest of it being represented by the smaller, more external orifice behind; co., the posterior orifice of the carotid canal. Other lettering and arrows as in figs. 1 and 2. Fig. 4. Base of cranium of Nandinia binotata with the cartilaginous portion of the bull missing from both sides and the osseous anterior portion, marked ¢4. on the left side, removed from the right. The stylomastoid foramen (st.) is remote from the margin of the prominent mastoid (m.) and the fenestra rotunda on the periotic (per.) is on its inner side; the foramen lacerum medium ( fm.) is a small orifice in the basisphenoid lying deeply beneath the tympanic (¢4.) and touching the periotic by a very narrow cleft. Other lettering as in preceding figures. Pruate XI, Fig. 1. Left auditory bulla of Civettictis civetta, and seen obliquely from the underside to show the course of the carotid canal (car.), represented by a dotted groove. The canal comes to an end at the edge of the inturned portion of the tympanic bulla; ea., ex- ternal auditory meatus formed by tympanic ring. Fig. 2. Left auditory bulla of Arctictis binturong from the same aspect. The carotid groove is almost converted into « bony tube in- feriorly ; ev., eustachian tube. The large groove behind the carotid groove leads to the foramen lacerum posticum. Fig. 3. Anterior portion of the left bulla of Paguma larvata, to show the carotid groove passing anteriorly into a bony tube, the arrow indicating a bristle traversing the canal. Fig. 4. The same in Genetta felina. Fiy. 5. Right bulla of Fes uncia from the same aspect as represented in the foregoing figures. The arrow indicates a bristle passed through the carotid canal (car.), bat of which is a complete bony tube. In all Felidz the canal apparently takes the same course, which is practically the same as that of Civettictis and Arctictis, but the canal is almost always an open groove, and not a bony tube. ree Fig. 6. Right bulla of Viverricula malaccensis, with arrow indicating the course of the carotid artery anteriorly beneath the triangular flange of bone, which is not united beneath the artery to the adjacent bone of the tympanic ring to form a tube such as is seen in Genetta. Fig. 7. Lett half of base of skull of Diplogale hosei, showing the very short carotid canal beginning at car.; fm. and fp., foramen lacerum medium and posticum; s¢., stylomastoid foramen; th., tympanic bulla, with the line showing the separation between the two portions. 270 On a new Binturong from Siam. XXVIIL.—A new Binturong from Siam. By OLDFIELD THOMAS, (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) AMONG a collection of mammals from South-western Siam presented last year to the National Museum by Mr. K. G. Gairdner there occurs a fine binturong’s skull, so conspicu- ously larger than any other known that it evidently represents a distinct species. I have, however, not been able to describe it before, owing to a doubt as to what sexual variation there might be in the genus and the fact that all our adult skulls appeared to be those of femaies. Now, however, thanks to the kindness of Mr. H. C. Robinson, I have before me a fine male skull from Bukit Gautang, Perak, and am thus able to make a proper comparison with the Siamese animal. This latter may be called Arctictis gairdneri, sp. Ne. Size conspicuously greater than in the other species. Skull broader, more vaulted. Nasals very broad, parallel- sided to the point where they join the frontals laterally, instead of evenly narrowing from front to back. Frontal region broad, much swollen upwards and laterally, then abruptly narrowed at the fronto-parietal suture. Sagittal and lambdoid crests greatly developed. Posterior palate broad, much produced backwards. Bulle narrow, far over- lapped by the heavy paroccipital processes. Teeth much worn down in the type, their proportions apparently about as in the Perak skull. Dimensions of the type (those of the Perak male in brackets) :-— Greatest length 153 mm. (136); condylo-basal length 152 (136); zygomatic breadth 98 (64°5); nasals, mesial length 28 (21), breadth at middle 19 (12); interorbital breadth 41 (33) ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 59 (47°5) ; breadth immediately behind the latter 51°5 (40); breadth at fronto-parietal suture 41 (39) ; greatest posterior breadth on ridges 73°5 (59); height of crown from posterior palate 54:5 (47); palatal length 84°5 (73) ; breadth of posterior palate 24°5 (19:7). Hab. Sai Yoke, S.W. Siam, near Tenasserim boundary. A new Genus for Sciurus poensis and tts Allies. 271 Type. Adult skull (no doubt male) without skin. B.M. no. 15.12. 1.26. Original number 207. Collected and presented by Mr. K. G, Gairdner, This binturong differs so immensely in size from the ordinary Arctictis that no detailed comparison is needed in describing it as new. It affords a curious parallel to the giant Arctonyx of the same region—A. dictator—discovered by Mr. Robinson, which was also obtained by Mr. Gairdner at Sai Yoke. I have much pleasure in connecting this fine species with the name of its discoverer, who has been making great efforts to improve our knowledge of the Siamese mammal fauna. It is to be hoped that he may presently be able to obtain a complete specimen of Arctictis gairdner?. XXVIII.—A new Genus for Sciurus poeusis and its Allies. By Ovprietp Tuomas. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) WuEN writing a revision of the genera of African squirrels in 1909*, I included, with much hesitation. three African species in the genus Sciwrus, otherwise Holarctic only. Since then, however, the important characters which may be drawn from the structure of the penis-bone, or baculum fF, have been discovered, and it is now evident that these three species should not be included in Sciwrus (which has a peculiar and characteristic hand-like baculum), but need distinction as a new genus. For Sciurus poensis, one of the three species referred to, has a minute, perfectly simple baculum about 2 mm. in length, conspicuously different from that of Sciurus, but similar to that found in several other African squirrels, among whom no complicated bacula like those of Sciurus occur, still less any compound ones such as have been described in Callosciurus and Tomeutes. For the new genus I would suggest the name Atho- sciurus, with genotype 42. poensis (Sciurus poensis, A. Smith), and would include in it also 42, lucifer and ruwenzorii. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 467 (1909). + See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (8) xv. p. 383 (1915), 272 Mr. O. Thomas on Athosciurus would appear to be most nearly allied to Heliosciurus, but may be distinguished by its possession of two upper premolars. As already explained in my previous paper, its basin-shaped lower molars separate it from Para- verus and Funisciurus, and its more normal skull from the peculiar genus Myrsilus. XXIX.—Notes on Bats of the Genus Histiotus. By Ouprietp Tuomas. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) THe members of the genus Histiotus are all extremely closely allied to each other, their respective sizes, skulls, and teeth being almost identical, and the only distinguishing characters lying in the colour and the size and shape of the ears. Even these latter are both somewhat variable and very difficult to use for discrimination owing to the effect on them of shrinkage, whether in spirit or dry. In 1875 * Peters wrote an account of the genus which was wonderfully good, considering the comparatively few speci- mens he had available. He gave excellent figures of the ears of certain of the forms, these figures being referred to below. In the case of the extreme southern species, however, H. magellanicus, the ears are drawn much too small, owing to their having been drawn from dried specimens. As Peters pointed out, the Brazilian species, H. velatus, Geoff., is readily distinguishable from all the others by its more triangular ear, which has a prominent rounded lobe in front projecting forwards, as shown in his plate, figure 1, and is connected with its fellow of the opposite side by a transverse band about 3 mm. in height. In colour H. velatus is very dark brown, with com- paratively dark ears and membranes. Its skull is a little narrower than in other species, with narrower interorbital regions and palate, but the difference is really very slight, considering the essential difference in the shape of the ears. * MB. Ak. Berl. 1875, p. 785, plate. oe om Ke a ee omy =e Opec rt tgp - AY i Bats of the Genus Ulistiotus. 273 The type-locality of H. velatus is Curityba, Parana, and we have three examples from Palmeira (Coll. Grillo), close by in the same province. Other specimens before me come from Lagoa Santa (Reinhardt) and San Lorenzo, Rio Grande do Sul (Jhering). But in the highlands of Matto Grosso M. Alphonse Robert collected a specimen, which, though with typically H. velatus ears, appears to be subspecifically distinguishable, as follows :— Histiotus velatus miotis, subsp. n. Ears shaped as in true velatus, but considerably smaller, measuring (when thoroughly re-damped) only 25 x 17 mm., as compared with 30x23 in typical ve/atus. Fur blackish brown at base, broadly washed terminally with lighter brown (between cinnamon-brown and Prout’s brown). Skull smaller than in true velatus. Dimensions of type :— Forearm 46 mm. Head and body 55 ; tail 50; ear 25x17. Skull: greatest length 17:2; basi-sinual length 13:2 ; zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; interorbital breadth 5°6 ; maxillary tooth-row 6. Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso. Alt. 800 m. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 3.7.7.17. Original number 1186. Collected 29th October, 1902, by A. Robert and presented by Mrs. Percy Sladen. The other members of the genus all have broadly rounded ears as in Peters’s plate, figs. 2 to 5. H. magellanicus, Phil., the most southern species, is re- presented in the Museum by examples from Tierra del Fuego (Crawshay), Last Hope Inlet (Wolffsohn), and Temuco, 8. Chili (Bullock). That from the first-named locality, certainly Philippi’s species, has ears 25 x 16°5 mm., thus showing that the small size of the ears in Peters’s figs. 4a and 5 is due to the specimens having been dried. The body-colour of H. magellanicus is a uniform dark brown (mummy-brown). Ears not connected across the crown. Next northwards follows H. macrotus, Poepp., described from Antuco, in the Andes of Southern Chili. This bat was said by its describer to have ears three times the length of its head, which would make them something like 60 mm. long— 274 Mr. O. Thomas on no doubt an exaggeration. Peters identifies a specimen from Chili with ears 37 x 24 mm. with H. macrotus, while we have none that I can assign to it, unless a very large skull, without skin, sent by Mr. Wolffsohn from near Santiago, may be referable to it. Then follows the commonest and most widely-spread species of all, H. montanus, Phil. & Landb. (syn. H. segethii, Peters)—deseribed from Chili (Cordillera of Santiago), whence Mr. Wolfisohn has sent specimens,—which ranges northwards through Peru to Ecuador and eastwards over the Andes to Cordova (Kemp), Neuquen (Buenos Ayres Museum), Buenos Ayres itself, and Uruguay (Aplin). The ears are of medium size, about 26-28 mm. long by 17-19 in breadth in spirit-specimens. The cross-band on the crown not developed in the middle line*. The colour is a light greyish brown (wood-brown), very different from the dark of H. magellanicus. North of this again there occurs, at Bogota, the following species :— Histiotus colombia, sp. un. Most closely allied to H. montanus. Ears about as in that species. General body-colour dark brown, almost as dark as in the far southern species H. magedlanicus, the hairs blackish brown basally, washed terminally with pale cinna- mon-brown. Hairs of under surface brown basally, dull buffy (near “ pinkish-buff”’) terminally. Ears of rather a narrow-oval shape, those of the type, when thoroughly relaxed, 30x 19°5 mm. No median -connecting-band per- ceptible. Ears and membranes dark brown. Skull rather stoutly built, with broad interorbital region. Upper premolar with an unusual development of the antero- external angle, this forming a marked projection outside the hinder basal point of the canine; mauy of the other forms of Histiotus have this angle slightly projected forwards, but none so much as in the present one. * I am aware of Lataste’s observation that on the fresh specimen the connecting cress-band can be simulated by holding up the specimen by the ears, a fold of skin then becoming visible across the crown (Act. Soe. Sci. Chili, i. p. 89, 1892). But he only had before him examples of AI. montanus, and had probably never seen the species in which a com- plete connecting-band is present. Had he done so, he would not have thrown doubt on what is certainly a genuine differential character between the various species, as may be readily seen by examining good series of spirit-specimens. Pieter ere now ne ty) 9a) —————— Cr Bats of the Genus Uistiotus. 27 Dimensions of type (measured on skin) :— Forearm 49 mm. Ear 80x 19°5. Tragus on inner edge 12. Third finger, metacarpus 44, first plalanx 16, second phalanx 15 ; lower leg and hind foot (ce, u.) 31. Skull: interorbital breadth 6°6 ; intertemporal breadth 46; maxillary tooth-row 6°6, Hab. Choachi, near Bogota. Type. Adult female skin and skull. B.M.no. 99.11. 4.1. Collected 20th August, 1895, by G. D. Child. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. This bat is closely allied to H. montanus, of the mountain regions further south, but differs by its darker colour and the great development of the anterior angle of the upper premolar, Should this latter characteristic prove inconstant, it may later be advisable to consider colombie as a dark subspecies of montanus. In the lowlands east of the Andes, besides H. montanus to the south, we have in Bolivia the following :— Histiotus lephotis, sp. un. Ears very large, as compared with those of H. montanus, about 32 or 33 mm. in length by 23 to 24 in breadth; transverse connecting-band well developed in middle, where it is about 3 mm. in height. General body-colour, of a specimen skinned out of spirit, rather dark brown (mummy- brown), the extreme tips only of the hairs washed incon- spicuously with lighter brown. Hairs of under surface brown basally, dull whitish terminally. Ou the other hand, while the colour of the fur is dark, much darker than in H. montanus, the ears and wing- -membranes are comparatively light, pale and more or less translucent grey. “Dimensions of type (measured on spirit-specimen) :— Forearm 46 mm, (other specimens up to 51), Head and body 54; tail 50; ear 33x24; tragus 11; third finger, metacarpus 42, first phalanx 14, second phalanx 14°5 ; lower leg and hind foot 29. Skull: greatest length 18:2 ; condylo-basal Jength 16°8 ; zygomatic breadth 10° 8; interorbital breadth 5°4 ; maxillary tooth-row 5:8. Hab. Southern Bolivia. Type from Caiza. Type. Male in spirit. B.M. no. 97. 2.25.1. Collected by Dr. Borelli and presented by the Turin Museum. Four specimens, 276 On Bats of the Genus Histiotus. This species differs decidedly from H. montanus by its much larger ears and their definite connection by a trans- verse band. In describing it as new the only question is with regard to the South Chilian H. macrotus, Pépp., which we do not possess. But the ears of the Bolivian bat, although large, are so very far less than three times the length of the head, and the respective habitats have such different faunas, that I do not think it possible the two should be the same. How far it extends southwards J do not know, but of some specimens from Tucuman some appear referable to this species and others to H. montanus, as though that were the meeting-place of the two forms. Finally, we have the somewhat surprising presence, right in the heart of the range of the triangular-eared velatus group, of the following member of the oval-eared group :— Histiotus alienus, sp. n. Ears like those of H. lephotis, but shorter (29 x 20 mm.), joined together on the forehead by a connecting-band about 2 mm. high. General colour dark throughout, the body dark brown, the membranes and ears dark grey. Under surface apparently little lighter than upper. Dimensions of type (measured on spirit-specimen) :— Forearm 45 mm. Head and body 54; tail 45; ear 29x20; tragus 10°5 ; third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 13°5, second phalanx 14; lower leg and hind foot 27. Skull: greatest length 18°3; condylo-basal length 17; zygomatic breadth 11°4; interorbital breadth 6°5; maxillary tooth-row 6°4. Hab. Joinville, Santa Catherina. Type. Adult female. B.M.no. 9.11. 19.1. Collected by W. Ehrhardt. The presence of this bat in the region otherwise ex- clusively occupied by H. velatus is very peculiar, but there can be no doubt of the correctness of the locality, as the specimen came direct from a resident there, who could not well have obtained it from anywhere else. H. alenus is dark-coloured, like the other Brazilian species, and its ears are larger than those of H. montanus, smaller than those of H. lephotis, the latter being probably its nearest ally. 277 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [EIGHTH SERIES.} No. 100. APRIL 1916, XXX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LX XI. By T. D, A. Cockere tt, University of Colorado. Megachile tasmanica, sp. n. ¢.—Length about 7°6 mm. Black with white hair, long on face, cheeks, and under side of thorax ; on front the very long hairs are stained with brownish, and the scanty hair on disc of mesothorax is somewhat brownish; head large, facial quadrangle much longer than broad; mandibles black ; clypeus with a dense beard of pure white hair, but upper part exposed, very densely punctured, but with a smooth shining spot ; antennze slender, black ; mesothorax closely and minutely punctured, without hair-spots, except that there is a small tuft of white lair behind each tegula; tegule piceous. Wings dusky greyish, stigma and nervures black; anterior cox covered with white hair and without spines; anterior tarsi formed essentially as in M. leeuwinensis, M.-Waldo, the lobe on second joint large, oval, with a large black spot on a white ground. Abdomen short and broad, deusely punctured, the first segment with a tuft of white hair on each side, segments 2 to4 with thin apical hair-bands, weak in middle ; fifth segment with thin glittering white hair ; sixth briefly bidentate, the teeth not far apart. The anterior tarsi, and anterior tibiz at apex, are ferruginous. Hab, George Town, Tasmania, Nov. 19, 1914 (F. M. Littler, 2248). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 19 278 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and Allied to M. leeuwinensis, but easily separated by the wholly black abdomen. It cannot be the male of M. ordi- naria, Sm., as that has hyaline wings with ferruginous nervures. Megachile pugnata pomone, sp. n. 9 .—Length 15 mm, Like M. pugnata, Say, but the pale hair of thorax, legs, and abdomen reddish yellow, the dorsal surface of sixth abdominal segment densely covered with clear ochreous hair, without any dark hairs intermixed. Median apical lobe of clypeus entire. Hab. Mts. near Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll., 183). Andrena macrocephala, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 9 mm. Black, with an extremely large and broad quadrate head, much broader than the small thorax ; eyes diverging below ; clypeus very broad and low, sparsely punctured, pale yellow with two pale greyish-brown spots; process of labrum emarginate ; mandibles very long, bent in middle, red at tip ; “cheeks very broad, but rounded behind; flagellum very obscurely reddish beneath ; occiput and middle of face with red hair, sides of face with black hair; thorax dull, minutely granular, with long fox-red hair; legs slender, reddish black ; tegule very small, dark brownish. Wings moderately dusky, stigma dull ferruginous, nervures fuscous. Abdomen shining black, without bands, hair at apex soot- colour. Var. a. Head not so large, though still very large and broad ; thorax with pale fulvous hair, Hab. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll., 200; var. a., 199). A remarkable species, suggestive of A. berberidis, Ckll., both having a broad head, yellow clypeus, and well- developed malar space. The clypeus is much broader and lower than that of Jerberidis, aud there are many other differences. Panurginus neomexicanus, Ck). P. nigrinus, Viereck, is the female of P. neomexicanus. I have numerous females from Beulah, August (one at flowers of Polemonium; W., Porter), Rio Ruidoso, prox. 9 cael yO SeE vy a Records of Bees. 279 6700 ft., at flowers of Verdascum thapsus, July 22 (Towns- end), South Fork, Eagle Creek, prox. 8000 ft., at flowers of Erigeron macranthus, Aug. 18 (Townsend); all in New Mexico. Panurginus piercei, Crawford. The range is greatly extended by females from Las Vegas, N. M., at fls. of Spheralcea cuspidata, Aug. 1 (W. Porter), aud Tularosa, N. M. (Cockerell). Panurginus didirupa, Ckll. Male from Las Vegas, N. M., at fls. of Verbesina exauri- culata, July 31 (Cockerell). Panurginus atricornis (Cresson). Male from Beulah, N. M., Aug. 18 (W. Porter). Panurginus nebrascensis, Crawford. A male from Lincoln, Nebr., Aug. (Bruner), certainly belongs here, but it has an impressed line down middle of cly peus. Panurginus bakeri, Ckll. Female from Copeland Park, Boulder Co., Colo., Sept. 6 (S. A. Rohwer). Panurginus flavotinctus (Ckll.). Female from Florissant, Colo., at fls. of Cleome serrulata, Aug. 23 (S. A. Rohwer). This has the tegul pale testa- ceous ; in P. bakeri they are partly dark. P. flavotinctus occurs as far south as the Organ Mts., N. M., where Townsend took it in company with P. pectiphilus, CkIL., at flowers of Pectis papposa. It was also collected by Townseud on the Rio Ruidoso, N. M., prox. 6500 ft., Aug. 4. Panurginus picipes (Cresson). Males from Pecos, N. M., at fls. of Rudbeckia ampla, Aug. 4 (JT. & W. Ckli.). This is quite distinct from P. innuptus, but is very close to P. albitarsis (which visits Rudbeckia at Santa Fé), yet I think distinct. 19* 280 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and Panurginus boylei, Ckll. Beulah, N. M., July (Ckdl.) ; San Ignacio, N. M., Sept. 1 (Porter & Ckil.). Panurginus armaticeps, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 6 mm. Black, the head and thorax with scanty long grey hair ; head enormous, the face extremely broad, without any light markings; face shining, front dull, except at extreme sides ; cheeks swollen, very broad, polished, armed beneath with a very large tooth; mandibles extremely long, falciform ; labrum broadly rounded, depressed in middle, with a boss- like elevation on each side of base ; clypeus very broad and low ; antenne very long and slender, black ; thorax small ; mesothorax and scutellum polished ; area of metathorax dull; legs piceous, thinly hairy; tegule rufo-piceous. Wings moderately dusky; b. n. falling short of t.-m.; first r. n. meeting t.-c.; second s.m. greatly narrowed above ; marginal cell broadly obliquely truncate; abdomen shining, without bands. Hab. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll., 228). This extraordinary species might have been referred to a new genus, but it is evidently related to P. atriceps (Cress.), from which it differs by the large head with toothed cheeks. Perdita fedorensis, sp. 1. ? —Length nearly 5 mm. Like P. vespertilio, Ckll., except that the flagellum is longer and darker, and conspicuously hooked at end; and © the clypeus is dark brown with a white cuneiform mark on each side. The lateral face-marks are between triangular and quadrate, notched above ; tubercles with a small white spot. Wings clear, with hyaline nervures and stigma. Abdomen dark brown, without markings. Legs dark brown, the tarsi pallid. The apical two-thirds of the flagellum is rather narrowly testaceous beneath. Hab. Fedor, Texas, April 29, 1898 (Birkmann, 87). Very close to P. vespertilio, but apparently distinct. Mr. Birkmann has also taken P. iynota, Ckll. (Lee Co., Texas, Oct.), and P. crawfordi, Ckll. (male, Fedor, May 7). Records of Bees. 281 Perdita verlesine collaris, subsp. n. 3 .—Head, mesothorax, and scutellum yellowish green, the mesothorax with slight coppery tints; metathorax blue- green ; upper part of front wholly dull, lower part shining ; flagellum bright orange, marked with black above at base; sides of clypeus, lower border rather broadly, and a median band yellow ; lateral face-marks transverse; upper border of prothorax, and large spots on tubercles, light yellow ; middle and hind tarsi dark brown; second and following abdominal segments with orange bands, deeply incised sub- laterally, the middle portion of band on second segment almost obsolete. Hab. Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, August (Cockerell). This resembles P. lepachidis, Ckl\l., in the colour of the thorax, and seems intermediate between Jepachidis and verbesine. It may prove to be a distinct species. P. verbe- sine, var. maculata, Ckll., has (¢) yellow middle and hind tarsi, the small joints more or less ferruginous. Perdita heliophila, sp. n. 9 .—Length 8-8°5 mm. Like P. a/bipennis, but head, thorax, and abdomen with- out light markings; front dull. Very like P. verdesine, var. nigrior, with which I had confused it, but larger, hair of head and thorax above ochreous, stigma pale orange. The mesothorax is shining yellowish green. Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, three, all at flowers of Heli- anthus lenticularis, Aug. 11 aud 15 (Cockerell). Perhaps a variety of P. albipennis, but the specimens are all alike, and the appearance is very distinctive. Perdita crotonis undecimalis, subsp. n, 2? .—No supraclypeal mark; clypeus with two very broad black bars, forming a figure If; lateral marks very short, not reaching level of top of clypeus, squarely notched on inner side above; metallic colour of head and thorax green. Hab. Between Rowe and the Old Pecos Pueblo, New Mexico, at flowers of Croton, Sept. 4 (W. P. Cockerell). Perdita numerata, Cockerell. This was described from a female. A male, which I refer here with confidence, is from Mesilla Park, New Mexico, 282 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and May 12, by sweeping herbage (Cockerell). It ruus in my table of Perdita (Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1896) to P. maculipes, trom which it is easily known by the dark brown stigma, the pleura with only an oblique y vellow band, and the abdominal bands not united at sides. The dark mark on anterior tibia is small, and if the dark markings on anterior and middle legs were absent it would run to the vicinity of salicis, nitidella, and exclamans, where it would readily be known by the dark stigma. The face is pale yellow, and the upward extension of lateral marks is like a closed hand with a very short index-finger pointed ; there is a yellow band along lower half of posterior orbits. The second s.m. is not so greatly narrowed above as in the type female. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen is yellow without markings. Perdita birkmanni, sp. n. ? .—Length 4 mm. or slightly over. Head and thorax dark bluish green, dullish, only slightly hairy ; head ordinary; clypeus (except the usual dots and a pair of brownish bars), a very small transverse supra- clypeal mark (sometimes having the form of a letter C), lateral marks (broad below, narrowed above, ending obtusely on orbital margin at level of antenne), labrum, and mandibles (except the rufescent apices), all yeilow; cheeks without yellow; antennz rather long, flagellum pale fulvous be- neath ; tubercles witha pale yellow mark ; tegulz testaceous. Wings strongly dusky, outer r. n. and t.-c. pallid and weak. Legs dark brown, with the knees, and anterior and middle tibiz in front yellow. Abdomen with a yellow mark at each side of first four segments, those on first small, the others pointed mesad, not or hardly oblique ; venter brown. The stigma is sepia, without a hyaline centre. Hab. Fedor, Texas, June 1 (Birkmann, 89). | Two specimens. In my tables of Perdita this runs to P. affinis, var., but it is known by its small size and other characters. It is much smaller than P. octomaculata, Say, and has the lateral face- marks differently shaped, without the strong inner angular notch. Among the Texas species it falls close to P. jonesi, Ckil., but differs by being smaller, with the yellow marks on third and fourth abdominal segments transverse (not oblique), supraclypeal mark present, anterior tibiz entirely yellow in front. Records of Bees. 283 Perdita bruneri, Ckll. (cockerelli, Crawf.). The range is greatly extended by a male taken at flowers of Solidago, Denver, Colorado, Aug. 24, 1908 (Mrs. C. Bennett). Emphoropsis tristissima (Ckll.). Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 142). A female E. murihirta, Ckll., comes with the same data. Anthophora crotchii, Cresson. Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll. 143). Anthophora infernalis, Dalla Torre. Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll, 153). -Anthophora washingtoni, Ckll. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 133). Anthophora urbana, Cresson. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 142). Anthophora anstrutheri, Ckll., variety a. Mts. near Claremont, Calif. (Baker; Pomona coll. 142). This female differs from the type in having the triangular hair-patch at apex of fifth abdominal segment very pale tawny instead of black. Stelis laticincta, Cresson. Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 186). Spinoliella euxantha, sp. nu. 9 .—Length 9°5 mm. Robust, black, with very bright yellow markings on face and abdomen; head and thorax with pale ochreous hair ; clypeus (except two brown spots), large triangular lateral face-marks, and spot on base of mandibles (followed by a red shade), bright yellow ; labrum brownish ; flagellum thick and very short, dull red beneath, except basally ; vertex shining, with large and small punctures; thorax without yellow markings; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured, the disc impunctate ; area of metathorax shining, 284 My. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and the basal middle roughened, very delicately plicatulate ; legs robust, with pale ochreous hair; middle femora very broad; anterior tibiz broadly, and middle ones more narrowly, yellow at base; tegule black with a faint reddish tint. Wings dilute brownish; b. n. falling far short of t.-m.; marginal cell pointed at end and appendiculate. Abdomen shining, without*hair-bands, but much ochreous hair at apex ; segments 1 to 5 with bright yellow bands, all h:oad at sides, the first narrowed nearly to a point in middle, the second with more than the median third linear, the third and fourth merely narrower in middle, the fifth with a median wedge-shaped incursion of black; venter dark without bands. Hiab. Claremont, Calif, (Baker : Pomona coll. 229). In the table in Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxv. p. 195, this runs out at 10, because the clypeus is yellow and there is no supraclypeal mark except a minute scarcely visible dot. It falls near to S. zonalis (Cresson), known only in the male, but is too different to be its female. Spinoliella comptula, sp. n. 2 —Length about 8°5 mm. Black, with ivory-coloured face-markings and dull yellow abdominal bands; hair of head and thorax greyish; face broad; clypeus (except lower margin, and a pair of black marks like triangular flags on poles, their points directed toward the eyes), subcircular supraclypeal mark, triangular lateral face-marks (produced above, ending in a sharp point on orbital margin a little above level of antennz), lower part of labrum, and large patch on base of mandibles, ivory- colour; flagellum short and thick, dull red beneath except at base ; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured (punctures large and small), impunctate on disc; thorax without light markings; area of metathorax shining, its base broadly dull ; anterior knees with a small yellow spot; anterior tibize and tarsi in front with ferruginous hair. Abdomen with five yellow bands, the fifth broken into two large patches, the others continuous but narrow in middle, the second with its large lateral expansions broadly excavated on outer side; venter without bands. Hab. Mountains near Claremont, Calif. (Baker ; Pomona coll. 224). In my table cited it runs to 6, but falls out on account of the peculiar face-markings, In Fowler’s table (‘ Psyche,’ Sept. 1899) it runs to S. cincta (Cress.), but that has the face all dark in the female. eee Records of Bees. 285 Neolarra alba, sp. un. 3d .—Length about 4 mm. Robust, covered with white scale-like pubescence ; man- dibles and labrum ferruginous, the latter with a boss-like elevation on each side ; face broad ; flagellum thick, ferru- ginous ; legs covered with white pubescence, but tarsi and knees can be seen to be pale ferruginous; tegule dark, covered with light hair ; second s.m,. extremely small and narrow; stigma dark ; tegument of abdomen dark, with the hind margins of segments reddish, but the whole densely covered with white hair, that of the hind margins forming chalky-white bands; veuter densely covered with white hair. Hab. Claremont, California (Baker ; Pomona coll. 1913). Neolarra vittata, sp. n. ¢ .—Length about 4 mm. Differing from N. alba as follows: less robust, flagellum clearer red, tegule reddish, legs not so densely tomentose (knees, tibize at apex, and tarsi clear red), chalk-white bands of abdomen very distinct, the basal part of segments appearing darker and browner. The distance between the tegulz is 800 microns ; in N. alba it is 865. Hab. At flowers of Dithyrea wislizeni, Mesilla Park, New Mexico, 3800 ft., May 7 (Cockerel/). The known species ‘of Neolarra may be separated thus :— PETERS a Sodghs i Aitulinn sv hao e & «oto AE lg PNM OIC HOE TOO: tise de ei eee ek 3. 1. Very small, length 4 mm. or less .......... pruinosa, Ashm. LAPrer, Bi lOGSG OF MOTB oo iden wish tam 5.0 v's 650 y 2. Abdomen very light red, tegule pale clear BOG ohne We Sie xv Sis a e's on hs eee Sead verbesine (Ckll.). Abdomen deep red, tegule dark ............ congregata, Crawf. 3. Less robust ; abdomen appearing dark brown- ish plumbeous, with very conspicuous white [ISLES qa cle aa ae ae aT PUN ee We vittata, Ckll. More robust ; abdomen very white ........ alba, Ckll. Dioxys aurifuscus (Titus). The range is greatly extended by a female from Claremont, California (Buker ; Pomona coll. 194). Dioxys pomona, Cockerell. Described from the male. The female (Claremont, Baker ; Pomona coll. 191) is a little over 8 mm. long, flagellum 286 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and only very obscure reddish beneath, tegule bright ferruginous with a black spot in front, end of abdomen pointed, but forming an angle greater than a right angle. Dioxys pacificus, sp. n. 9 —Length a little over 9 mm. Similar to D. productus subruber (Ckll.), but differing thus: mesothorax less coarsely punctured ; postscutellar spine smaller; b. n. meeting t.-m.; second s.m. more narrowed above; legs black, the knees obscurely reddish ; abdomen much more finely punctured throughout, first three segments terra-cotta red, hair-bands on hind margins of segments thin and white ; apex of abdomen broadly rounded, not truncate. a Hab. Claremont, California (Pomona coll. 190). rylocopa orpifex, Smith. Mts. near Claremont ( Baker ; Pomona coll.175). Lords- burg, Calif., May 11 (H. H. Nininger). ‘These specimens are rather large, but not to be separated. The species extends eastward to Oak Creek Canon, Arizona (Snow). Halictus smithii, Dalla Torre, variety a. 9? .—Length 5-5°5 mm. Black, with scanty, pale, slightly ochreous hair, caudal fimbria concolorous ; head ordinary, broad ; clypeus shining, with very few scattered punctures ; mandibles red in middle ; supraclypeal area convex, shining, without evident sculpture ; front dull ; flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base ; mesothorax dullish, extremely minutely punctured, the median impressed line very distinct; area of metathorax semilunar, with very delicate, weak, straight, longitudinal plice ; posterior truncation not sharply defined above ; tegule rufo-testaceous. Wings greyish hyaline; stigma large, dull ferruginous ; nervures fuscous or reddish fuscous ; third s.m. very broad above. Legs black, with pale ochreous hair. Abdomen shining black, without definite hair-bands, but the sides of the segments are thinly beset with long hairs, and the fifth has similar sparse hair all over. - Microscopical characters : clypeus and supraclypeal area very distinctly reticulate, with widely scattered deep punc- tures ; scape well punctured; middle of front rough and TT EE EOE ee Records of Bees. 287 extremely densely punctured ; mesothorax minutely reti- culate, with rather sparse small punctures ; hind spur with only extremely minute saw-like teeth. Hab. Waipara, New Zealand, Nov. 21, 1915 (Guy Briitin). Mr. Brittin took four females, two with dark tegule, two with rufo-testaceous tegule. I thought at first that I could distinguish two species, that with darker tegule being the true H. smithit ( familiaris, Smith) and the other new. After minute comparisons, in which I am fortunately able to include a co-type of smithii from Smith’s collection, I conclude that there is only one variable species. The hind margins of the first and second abdominal segments of H. smithii are very narrowly vibrissate with white hair, though this is not always very evident. Cameron (Trans. N. Zealand Inst. vol. xxxii. p. 17) separates smithii from sordidus and huttoni by the character of the base of median segment (metathorax), but his statement is unsatisfactory, as the sculpture in smithii is very delicate, appearing rugose under a low maguification, but showing fine plice under a higher. Halictus gulosus punctiferus, subsp. 1. ?.—Like H. gulosus (H. arcuatus gulosus, Ckll.), but mesothorax more closely punctured, especially at sides of middle, where the punctures are hardly separated by a space equal to the width of one; the hind margins of the abdo- minal segments are very narrowly or often scarcely at all pallid. Wings brownish. Very hke H. craterus, Lovell, but easily separated by the impunctate hind margin of first abdominal segment and the larger stigma. Hab. Boulder, Colorado, twenty-six specimens with the following data: March 25 (Hite); March 22 (Hite) ; April rr (Rohwer); March 30, ie Salix bebbiana (Rohwer) ; May 22, fils. Salix luteosericea (Rohwer); April 23, > fls. Taraxacum taraxacum (Rohwer); April 14, fls. Rulac texwanum (Hite); April 14, fls. Prunus pennsylvanica (Hite) ; May 20, fils. Bursa bursa-pastoris (Rohwer); May 18, fls. Prunus melanocarpa (Rohwer) ; Aug. 14 (Rohwer). 288 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some XXXI.—Some Nemertinea, Free-living Nematoda and Oligo- cheta from the Fulklunds. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) THE material described in this paper was collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin in the Falkland Islands during the years 1902, 1910, and 1911. Dr. J. H. Ashworth, of Edinburgh, to whom it was handed over, has kindly entrusted me with the determination of the collection and the descrip- tion of such new forms as it contains. The species were all | collected between tide-marks, and most of them are probably truly littoral forms. ‘The nemer tines, however, and some of the nematodes would probably be found to range into water of considerable depth. Lineus corrugatus and Leytosomatum setosum, for example, are forms both known to occur in deep water. The following notes by Mr. Vallentin on the nature of the collecting-ground are of considerable interest :— The worms are from the ‘“ N.W. corner of the West Falklands. Roy Cove, where most of the specimens were gathered, is the only protected estuary in that district. It is a mile and a half in length, and the depth of water varies jrom 8 fathoms to nil. The creek is filled with ice during winter, and during a S.E. gale a heavy sea runs up the creek. ‘The seas round this part are terrific.” The collection comprises three species of Nemertinea, seven of Nematoda, and one otf Oligocheta. ‘They are the following :— NEMERTINEA, AMpuIports, Ehrenberg. 1. Amphiporus michaelsent, Birger. A single specimen, probably of this species, was taken at Whale Sound, “in sand near low-water mark, spring tide.” LINEUS, Sowerby. 2. Lineus corrugatus, M‘Intosh. Ten small examples of this widely-distributed form occur in the collection. 1 have previously (1915, p. 128) noted its occurrence at South Georgia, and pointed out that its known Nemertinea de. from the Falklands. 289 range extends in almost a complete circle round the sub- antarctic region, between the latitudes of 50° and 77° 8S, The fact that it occurs also at the Falklands serves to render this circle still more complete. There appears to be great variation in the size at which this species attains sexual maturity. In the ‘Terra Nova’ collection, where the material was dredged from considerable depths of water (45-250 fathoms), the sexually mature individuals were generally of large size (about 50 em.). Among the present collection, on the other hand, an example not more than 65 mm. in length was found to contain well- advanced female gonads. ‘I'he examples from South Georgia, to which reference has already been made, were also compa- ratively small (not more than 145 mm.), and some of these were sexually mature. The material both from South Georgia and from the Falklands was taken in shallow water. It seems not improbable that the depth at which the worms live has some effect upon their growth, so that those which live close to the shore never attain so large a size as those in deep water, but are, nevertheless, capable of becoming mature. Loc. Roy Cove, ete., at low water; sometimes washed ashore among Macrocystis roots. 3. Lineus sp. There is a single female specimen, belonging to a species very distinct from ZL. corrugatus, but taken with it at low water, spring tides, 1902. It'is about 30 mm. long and a little less than 2 mm. in diameter. The skin is smooth. The head is rather narrow and provided with elongate cephalic slits. The mouth is indistinet, and is probably very small. The most striking feature is the large size of the ova, which occupy almost the entire space within the body-wall. They measure 0°5-0°6 mm., or even more than this, in diameter. I do not feel justified in attaching a specific name to this single specimen. NEMATODA. STENOLAIMUS, Masion, 1870, 4. Stenolaimus servalis, sp. n. The nematode most abundantly represented in the collec. tion is an interesting form which may be provisionally referred to the genus Stenolaimus. Out of twenty-six ex- amples only two are males. 290 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some Measurements (in mm.), taken from two males and three mature females :— d. 2. Length” 5 sasas atas ce cies ts 52-6 552-6 Thickness—at crown of hairs.... 0°033-0:037 0:037 ‘a at base of cesophagus. 0:15-0°16 0:14-0°15 = at middle of body.... 0:22-0:24 0°19-0:25 * IC Ca ee ee 0:09 0:09-0'1 Length of esophagus .......... 0:8-0°93 0°81-0°9 Z TAL Bock te or eae 0°33-0°35 0-4-0°5 . Snretilon: hss. a2 ee ae 0°12-0°15 che Distance from head-end to excre- ROSY HORE 2. Bun Senoneu's weer 0:065 0:0625-0:075 Distance from head-end to nerve- PIE. Beige 5 che ot vn seca 040-044 0°39-0°42 Distance from head-end to vulva. Pat 1:41-1°65 eR aaistnl oh Sadie epee Snr ee 23°6-25 22:2-99 BE PE RAW RTE dt Sees ain Meant 64-65 6'6-6'8 Is Woah al-od¥ beh EMER Re See 15°7-17 11:1-13°8 The body tapers considerably both anteriorly and poste- riorly, the neck especially being very slender. Posteriorly the tapering begins a little in front of the anus. The cuticle is quite smooth, no transverse striations having been detected. In the ma/e only there are a few slender hairs (fig. 2, p. 292) on the ventral surface in front of and behind the anus, and a few shorter and more scattered hairs on the tail. The lateral fields are of a coarsely cellular appearance, and measure 0°025 mm. in width. The head (fig. 1) is very narrow. Near the extremity there is a crown of six stoutish bristles, which stand out at right angles to the long axis of the body, their tips curving forward. Two of the bristles are lateral, two subdorsal, and two subventral. The chief peculiarity of the species is the fact that instead of the pair of circular or spiral lateral organs near the anterior end, characteristic of the majority of free- living nematodes, there appears to be on either side a longi- tudinal row of thirty or more very small pits in the cuticle (fig. 1, Z.), which may possibly be regarded as “ lateral organs.” They are situated just above the level of the lateral field on either side, and are, therefore, subdorsal in position. De Man (1884, pl. i. figs. 3, 3a, 3d) figures a row of organs in Deontolaimus papillatus, which would appear, from the figures, to be of a somewhat similar nature. According to his account of this species, however (1884, p. 32), they are “ papille ” rather than pits, and occur, in the male only, ina single median ventral row extending throughout the whole cre oe etal ie Nemertinea ke. from the Falklands. 291 esophageal region of the body. In the species now under consideration the pits are present in both sexes, and extend in two rows from a little behind the anterior extremity to about the level of the nerve-ring. The mouth is very small, and is not provided with distinct Fig. 1. o-/mm Stenolaimus serials. Anterior end of female, lateral view. Am., ampulla of excretory gland; Ev.P., excretory pore ; L., “lateral organs ” (?). lips or papille. There is no buccal cavity, the mouth leading directly into the cesophagus. The latter is long and slender ; it increases gradually in thickness towards its posterior end, but there is no distinct bulb. The nerve-ring 292 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some crosses the cesophagus at about the middle. The cells of the chyle-intestine are small, tessellated, and filled with brownish granules. Fig. 2. Stenolaimus serialis. Posterior end of male, lateral view. A,, anus; A.P., accessory piece; C.G., caudal glands; S., spicules, The tail (fig. 2), in both sexes, tapers rapidly at first from the anus for about § of its length, becoming more cylindrical Nemertinea &e. from the Falklands. 293 posteriorly. There is a slight bulbous expansion of the cuticle just before the tip. At the extreme tip there is a distinct pore, from which there may sometimes be seen issuing a coagulated stream of the secretion from the caudal glands, which are well developed. The minute pore of the excretory gland (fig. 1, Ez.P.) is situated close behind the head, the duct expanding into a slight ampulla (Am.) just before the opening. The spicules of the male (fig. 2, S.) are very slender curved rods ; there is apparently a slender accessory piece (A.P.) near their distal ends. In the male the posterior end of the body is well provided with diagonal muscle-bands, probably serving to bring about the ventral coiling of the tail. In the female the genital organs are characteristic. The vulva is anteriorly placed, and the two branches of the uterus are very unequal, the posterior branch being 45 times as long as the anterior. Both ovaries are doubly reflexed, 7. e., bent back upon the uterus and bent back again upon them- selves near their blind ends. This species appears to be common between tide-marks, occurring under stones &c, at Roy Cove. It agrees with Stenolaimus marion’, Southern (1914), and differs from thie type-species, S. lepturus, de Man, in the absence of any hairs on the neck besides the cephalic crown of bristles. It may be remarked that no lateral organs are mentioned in the descriptions of either of these species ; it is therefore doubtful whether the rows of pits described above for S, serialis are of generic or only of specific importance. It is possible that the species should be regarded as belonging to a new genus, with close relationships to Stenolaimus and Anticoma. DoLicHOLAIMus, de Man. d. Dolicholaimus vallentini, sp. nu. The collection includes three examples of a species which is undoubtedly to be reterred to Dolicholaimus. Of these specimens, one isa male, one a female with ovaries developed, but containing no fu.ly-formed eggs, and the third an imima- ture torm of doubtful sex. The following are tlhe measurements (in mm.) of the two mature individuals :— Length PRR Chr eeecnc weer amen resr en soibewne 3°47 3°40 294 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some d. 9. Thickness—at end of esophagus ............ 0:09 80:09 af at middle oF ody... 5)... so sicvs ex 010 O11 x SUDEP soe ets Riise azs ison wis ie\ops 0:08 0:07 Length of cesophagus (including buccal cavity). 053 0°60 = COE Cee ake nee coh ces kee fe 019 0:22 3 BEULON MAG irae s FCreRE cae uae sh 007° Gee Distance, head to end of buccal cavity ...... 07125 0°126 + 3 HOLVOSPING, Oe aek chair Ging 026 O>s1 a 4 WON GR sos sc oes acs File, wihiarea wie eee 1:9 Re ee ren Pee AS ae ne 8 347 30°9 (FP viripiatents Mop ne Sone sik ee cine Sn Eee 654 5:78 fe ene heer ee Seats ea rie ae eres cleans Becta 18:26 15°77 This form agrees well in essential points with the type- species, )). marioni, de Man (1888). It is, however, slightly larger, and differs in certain other respects. The body is of very even thickness throughout the greater part of its length. Towards the head it tapers rather rapidly, and the posterior end begins to diminish in diameter from a little distance in front of the anus. ‘The tail (fig. 4, p. 296), in both sexes, tapers rapidly for about the first half of its length ; more posteriorly it becomes cylindrical, and, finally, near the tip there is a slight swelling. The tip of the tail is bluntly rounded, and the aperture of the caudal glands is not conspicuous. ‘These glands, however, are well developed (tig. 4, C.G.). The cuticle is quite smooth, as in the type-species, no transverse striations being visible. No hairs occur on the body, with the exception of four short, stout, submedian bristles situated close to the anterior end (fig. 3, S.). The lateral fields have a width of 0°025 mm. No lateral organs have been made out. In the type-species of this genus they are said to be present in the form of grooves (“ szllons”’), but nothing of this kind has been detected in the present form. The mouth (fig. 3) is a small funnel-shaped depression and is not provided with distinct lips. It leads into a small “vestibule,” as in D. mariont, at the base of which there are three teeth (fig. 3, 7’.) arranged in a triangle, andieach shaped somewhat like a boot-tree. This vestibule is followed by the buccal cavity proper (tig. 3, Ph.), consisting of a greatly elongate, rigid, chitinous tube. This decreases gradually in diameter from before backwards, its walls, comparatively thick in front, becoming also gradually thinner towards the posterior end. ‘I'he distance from tle mouth to the posterior end of this tubular buccal cavity is about a quarter of that from the mouth to the hinder end of the cesophagus. The 4 q Nemertinea &e. from the Falklands. 295 chitinous tube is surrounded by a spindle-shaped muscular ) sheath (fig. 3, J/.), continuous with the cesophagus behind. The cesophagus exhibits a slight spindle-shaped thickening near its junction with the buccal cavity. In its middle : Fig. 3. a v Dolicholaimus vallentini. Anterior end of female, highly magnified. M., muscular sheath of buccal cavity ; Oes., eee Ph., “ pharynx ” or tubular portion of buccal cavity; S., cephalic sete; T., teeth. portion it becomes narrow again, but posteriorly it is greatly thickened. There is, however, no true cesophageal bulb. The nerve-ring crosses the cesophagus at about the middle of the distance from the mouth to its base. No trace of a 20* 296 Mr. H. A. Baylis on some ventral excretory gland has been discovered. In this con- nection it is noteworthy that, according to de Man, this organ does not exist in the type-species of the genus. Dolicholaimus vallentini. Posterior end of male, lateral view, highly magnified. A,,anus; A.P., accessory piece; C.G., caudal glands; P., preanal papilla of right side; S., spicule of right side. The posterior end of the male is abundantly provided with diagonal muscles. The spicules (fig. 4, S.) are lamellar, their posterior edges having a rib-like thickening. There is also Nemertinea &c. from the Falklands. 297 a fold or thickening running down the middle of the spicule, like a mid-rib. The two spicules slide in a single accessory piece (fig. 4, A.P.), situated near their distal ends in the position of repose. This accessory piece is apparently bent so as to form a deep slot in which the posterior ribs of the spicules are lodged. It is nearly half as long as the spicules themselves. There is a single pair of minute papille (fig. 4, P.) situated just in front of the anal aperture. In the female the vulva is situated slightly behind the middle of the body. The two ovaries are about equal in length, and are reflexed. No fully-formed eggs were observed in the uterus. The specimens were taken under stones at Roy Cove, June 20, 1910. Enop.us, Dajardin. 6. Enoplus michaelseni, v. Linst. Enoplus michaelseni, v. Linstow, 1896, p. 10; figs. 14-16; de Man, 1904, p. 19; pls. iv.-vi., fig. 7. Of this species two examples occur in the collection, both females. They were taken under stones at Roy Cove, June 20, 1910. 7. Enoplus sp. There is a single example of a second form which is possibly to be referred to this genus. Itis a female, measuring about 2 mm. in length, and occurred among other small nematodes and oligochzetes, in association with Marphysa corallina, July 22, 1910. . It does not seem desirable to found a species upon this unique specimen. OncHOLAIMUS, Dujardin. 8. Oncholaimus sp. A single female specimen, apparently belonging to this genus, occurred with various other forms among Marphysa corallina, July 22,1910. It measures a little over 5 mm. in length, and is the largest of the nematodes met with, with the exception of Leptosomatum selosum. 298 On some Nemertinea dc. from the Falklands. LEPTOSOMATUM, Bastian. 9. Leptosomatum setosum, v. Linst. Leptosomatum setosum, v. Linstow, 1896, p. 5; figs. 4-7. Thoracostoma setosum, de Man, 1904, p. 25; pls. vi.-x., fig. 8. Leptosomatum setosum, Leiper & Atkinson, 1915, p. 23; pl. 1, figs. 8, 6, 9. Two female examples of this form were taken at low water during spring tides, Feb. 21, 1902, together with nemertines. This species appears to occur in any depth of water from low-water mark down to 250 fathoms or more, and is widely distributed in the subantarctic region. THoracostoma, Marion, 1870. 10. Thoracostoma sp. A single female example occurred among the various other species in association with Marphysa corallina, July 22, 1910. OLIGOCH ATA. MarIonina, Michaelsen. 11. Marionina georgiana (Mchlsn.). Eighteen examples of a small Enchytreid worm, which I refer to this species, were collected at Roy Cove or else- where at low water. The collector’s labels indicate that they were taken in June and July, 1910, some being found under stones, others, with various nematodes, i in association with Marphysa. * REFERENCES, Bays, H. A. 1915. British Antarctic (‘Terra Nova’) Exp., 1910, Zoology, ii. no. 5, p. 118. Nemertinea. Lerrer, R.T., and E. L. Arxrnson. 1915, British Antarctic (‘Terra Nova ry Exp., 1910, Zoology, ii. no. 3, p. 19. Parasitic Worms. Liystow, 0. von. 1896. Hamb, “Magalh. Sammelr. Nemathelminthen. Mav, J. G. pe. 1884, ‘Die frei lebenden Nematoden der Niederland- ischen Fauna.’ —. 1888. “Sur quelques Nématodes libres de la Mer du Nord.” Mém. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 1. 1904. Rés. Voy. 8.Y. ‘ Belgica,’ Zoologie. Nématodes Libres. Marion, A. F. 1870. “ Recherches sur les Nématodes non parasites, marins.” Ann, Sci. Nat., Zool. (6) xiii. SouTHern, R. 1914. “ Clare Island Survey,” Part 54, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. xxx1. z S fT 5 = d z Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. 299 XXXII.—Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXI. On the Australian Larrine of the Genus 'Tachytes. By ROWLAND E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Key to the Australian Species of Tachytes. Boe 1, Abdomen wholly bright testaceous or NS ae 2. Abdomen black, at most the apical margins of the segments or the apical segment BROWN OF ACTEUQINIOUB: ose li as cede ot aa 3. 2. Abdomen bright testaceous; pubescence of thorax and median segment golden; lees. bright testaceous: .4... 2. .0se00s00 T. formosissimus, Turn. Abdomen ferruginous red; pubescence white ; legs black, the tarsi more or less PERE OM So s/s i aad Sn nee alee T. rubellus, Turn, 3. Pubescence of the abdomen deep or pale palden, bx. cases eee us cee od ai 4, Pubescence of the abdomen silver, that on the pygidial area sometimes golden ..., 6, 4. Outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines; second joint of the flagellum scarcely longer than the SEMEL opera 7a, opie ote) aeie. efeitos. te bel 4c) T. approvimatus, Turn, Outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus with six spines; second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the PREC a AIS LG Soe Faiis vod vols, Mo.sle olin Ste 5. 5. Legs almost entirely black; median seg- ment nearly half as long again as the SCULOMUME Sarecbe? Sey maior tance ects T. plutocraticus, Turn. Tibiz, tarsi, and the apex at least of the femora bright testaceous brown; median segment very little longer than the scu- Pe ete cy cose «aa Oe eS ate rine Seas T, relucens, Turn. 6. Tibize, tarsi, and sixth dorsal segment REE PEPUAAIS (512° d olo'e Aan 6) tn Bie pid tittotala Bue T. mitis, Turn. Legs, except the apical tarsal joints, black; sixth dorsal segment black ............ as 7. Pubescence of the pygidial area golden and DEI ee iS) ois Shs Sai he ol ye ee A 8. Pubescence of the pygidial area not golden, either silver aid dense or fusco-ferru- gingus and very sparse...........+065: 9. 8. Pygidial area very broadly rounded at the apex, almost truncate ; basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines on the outer margin. 7. estuans, Turn. Pygidial area narrowly rounded at the apex, almost triangular; basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines on the outer cg OR eee eee T. fatalis, Turn 300 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 9. Pygidial area almost pointed, densely clothed with silver pubescence ........ T. dispersus, Turn. Pygidial area very coarsely a? the punctures confluent ongitudinally, sparsely clothed with fusco-ferruginous sete’ Jv cbockpstuier vobhe cs Was whey 55 T. sulcatus, Turn. 1. Tachytes formosissimus, Turn. Tachytes formosissimus, Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 482 (1908). Q. Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). I have only seen the type. 2. Tachytes rubellus, Turn. Tachytes rubellus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p, 482 (1908). ¢. Hab. Port Darwin, N.T. (Turner); Adelaide, S.A. (ex coll. Perkins). @. The pygidial area is fairly broad, rounded at the apex, clothed with golden pubescence. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius equal to the third; the two recurrent nervures separated on the cubitus by a distance greater than that between the first recurrent nervure and the first transverse cubital nervure. The only female I have seen is from Adelaide ; the species appears to be rare, though with a considerable range. 3. Tachytes approwimatus, Turn. Tachytes approximatus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 483 (1908). gd. Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner). : 4. Tachytes plutocraticus, Turn. Tachytes plutocraticus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p.848(1910). 2. Hab. Townsville, Q. (Dodd). This is the largest Australian species of the genus. 5. Tachytes relucens, sp. n. Q. Nigra; tibiis, tarsis, femoribus apice, posticis fere totis, tegulisque late brunneo-testaceis; segmentis dorsalibus fascia lata, ventralibus angusta brunneo-ferruginea; segmentis dor- salibus, fascia lata apicali precipue, aureo-sericeis; capite Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 301 thoraceque pallide aureo-pilosis; alis hyalinis, venis fusco- ferrugineis. do. Femina similis; area pygidiali pallide pilosa, Long., 92 14 mm., ¢ 12 mm. @. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex. Second joint of the flagellum longer than the third by about one- quarter ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with six spines on the outer margin. Front, clypeus, sides, and apex of the mesonotum and sides of the median segment clothed with pale pubescence tinged with gold, a spot of rather deeper golden pubescence on each side near the middle of the anterior margin of the mesonotum. Median segment short, scarcely longer than the scutellum, opaque, with a very obscure median sulcus, which becomes well defined on the posterior slope. Abdomen broadly conical ; pygidial area rather narrowly rounded at the apex and clothed with deep golden pubescence. Second abscissa of the radius as long as the third; first recurrent nervure received distinctly nearer to the second recurrent than to the first transverse cubital nervure, Except in the usual sexual characters the male is very similar to the female; there are four small spines on the outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus ; the sulcus on the dorsal surface of the median segment is more distinct ; the abdomen is more slender, and the third abscissa of the radius is distinctly longer than the second. Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). In the number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus this resembles plutocraticus; but this is a smaller insect, with a shorter median segment, the shape of the clypeus is different, also the colour of the legs. It is more stoutly built than approximatus, from which it also differs in the shape of the clypeus, in the number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus, and in the broader pygidial area. 6. Tachytes mitis, sp. n. Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, area pygidiali, tibiis tarsisque ferru- gineis ; segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus fascia angusta apicali brunneo-ferruginea ; tegulis pallide testaceis; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis; abdomineargenteo-sericeo, segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia lata apicali densius argenteo-sericea ; area pygidiali aureo-setosa. 3. Femine similis. -Long., 2 10 mm., ¢ 8 mn. 302 Mr. R. BE. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. ?. Clypeus with a broadly arched depression on the apical quarter, the margin transverse, the deflexed portion bare and shining, the basal portion densely clothed with silver pubes- cence, which extends on to the front. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, less than twice as long as the first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance greater by one-third than the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; a sulcus reaching from the posterior ocelli to the occiput. Pronotum thick; mesonotum, scutellum, and mesopleure closely and minutely punctured, the mesopleure and sides of the mesonotum clothed with whitish pubescence. Thorax subopaque; median segment opaque, more strongly punctured than the thorax, with a distinct median sulcus which is more deeply continued on the posterior slope, clothed with short pubescence, silvery on the sides, greyish and sparser in the middle of the dorsal surface, fully half as 'ong again as the scutellum. Abdomen subopaque, pygidial area elongate- triangular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsi with five slender spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the third ; first recurrent nervure almost halfway between the second recurrent and first transverse cubital nervures, a little nearer to the former than to the latter. The male has the joints of the antenne shorter than in the female, so that the eyes are separated on the vertex by a distance fully equal to the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ; there are only four small spines on the outer margin of the basal joint of the fore tarsus, and the seventh dorsal segment is black at the base and clothed with silver pubescence. Hab, Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia (Turner); February and March. 3 @ d,1 2. A single male apparently of the same species taken at Townsville, Q., by F. P. Dodd. 7. Tachytes estuans, sp. n. 9. Nigra, albo-pilosa; tarsorum articulo apicali, tibiarum tarso- rumque spinis ferrugineis, tegulis pallide brunneis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali argenteo-sericea; area pygidiali dense aureo-setosa; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis. Long. 14 mm. ?. Clypeus transverse at the apex, deflexed in the middle just before the apex, and clothed with rather long white pubescence which extends on to the front. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, more than twice as long as the first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 303 the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ; the suleus from the posterior ocelli shallow and not quite reaching the occiput. Thorax minutely and very closely punctured, thinly clothed with greyish pubescence ; median segment more opaque than the thorax, the pubescence denser than on the thorax, without a median suleus on the dorsal surface, the segment about half as long again as the scutellum. Abdomen fairly stout; pygidial area very broadly rounded at the apex, almost truncate, the sides not very strongly con- vergent. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with six fairly stout spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than the third; first recurrent nervure almost or quite as near to the first transverse cubital as to the second recurrent nervure. Hab, Hermannsburg, Central Australia (7. J. Hillier) ; Killalpanima, 8.A. (H. J. Hillier). This is very near 7. fatalis, but has the pygidial area much broader at the apex, the sides less convergent; six spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus as compared with five in fatalis ; there is also a difference in the form of the clypeus. 8. Tachytes fatalis, sp. n. Q. Nigra, argenteo-pilosa; mandibulis apice, tegulis, unguiculisque tarsalibus brunneis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali argenteo-pilosa ; area pygidiali aureo-pilosa; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis. Long. 13 mm. @. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, the apical margin transversely depressed and bare, the base of the clypeus and the front clothed with silver pubescence ; second joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the third; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum. Mesonotum minutely and closely punctured ; median segment scarcely as long as the scutellum and postscutellum combined, without a median sulcus on the dorsal surface. Abdomen subopaque ; the apical bands of silver pubescence broader at the sides than in the middle; pygidial area clothed with golden pubescence, elongate-triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius scarcely as long as the third ; first recurrent nervure nearer to the second recurrent than to the first transverse cubital nervure. Hab. Toowoomba, Q. This is nearest to dispersus, from which it may be distin- guished by the golden pubescence of the pygidial area, which 304 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. is also more distinctly rounded at the apex than in dispersus ; also by the shorter median segment and the form of the clypeus. From estuans it is easily distinguished by the much narrower pygidial area and the number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus. 9. Tachytes dispersus, sp. n. Q. Nigra; unguiculis tarsalibus tegulisque brunneis; segmentis dorsalibus 1—4 fascia lata apicali argenteo-pilosa ; area pygidiali argenteo-pilosa ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris. o. Femine similis. Long., 9 13 mm., ¢ 11 mm. ?. Clypeus clothed with silver pubescence at the base, a bare, somewhat deflexed triangular area at the apex, the apical margin truncate. Second joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the third, more than twice as long as the first ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the third joint of the flagellum. Front, pronotum, mesopleuree, and the sides of the mesonotum and of the median segment clothed with silver pubescence; mesonotum distinctly depressed in the middle of the anterior margin, minutely and closely punctured; median segment more opaque than the mesonotum, more than half as long again as the scutellum, with an obscure median sulcus from base to apex, the sulcus becoming broad and deep on the posterior slope. Abdomen subopaque; the apical fascize of pubes- cence broad, especially on the sides; pygidial area elongate- triangular, almost pointed at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third ; first recurrent nervure a little nearer to the second recurrent than to the first transverse cubital nervure. Hab. Baudin Island, N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker) ; Townsville, Q. (Dodd) ; Mackay, Q. (Turner) ; Perth, W.A. (Turner) ; Port Essington, N.T. (Gould). This seems to be the commonest Australian species of the genus, and ranges over almost the whole continent. The silver pubescence of the pygidial area and the narrower and more pointed shape of the same area distinguish it from other Australian species. 10. Tachytes sulcatus, sp. n. Q. Nigra; tarsorum articulis duobus apicalibus fusco-ferrugineis ; Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 305 tibiarum tarsorumque spinis albidis ; tegulis fuscis macula albida ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis. 3d. Feminie similis. Long., 2 10 mm., ¢ 8 mm. ¢. Clypeus shining, the apical margin transverse and de- flexed ; the base of the clypeus and the front clothed with short silvery pubescence. Second joint of the flagellum equal to the third, twice as long as the first; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance almost equal to the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ; vertex behind the posterior ocelli somewhat concave, and divided by an obscure longitudinal sulcus. Thorax very minutely and closely punctured, sub- Opaque; median segment nearly twice as long as the scutellum, broad, opaque, microscopically punctured, the dorsal surface without a sulcus except at the extreme apex. Abdominal segments subopaque, microscopically punctured ; dorsal seg- ments 1-4 with a narrow apical band of silver pubescence, the margins of the segments under the pubescence fuscous. Pygidial area broad, subtriangular, rounded at the apex, the basal line a little shorter than the sides, the surface covered with very coarse elongate punctures, from which spring very short fusco-ferruginous sete. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines on the outer margin. Second abscissa of the radius longer than the third; first recurrent nervure nearer to the second recurrent than to the first transverse cubital nervure. The male is very similar to the female, but the antennal joints are shorter, so that the distance between the eyes on the vertex is nearly as great as the combined length of the second and third joints of the flagellum ; the seventh dorsal segment is covered with silver pubescence. Hab. Busselton, W.A. (Turner), 3 2 , January ; Cottesloe, W.A. (Giles), § 2, December. ‘Yhe female is easily distinguished from other Australian species by the coarse sculpture and very sparse sete of the pygidial area. 11. Yachytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss. ‘achytes tachyrrhostus, Sauss, Mém. soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv. p. 18 (1854). g; Sauss. Reise d. ‘Novara,’ Zool. ii, Hymen. p- 73 (1867). 3g; Schulz, Zool. Ann, iv. p. 189 (1911). ¢. I have been quite unable to identify this species, of which the male only is described; it is, however, certainly a Tachytes, and may prove to be the male of J’. fatalis, but 306 Mr. 8. Hirst on a new Species of the species from §.E. Australia are very poorly represented in the British Museum, and will probably prove to be more numerous than is indicated in this paper. Tachytes (?) nigripes, Sauss. Larrada nigripes, Sauss. Reise d. ‘ Novara,’ Zool. ii., Hymen. p. 74 (1867). 2. Schulz (Zool. Ann. p. 191, 1911) described the specimen now bearing the type-label in Saussure’s collection. It is, however, a male, and has a head, whereas Saussure describes his species as female and implies that the type is headless. Schulz considers the generic position as intermediate between Tachytes and Notogonia, but nearest to the former. The locality given by Saussure is Tasmania, but the localities of the ‘ Novara’ are most unreliable, and the species may not be Australian. Tachytes australis, Sauss. (Reise d. ‘ Novara,’ Zool. ii., Hymen. p. 69, 1867, ¢), is doubtless a Tachysphex ; and T. femoratus, Sauss., and TY’. australis, Sauss. (1854, nee 1867), belong respectively to Larra and Notogonia. Tachytes tarsatus, Sm., an Indian species, was recorded by me as Australian (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 348, 1910) owing to an error in identification ; in the same paper I also included 7. australis, Sauss. (1867), as a Tachytes. XXXIU.—On a new Species of Solpuga from the Belgian Congo. By STANLEY Hirst. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Solpuga hewitti, sp. n. 3 .—Chelicera. Basal enlargement of flagellum rather high and shaped like an ear. Free portion of flagellum short, being much less than half the length of the chelicera ; it arises above the second tooth, and at first is fairly wide and flattened dorso-ventrally ; towards the middle of its length, however, it is rotated sideways, becoming higher than wide, and is furnished with a short little keel crowned with den- ticles ; distal end of flagellum slender and bifurcated, con- sisting of a sharp little spine and a minute soft twisted Solpuga from the Belgian Congo. 307 structure, which is shaped rather like a sickle and clothed with short hairs. Immovable finger of chelicera with the end strongly curved; the first two teeth are large, and there are two little intermediate teeth between them and the next large tooth ; there is a very minute denticle on the upper surface of this finger in front of the flagellum. Movable finger with a single minor tooth between the principal ones. Width of head-plate considerably less than length of tibia of palp, but almost equal to that of the metatarsus. ?.—Width of head-plate very slightly exceeding length Chelicera of Solpuga hewitti. —$—<—— A and B, distal half and extreme end of flagellum, greatly enlarged. of tibia of palp, but a little less than the length of its meta- tarsus+tarsus. Armature of chelicera practically the same as in the male sex. The female (type) of S. butlert, Poc., from the Congo, is a very large specimen, the length of its body being about 52 mm. ; the width of its head-plate is considerably less than the length of the tibia of the palp or than the metatarsus + tarsus. Colour. Head-plate pale brownish or reddish yellow; apparently it is not nearly so deeply infuscate as in S. budélert. thelicera yellowish at the sides, but darker above. Abdo- minal tergites rather dark brown, but the rest of the abdomen 308 On a new Variety of European Tick. is yellowish with the exception of a narrow dark strip imme- diately bordering the tergites. Palp and legs yellowish ; they are slightly darker in the male than in the female, however ; malleoli pale and seemingly without any dark rim. | Vote.-—There are two more female specimens of Solpuga from Kapiri which resemble those described above very closely in stracture, but are very much darker, the dorsal surface of the chelicera, head-plate, and abdomen being very deeply infuscate. ‘The palpi and legs also are rather dark brown in these specimens. Probably they are the female of another species. | Measurements in mm.— 8. Length of body 31; width of head-plate 8°5 ; length of tibia of palp 10°8, of metatarsus+ tarsus of palp 11-25. ; ?. Length of body 32°5; width of head-plate 9 ; length of tibia of palp 8°75, of metatarsus + tarsus of palp 9°75. Loe. Kapiri, Belgian Congo; a male and a female collected by L. Charliers (10-13. xi. 1913). XXXIV.—On a new Variety of European Tick (Derma- centor reticulatus, var. aulicus, var. nov.). By STANLEY Hirst. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) g .—Colour-markings on dorsum very similar to those of the typical form; the posterior pale linear markings are rather fine. Cornua of capitulum distinctly shorter than in typical form. ‘T'rochanter of first leg with the angular pro- jection rather short, wide, and blunt. Second segment of palp practically without any spine dorsally. Stigmata rather wide comma-shaped, closely resembling those of the typical form. ? .—Second segment of palp without any spine dorsally. Angular projection of first trochanter short and wide. Measurements in mm.— 3. Length of scutum 3°6-5'4 ; width of scutum 2°6-3°8. 2. Length of body 5°6,of scutum 1°5; width of scutum 1°65. Material. Three males and three females from the skin of a wild boar, killed in France (exact locality not known). A female specimen from Valescure, France, 2. iv. 1910 ; host not given (V. C. Rothschild’s Coll.). This new variety will be described in greater detail and _ figured in a later paper on parasitic Acari. al On a new Species of Elpovia, Edw. 309 XXXV.—A Third Species of the Genus Elporia, Edw. (Diptera, Blepharoceridee). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) SomE time ago (June 1912) I described in this periodical the first known South-African Blepharocerid under the name Kelloggina barnardi. More recently (September 1915) I erected for this species the new genus E/poria, adding at the same time a second South-African species, L£. capensis. I now describe a third, also from South Africa, of which my friend Mr. K. H. Barnard, of the South African Museum, has recently sent me larve and pupe, which were collected by him in January of the present year at a height of about 3000 feet on the Caledon side of the Hottentots Hollands Mountains. Several of the pupe were sufficiently advanced in development to enable me to dissect out the adults, and it is from these specimens that the adult characters have been drawn. As in the case of EF. capensis, this fact precludes any reference to coloration. ‘The new species is much more nearly allied to EL. barnardi than to E. cay ensis, but the male claws resemble those of the last-named, and the larvz are quite distinct from those of either of the two known species. Elporia spinulosa, sp. n. Imago.—F ront considerably broader in the female than in the male, being just one-third the width of the head in the former and one-fourth in the latter sex. Eyes of the male divided into two portions; the upper part is a very little larger than it is in &, capensis, but, as in EF. barnardi, it is composed of larger facets than those of the lower part. The female eyes closely resemble those of Z. barnardi, the upper portion being very smail and its facets very much smaller than those of the lower. Pubescence of eyes about as long as the width of two facets. Antenne 15-jointed in both sexes, the joints somewhat oval, sessile, and all about equal in length, except the fourth, which is shorter ; last joint slightly enlarged in both sexes ; there are no strong hairs, except one on the first joint, but the whole flagellum is covered with a short dense pubescence. Moutli-parts agreeing closely with those of E. barnardi in structure, but rather shorter, being very little longer than the vertical diameter of the head ; the blade of the maxilla is a little longer than the first palpal Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 21 310 On a new Species of Elporia, Hdw. joint, and the suture between the third and fourth palpal joints is hardly discernible; the labella have the same honeycombed structure and the same taste-hairs as in E. barnardt. Genitalia much resembling those of /. barnardi, but those of the male at least showing good specific differences (see figure) ; the female appears to have only one spermatheca, which is feebly chitinized ; 4. barnardi and EF. capensis each have three spermathece, those of EL. barnardi being feebly and those of L. capensis strongly chitinized. It seems very remarkable that such differences should occur within the limits of one genus. The ovipositor resembles that of FE. barnardi, the taste-hairs being more numerous than in LE. capensis. Front tarsi: first joint nearly as long as the three following together ; second and fifth equal in length and Elporia spinulosa, sp.n. Male genitalia from above. rather longer than the third or fourth. Middle tarsi shorter than the front or hind pair, the first joint barely longer than the next two together; second, third, and fourth gradually decreasing in size; fifth as long as the second and third together. Hind tarsi: first joint almost as long as the re- maining four together ; second, third, and fourth gradually decreasing in length, fifth as long as thesecond. Male claws very similar to those of E. capensis, but the swollen basal part is not quite so hairy and the bare apical part is rather longer and straighter ; the female claws, on the other hand, are long, thin, and straight, like those of EL. barnardi, but are pertectly smooth. Venation, as far as discernible, like that of 2. barnardi. As will be seen from the above description, the male is readily distinguishable from that of EZ. barnardi, but the a ; ; On a new Genus of Pythide. 311 females of the two species are very similar. The female of the new species differs chiefly in the somewhat narrower front, in the fourth antennal joint being somewhat shorter than the fifth and following joints, and in the perfectly smooth claws *. Pupa.—Closely resembles that of LE. barnardi; I can detect no differences. Larva.—Resembles that of ZH. barnardi in its two-jointed antennz; its hairy but spineless lateral ‘ pseudopodia,” bifid at the tip beneath; its five-branched gill-tufts; its four spherical, equal-sized, anal papille; and in the absence of any distinct knobs bearing the two pairs of long hairs on the anal segment. It differs from both FE. barnardi and E. capensis in the extremely numerous short, thick, black spines on the dorsal surface. These spines are arranged as follows:—The cephalic segment, behind the horny head- plates, has four more or less regular transverse rows of them, about fifteen in each row; behind the fourth row is a trans- verse bare area, then a patch of about forty spines, about half of which are in the middle third, the remainder being rather smaller and scattered over the lateral thirds. The five intermediate segments each have about fifty to sixty spines, which, again, are most closely placed on the middle third ; some of these spines are very slightly larger than the others aud occupy the same positions as the spines in 4. capensis and #. barnardi. There are about twenty spines on the terminal segment, which is more evenly rounded than in E. barnardi. XXXVI.—A new Genus of Pythide (Coleoptera) from the Falkland Islands. By G. C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S. PoOOPHYLAX, gen. nov. Head short, broad, inserted into the prothorax to near the eyes and obliquely narrowed before them, broadly truncate in front, and excavate on each side behind the short epistoma ; eyes small, rounded, convex, laterally projecting; antennz inserted beneath the cariniform orbits at a little before the eyes ; labrum transverse ; mandibles exposed at the tip, their * In my original description of E. barnardi I only noted the male claws as having spines on the underside. In reality these spines occur in both sexes, though they are more conspicuous in the male. aL? 312 Ona new Genus of Pythide. apices cleft; mentum strongly transverse ; terminal joint of the labial palpi oblong-ovate, narrow, that of the maxillary pair short-ovate, rather stout, and obliquely truncate at the tip; antenne short, widening outwards ; prothorax short- oval, obliquely compressed at the sides posteriorly, finely margined at the base, immarginate laterally ; scutellum transverse, subvertical; elytra oval, striato-punctate, the epipleura rapidly narrowed and about reaching the second ventral suture ; prosternum well developed anteriorly ; ante- rior coxee separated by a narrow lamella, the cavities open behind and closed by the narrow sinuous ridge on the front of the mesosternum; metasternum short, the episterna narrow ; ventral segments decreasing in length, 4 and 5 subequal; tarsi pilose beneath, rather stout, the ante- penultimate joint excavate to near the base above for the reception of the small narrow penultimate joint, the terminal joint and claws long; wings wanting. Type, P. falklandiea. The single species from which the above characters are taken has been found in numbers (dead) in seeds of tussac- grass, Poa flabellata (Dactylis cespitosa), sent from the Falkland Islands for the purpose of attempting to introduce the plant into Scotland. It may be described as large, pallid, apterous Salpingus, Gyll. (Spheriestes, Steph.), with small, convex, laterally projecting eyes, a short, broad, deeply inserted head, and rather stout tarsi, with the ante-penultimate joint deeply excavate above for the reception of the narrow penultimate one. Two allied monotypic genera, Thalassogeton and Chorimerium, from the Island of South Georgia*, in the S. Atlantic, have been recorded by Behrens (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1887, pp- 18-22, pl.). These 8. Georgian insects have the head more exserted than in the present genus, the eyes less prominent, the tarsi simple, the antenne subfiliform, &c. Poophylax falklandica, sp. n. Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, shining, sordid testaceons, the eyes and the tips of the mandibles black, almost glabrous. Head sparsely, irregularly punctate, transversely depressed on the vertex and with two large fovee in front ; antenne rather stout, about reaching the hind angles of the prothorax, joints 6-10 gradually becoming stouter, 9 and 10 about as broad as long, 11 ovate. Prothorax rather convex, wider than the head, broader than long, narrowed and constricted * Tussac-grass is also found on this island, according to Skottsberg. he oo Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes, 313 behind, obliquely suleate on each side before the base, the hind angles obtuse ; closely, rather coarsely punctate, usually with an indication of a smooth median line. Elytra mode- rately long, oval, at the base a little wider than the pro- thorax, separately rounded at the apex, leaving the tip of the last dorsal segment exposed, the humeri obtuse; coarsely striato-punctate, and with some additional punctures on either side of the suture at the bas», the interstices flat, smooth. Beneath closely, finely punctate. Penis-sheath of 6 long, parallel-sided, abruptly acuminate in the middle at tip. Length 5-52, breadth 14-2 mm. (¢ @?). Hab. FALKLAND Is. (H. N. Sulivan). Numerous specimens, received by the British Museum in July 1915. Dr. M. Cameron, R.N., collected a few Coleo- ptera in these islands in Dec. 1914, but he did not meet with P. falklandica. XXXVII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—LIX. By W. L. Disranv. Homoprera. Fam. Membracidz (continued from p. 159). Xiphistes crassus, sp. 0. Body and legs pale brownish testaceous ; tegmina hyaline, the veins pale brownish, about basal two-thirds reflecting the dark abdomen beneath ; pronotum with the anterior lateral angles very short, broad, robust, three-sided, slightly directed upwardly and forwardly, their apices broadly, obtusely angulate, moderately centrally, longitudinally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, its apex a little passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, posterior margin of the frontal area above face distinctly concave, tibiz compressed and moderately dilated. Long. 7 mm.; exp. pronot. lat. process. 35 mm, Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). The salient characters of this species are its elongate form aud the short, broad, obtuse, anterior lateral angles of the pronotum. 314 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Lehynchotal Notes. Basilides bipennis. Centrotus bipennis, Walk. List. Hom. ii. p. 606 (1851), Anchon albolineatum, Buckt. Mon, Membrac. p. 216, pl. xlviii. figs. 6 a,b 1903). Naik pres Buckt. Tr. Linn, Soc. Lond. (2) ix. p. 334, pl. xxii. fiz. 2a (1906). Monocentrus albolineatum, Schmidt, Zool. Anz. xxxviii. p. 258 (1911). Basilides bipennis, Dist. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 149 (1916). Hab. W. Africa. Since placing this species in my genus Basilides I have found that Buckton’s Anchon albolineatum is also a synonym, and must fall accordingly. As regards the genus, Schinidt (supra) imclines to the view (judging from the figure) that Buckton’s species is to be included in Monocentrus, Melich. (Wien. ent. Zeit xxiv. p- 297, 1905). I have not seen a typical specimen of Monocentrus. Melichar placed his geuus after Anchon, but if Schmidt is right in his determination, then the structure of the pronotum with its anterior processes should ally it to Leptobelus, Stal. Centrochares borneensis, sp. i. Head, pronotum, and body beneath brownish testaceous ; legs testaceous ; tegmina ochraceous, base and costal mar- gin brownish testaceous ; pronotum punctate, sparsely finely tuberculate, lateral processes obliquely erect, their apices broadened, flattened, slightly recurved ; anteriorly convexly rounded, posteriorly truncate, with the apical angle sub- acute, centrally longitudinally carinate, posterior process undulate, shortly spinous above, distinctly raised and gibbous above scutellum, but deflected to apex of same, and from thence couterminous with tegmina, astrong trilobed erection about two-thirds from base, the apex robust and about reaching tegminal apex ; anterior tibiz moderately dilated. Long., incl. tegm., 44 mm.; exp. pronot. lat. process. 4mm. Hab. Borneo ; Kuching (R. Shelford). Centrochares posticus. Pterygia postica, Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 70, pl. xi. fig. 5 a (1901). Hab. Philippine Islands. Centrochares bucktoni, sp. n. Pteryyia postica, n. s., 2?, Buckt. Mon, Membrac. p. 70, pl. xi. fig. 4.4 (1901). Hab. Philippine Islands. Ir, W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 315 Leptocentrus aureomaculatus, sp. 1. Head, pronotum, and scutellum shining black ; head and sternum darkly greyishly pilose ; femora black, tibia and tarsi paler and more castaneous ; tegmina subhyaline, pale brownish ochraceous, the veins darker, a large bright ochra- ceous spot at base; pronotum thickly punctate, the posterior process somewhat slender, tricarinate, impinging on inner tegminal margin at posterior angle and extending beyond it, the anterior lateral processes slender and directed back- wardly. Long. 7-74 mm. ; exp. pronot. lat. process. 5 mm. Hab. Uganda Prot., Valley of Kafu R., Unyoro, 3400 ft., Kampala Rd., 3500 ft., Ankole-Toro Border (S. A. Neave). Allied to L. altifrons, Walk., but with the lateral pronotal processes more slender, less curved, and more straightly directed backward, pronotum more elevated at base, &c. The large bright ochraceous basal tegminal spot is also indicative. Leptocentrus grossus, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum beneath, and legs dark castaneous ; tegmina pale bronzy brown, extreme base castaneous, immediately followed by an obscure, pale ochra- ceous, transverse, macular fascia, veins castaneous ; pronotum thickly punctate, strongly centrally, longitudinally carinate, the anterior lateral processes robust, centrally longitudinally carinate, their posterior apices slightly recurved, posterior process tricarinate, its apex passing the posterior angle of inner tegminal margin; legs palely castaneous, somewhat thickly greyishly pilose. Long. 9-10 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 54-6 mm. Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins and C. C. Gowdey). Entebbe Forest, 3800 ft., and Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, 2300-2800 ft. (S. A. Neave). In size allied to L. limbipennis, Jacobi, from Ruwenzori, but with the posterior pronotal process much more slender and less undulate, &c. Centrotypus shelfordi, sp. n. Head and pronotum black with a dark bluish reflection ; body beneath and legs fuscous brown, tarsi brownish ochra- ceous; tegmina shining castaneous, the costal mar gin blackish ; pronotum thickly punctate, the lateral processes broad, laminate, o obliquely upwardly directed, their apices broadly truncate, anteriorly rounded and posteriorly shortly 316 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. subacute, apical areas wrinkled, and behind middle strongly transversely carinate, the disk somewhat obsoletely centrally: carinate, the posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex slightly passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin. Long. 64 mm. ; exp. pronot. lat. process. 6 mm. Hab. Borneo; Sarawak (R. Shelford). A small well-marked species, the expanse of its broad lateral pronotal processes almost equalling its longitude including tegmina. Centrotypus taurus, sp. n. Pronotum bluish black, apical areas of the lateral pro- cesses purplish black; face and body beneath thickly, longly, ochraceously pilose; legs castaneous brown, the tarsi more ochraceous; tegmina very pale ochraceous, the apical area castaneous, the costal margin blackish; pronotum thickly coarsely punctate, the lateral processes broad, trans- verse, slightly recurved, their apical areas laminate, almost impunctate, wrinkled, their apices anteriorly broadly, obliquely rounded, posteriorly shortly subacute, the disk obsoletely centrally carinate, the posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex subacute and passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin. Long., incl. tegm, 83 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 7mm. Zab, Siamese Malay States (Annandale and Robinson). Centrotypus siamensis, sp. 0. Head and pronotum bluish black ; body beneath and legs dull black ; tegmina pale ochraceous, subhyaline, the apical area pale castaneous, the costal area broadly black; pro- notum thickly punctate, the lateral processes moderately broad and long, transverse, their apices very slightly re- curved, their apical areas very distinctly obliquely impressed, posteriorly transversely carinate, their apices anteriorly rounded, posteriorly broadly subacute, the disk faintly carinate, the posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex subacute and about reaching the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin. Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm. Hab. Siamese Malay States, Bulsit Besar (Annandale and Robinson). Allied to C. latimargo, Walk., and C. pactolus, Buckt. Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 317 Centrotypus latimargo. Centrotus latimargo, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 168 (1857). Hab. Borneo. Centrotypus pactolus, Otinotus pactolus, Buckt. Monogr, Membrac. p. 235, pl. lil. fig. 7a (1903). Hab. Perak. Centrotypus tauriformis, sp. n. Pronotum dark bluish black; face and body beneath thickly greyishly pilose; legs fuscous brown ; tegmina pale ochraceous, apical third castaneous, costal area black ; pro- notum thickly, somewhat coarsely punctate, lateral] processes strongly recurved, somewhat slender, excluding bases almost impunctate, convexly narrowing to apices, which are sub- acute, behind middle strongly transversely carinate, the carination not reaching apex, disk obsoletely centrally cari- nate, posterior process strongly tricarinate, its apex narrowed and subacute and passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, Long., incl. tegm.,9mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 7 mm. Hab. Java (ex. Buckton Coll.). A species to be recognized by the somewhat slender, strongly recurved, lateral pronotal processes. Centrotypus pronotalis, sp. n. Pronotum bluish black ; face and sternum greyishly pilose ; abdomen beneath and legs testaceous ; tegmina shining ochraceous, the costal and apical areas a little darker and more purplish ; pronotum thickly coarsely punctate, the lateral processes gradually narrowing and strongly recurved, their apices subacute, behind middle transversely carinate, the disk faintly carinate, the posterior process strongly tri- carinate, its apex almost reaching the tegminal apex. Long., incl. tegm., 9 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 84 mm. Hab. Java (A. R. Wallace). Allied to the preceding species, C. tauriformis, but with the lateral pronotal processes longer and more crescented ; colour of tegmina quite dissimilar, &c, 318 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. Centrotypus perakensis, n, nom. Centrotypus alatus, Buckt. Monogr, Membrac. p. 237, pl. liv. fig. 2a (1903), Hab. Perak (Doherty). The Centrotypus alutus, Fairm., is well figured, but the locality given (Brazil) is evidently incorrect. The British Museum possesses a typical example. The Centrotypus alatus, Buckt., was described from a specimen in my own collection and now contained in the British Museum. This, therefore, required a new name, Centrotypus aduncus. Leptocentrus aduncus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 236, pl. liii. fig. 6 (1903). Hab. Philippine Islands; Luzon. Centrotypus longicornis. Centrotus longicornis, Vuillef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (4) iv. p. 142, pl. i. tie. 8 a (1864). Centrotypus longicornis, Griffini, Soc. Ital. Scien, Nat. liv. p. 7, fig. (1915). Hab. Borneo ; Sarawak (J. #. A. Lewis). The British Museum now possesses a single (somewhat damaged) specimen of this very rare Membracid, the original type of which has been recently minutely and excellently redescribed by Dr. Achille Griffini. LESTARCHES, gen. nov. Allied to Centrotypus, Stal, but differing principally by the structure of the posterior pronotal process, which is broad, very distinctly carinate, distinctly moderately convex beyond scutellum, its apex subacute and distinctly deflected over the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin; disk and front of pronotum strongly centrally longitudinally carinate. Type, L. forticornis, Walk. Lestarches forticornis. Centrotus forticornis, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool, vol. x. p. 185 (1868). Hab. Celebes. Mr. W. L, Distant’s 2hynchotal, Notes. 319 Emphusis agnatus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs dark purplish brown; tegmina pale shining ochraceous, extreme base and costal area dark purplish brown, apical area more or less tinged with castaneous ; pronotum very coarsely punctate, finely, centrally, longitudinally ¢ carinate, posterior process tricarinate, only slightly elevated above scutellum, and then continuously impinging on inner margin of tegmina to a little before tegminal apex, disk of pronotum crescented in form, the lateral processes broad and prominently directed backwardly, in a line with the lateral pronotal margins. Long. 10 mm.; exp. lat pronot. process. 6 mm, Ha). Siam ; Chantaboun (M. H. Mouhot). Daca RATHA, gen. Nov. Allied to Emphusis, Buckt., but pronotum less regularly erescented in form, its frontal area shorter and strongly ceutrally carinate, the posterior process undulate and dis- tinctly elevated above scutellum, the apical area upwardly directed beyond the posterior angle of the tegminal inner margin, the anterior lateral processes much more angulately and less crescently produced, Type, D. nyasana, Dist. Emphusis appears to be confined to the Oriental and Malayan regions ; Dacaratha at present is only known from Central Africa. Dacaratha nyasana, sp. un. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; body beneath and femora black, tibie and tarsi dark castaneous ; anterior and lateral areas of sternum greyishly pubescent ; tegmina sub- hyaline, wrinkled, base black, outwardly obscurely margined with dull ochraceous, apical area more or less bright testa- ceous ; pronotum thickly, finely punctate, centrally longitu- dinally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, convexly raised above scutellum and then impinging on the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, and beyond this it straightly continues for a short distance, the lateral pronotal processes short, moderately obliquely angularly directed backwardly. Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm. Hab, Near Lake Nyasa (H. B. Cotterill). 320 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. Periaman wallacei, sp. 0. Pronotum and legs black ; an arcuate linear spot beneath the lateral pronotal processes, a large spot on each side of base of posterior process and apices of anterior femora ochraceous ; face and body beneath thickly greyishly pilose ; tegmina pale bronzy subhyaline, base and costal marginal area—extending to apex—black ; pronotum coarsely punc- tate, the disk strongly centrally carinate, the lateral processes moderately well produced, slightly recurved, centrally cari- nate, the anterior and posterior margins broadly sublaminate, their apices subacute; posterior process robnst, strongly tricarinate, moderately laterally compressed, beyond middle strongly narrowed to apex, which is subacute, and reaching” the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; femora moderately thickened ; face concavely emarginate before clypeus. Long., incl. tegm., 84-94 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm.* Hab. Borneo ; Sarawak (A. R. Wallace, Brit. Mus.). OrINoToIDEs, gen. nov. Allied to Otinotus, Buckt., from which it principally differs by the posterior pronotal process, which is more robust, especially at base, where it has a distinct medial carination on each side ; it touches the scutellum and then is distinctly moderately convexly elevated, its apical half roundly deflected, its apex slender, subacute, and almost reaching the tegminal apex. Type, O. pallipes, Walk. Otinotoides pallipes. Centrotus pallipes, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 185 (1868). Otinotus pallipes, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 282, pl. lii. figs. 4, 4a (1903) ; Dist. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xx. p. 856 (1914). Centrotus tibialis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 188 (1868). Centrotus ramivitta, Walk. MS. ? Centrotus semiclusus, Walk. MS. ? Hab. New Guinea, Batchian, Mysol. Otinotoides semilucidus. Centrotus semilucidus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 186 (1868). * In smaller specimen and type; in a second larger specimen these processes are mutilated. . b Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 321 Centrotypus tibialis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac, p. 238, pl. liv. fig. 34 (1903). Hab. Waigiou (A. R. Wallace), Otinotoides albidus. Centrotus albidus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 188 (1868). Hab. Mysol (A. R. Wallace). Olinotoides brevivittus. Centrotus brevivitta, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 185 (1368). Hab. New Guinea (A. R. Wallace). Otinotoides strigatus. Centrotus strigatus, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 184 (1868). Ophicentrus curvicornis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 250, pl. lvii. tig. 3a (1903). Lufrenchia striyata, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ante, p. 153. Hab. New Guinea. I had previously included this species in the Australian genus Kufrenchia, to which it had considerable affinity. Having now founded the genus Ofinotoides for a number of Papuan species, it finds a natural position within it, GoNDOPHARNES, gen. noy. Pronotum not prominently raised, the lateral processes moderately robust, their apices more or less recurved and subacute, centrally longitudinally carinate, posterior process broad, laterally compressed, tricarinate, sinuous, at base almost touching the scutellum and then impinging on the tegmina, its apex longly narrowed and acute, convexly deflected, and reaching the tegminal apex ; tegmina with three large apical cells. Type, G. piceus, Walk. A genus to be placed near Olinoides, Dist. Gondopharnes piceus. Centrotus piceus, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187 (1868). Hab. Batchian (A. R. Wallace). 322 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. Genus TRIcOcEPs. Tricoceps, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1903). Tambusa, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. p. 216 (1908), nom. preoce. Tambusana, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 652 (1912), n. nom. Type, T. brunnipennis, Germ. I did not recognize Buckton’s genus at the time, as his figure of the typical species is defective, and he gave no reference as to its origin ; he also placed it in juxtaposition to a genus with which it had no affinity. Tricoceps brunnipennis. entrotus brunnipennis, Germ. Rev. Silb. iil. p. 257. 4 (1835); Fairm. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. ser. 2, iv. p. 512 (18445). Tricoceps brunneipennis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1903). Hab. 8. Africa. Bucktou gave a different spelling to the specific name and no reference to its author. Tricoceps bubipennis. Centrotus bubipennis, Fairm. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. ser. 2, iv. p. 511 (1846) ; Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 95 (1866). Tambusa bubipennis, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. p. 216, tab. xxi. fig. 17 (1908). Hab. S. Africa. Tricuceps curvispina, sp. 0. Body and legs black ; tegmina bronzy brown, base and a costal line black, a large spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin castaneous ; pronotum thickly punctate, anterior lateral processes recurved, somewhat long, their apices subacute, the disk strongly centrally carinate, the ~ posterior process tricarinate, strongly raised at base and then straightly obliquely continued to posterior angle of inner tegminal margin, which it distinctly passes, its apex sub- acute; scutellum with its apex prominently upwardly recurved, Long., incl. tegm., 5-6 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 34-4 mm. Hab. Congo Free State; Katanga, Kambove, 4000- 5000 ft. (S. A. Neave). Allied to 7. brunnipennis, Germ., but with the lateral pronotal processes longer, much more recurved, and con- siderably more acute. Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 323 Centrotus bovinus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black, a white spot at each basal angle of the scutellum ; sternum largely whitely tomentose; tegmina subhyaline, wrinkled, the veins castaneous, the base black, the apical area pale bronzy brown ; pronotum wrinkled and punctate, centrally longitudinally carinate, the anterior lateral processes some- what slender, centrally carinate, and distinctly recurved, their apices subacute, posterior process tricarinate, very slightly elevated above scutellum and from thence recurved and impinging on tegmina, its apex passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin. Long., incl. tegm., 7-74 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 45-5 mm. Hab. Uganda; Kadunguru, East. Province (C. C. Gow- dey). Brit. E. Africa; Mumias Distr. (A. D. Milne). Allied to C. bantuantus, Dist., but is to be separated from that species by the strongly recurved lateral pronotal processes, &c. Centrotus shoanus, sp. 0. Pronotum, body beneath, aud femora dark ferruginous brown; tibize and tarsi testaceous ; lateral areas of sternum strongly ochraceously tomentose ; tegmina subhyaline, strongly wrinkled, venation dull ochraceous, extreme base ferruginous brown ; pronotum thickly punctate, the lateral processes moderately short and robust, transverse, their apices obsoletely acute, the disk rather finely centrally carinate, posterior process fively tricarinate, distinctly sepa- rate from scutellum, apical area narrowed, the apex subacute and reaching the posterior angle of inner tegminal margin ; scutellum with a small spot at each basal angle and the lateral margins ochraceous. Long., incl. tegm., 8 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4mm. Hab. Abyssinia; Shoa. Collected on the mission of Sir W. C. Harris to Shoa. Centrotus matangensis, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; scutellum with a dark (sometimes pale) ochraceous spot in each basal angle ; pronotal front, face, and legs dark purplish ; lateral areas of sternum and abdomen beneath palely ochraceously tomentose; tegmina purplish brown; pronotum punctate aud coarsely granulate, centrally longitudinally carinate, 324 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. the anterior lateral processes robust, broad, directed out- wardly and a little upwardly, their apices subtruncate ; posterior pronotal process tricarinate, impinging on tegmina immediately beyond seutellum, gradually narrowing to apex, which is subacute, and passing posterior angle of inner tegminal margin. Long. 84 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 5 mm. Hab. Borneo; Mt. Matang (R. Shelford). Centrotus albilatus. Centrotus albilatus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 184 (1868). Hab. New Guinea. Genus TsHaKa. Tshaka, Dist. Insect. Transvaal. pt. ix. p. 214 (1908). Tshaka undulatus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ; legs more or less castaneous, the tarsi ochraceous ; tegmina flavescent, the veins darker, especially on the apical area, base and a small costal spot beyond middle black, a small castaneous spot at posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; pronotum strongly, centrally, longitudinally cari- nate, the posterior process tricarinate, undulate, impinging on tegmina before the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, and then recurved and running almost parallel with it to beyond the posterior angle, the apex subacute ; lateral pronotal processes robust, their apices slightly recurved and subacute; scutellum about as broad as long, its apex bispinous. Long. 5 mm.; exp. pronot. process. 4 mm. Hab, Mashonaland ; Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). Allied to 7. naturals, Dist., from the Transvaal, but with the posterior pronotal process shorter, more robust, more convexly arched over the scutellum, and the apical area more recurved; tegmina shorter aud proportionally broader. Platybelus escaleranus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs blackish brown; a pale spot at each basal angle of the scutellum ; tegmina subhyaline, apical margin ochraceous, Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 325 basal area and two transverse fascive (one near middle broad and straight, the other narrower and curved before apex) purplish brown ; pronotum thickly punctate, strongly cen- trally, longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes recurved, gradually narrowing to apices, which are acute, posterior process above finely serrate, robustly raised at ’ base, and downwardly convexly curved above scutellum and to a little beyond its apex, and then again recurved to apex, which extends beyond the posterior process of inner tegminal margin. Long. 7 mm.; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm. Hah, Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Alhed to P. flavus, Sign., but with the posterior pronotal process more slender and with its basal angle more pro- nounced ; lateral pronotal processes also more slender and their apices distinetly and regularly acute. Platybelus gowdeyi, sp. un. Allied to the preceding species P. escaleranus, but with the Jateral prouotal processes cousiderably more Sieader and a little more directed backwardly ; tegmina ochraceous, with the basal and costal areas black ; base of posterior pronotal process more obliquely raised. Long. 7 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 4 mm. Hab. Uganda ; Mabira Forest (C. C. Gowdey). Platybelus africanus, sp. 0 Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs black or blackish browu ; disk of pronotum with a slender waved greyish line on each- lateral area aud a similarly coloured small linear spot at each basal angle of the scutellum ; tegmina dark ochraceous, base and a spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin castaueous, a very obscure pale transverse macular fascia beyond middle ; prouotum thickly punctate, the lateral processes as in the two preceding species, but with their apices less regularly convexly recurved ; the poste- rior process is also more robust and its base more obliquely aised. Long. 7; exp. lat. pronot. process. 45 mm. Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Uganda Prot., Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, and Budongo Forest, Unyoro (S. A. Neave). : Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 22 326 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. Platybelus flavus. Centrotus flavus, Sign. in Thoms. Arch, Ent. ii. p. 339 (1858). Platybelus flavus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 96 (1866). Ophicentrus varipennis, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 250, pl. Ivi. tig, La (1903). Hab. Calabar. Platybelus insignis, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; tarsi ochraceous ; tegmina pale shining ochraceous, the base and a spot on costal margin beyond middle black, a brownish spot on inner margin near posterior angle; pronotum punctate, the auterior margin truncate, the lateral processes robust, their apices recurved and subacute, poste- rior process arched above scutellum, where it is robust and impinging on inner tegminal margin before the posterior angle, and thence attenuated and recurved to apex, which passes the posterior angle. Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm. ; exp. lat. pronot. process. 835 mm. Hab. Near Lake Nyassa (Thelwall, Brit. Mus.). Maurya, gen. noy. Pronotum very strongly centrally longitudinally ridged, the lateral processes somewhat short, broad, sublaminate, the apical margins oblique, the posterior process impinging on the scutelium and tegmina, laterally broad and sub- laminate for about half its length, where it is convex above and then suddenly attentidted to apex, which passes the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; face mode- rately globose : legs simple, not dilated; tegmina with four apical cells. Maurya gibbosulus. Centrotus gibbosulus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187 (1868). Hab. Macassar (Wallace). ANTIALCIDAS, gen. nov. Pronotum broad, strongly centrally carinate, the posterior process prominently convexly, laminately raised, its margins strongly carinate, the apex shortly acute and not passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, the lateral angles broad and robust, their apices obliquely truncate, : Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynehotal Notes. 327 moderately raised and slightly directed backward, viewed from the front they appear to be obtusely acute ; tegmina more than twice as broad as long, strongly wrinkled, four apical cells, the veins straight. The principal character of this genus is found in the copvvexly laminately raised posterior pronotal process. Antialcidas trifoliaceus. Centrotus trifoliaceus, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 163 (1858). Hab. North China. PANTALEON, gen. nov. Body somewhat short and broad ; pronotum strongly, centrally , longitudinally carinate, the lateral angles upwardly raised, their apices angulate and moderately recurved, ou their inner margin before apex a strong obtuse spine some- what upwardly directed, the posterior process strongly laminately subeconvexly raised, with the margins robust and thickened, its apex shortly acute and slightly passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; tegmina not more than twice as broad as long, apical veius four in number, with the veins slightly curved. Allied to the preceding genus, Antialcidas, by the lami- nately raised posterior pronotal process, but differing i in the peculiarly bispined lateral pronotal angles, short tegmina, &e. Pantaleon montifer. Centrotus montifer, Walk. List Hoi, ii. p. 620 (1851), Hab, Hong Kong. AMITROCH ATES, gen. Nov. Head truncately declivous in front, with two strong central ridges, more than twice broader than long; pro- notum with the disk elevated, very strongly centrally longi- tudinally carinate, the lateral angles short and very robust, upwardly directed, anteriorly coarsely serrate, their apices continued in a slender spine a little directed backwardly, at frontal base before eyes distinctly, obtusely, angularly pro- duced, posterior process very robust, strongly undulate, well separated from scutellum, near base shortly strongly globose, then nodulate and strongly directed downward, a raised, strongly longitudinally globose and with a long, slender, slightly “curved, apical spine which distinetly 22% 328 Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. passes the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin ; scutellum a little longer than broad, the apex slender and recurved ; tegmina about three times longer than broad, apical cells four, preceded by three subapicai cells ; legs elongate. Amitrochates grahami, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, and scutellum shining black, a small greyish-white spot at each basal angle of the scutellum, a Amitrochates grahami, Dist. similar spot on each lateral margin of the pronotum, and another spot near insertion of tegmina; legs black, tibie and tarsi ochraceous, bases of the tibiz black ; abdomen more or less greyish white ; tegmina pale hyaline, the basal area black, venation brownish ochraceous, a_ transverse linear spot at posterior angle of inner tegminal margin, and a marginal costal spot beyond middle pale brownish ; pro- notum thickly, somewhat coarsely punctate, posterior pro- notal process with the upper and lower margins irregularly coarsely serrate ; other structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm. Hab. Ashanti; Obuasi (Dr. W. M. Graham). Gold Coast; Aburi (IW. H. Patterson). Genus T'RICENTRUS. Tricentrus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 89 (1866); Cefv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1869, p. 283; J. c. 1870, p. 728; Dist. Faun. Brit. India, iv. p. 53 (1907). Otaris, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249 (1903). Tuloipa, Buckt. Trans. Liun. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 834 (1905). Tricentrus auritus. Otaris auritus, Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 249, pl. lix. fig. 1 a (1903) ; Schmidt, Zool. Anz. xxxyiii. p. 242 (1911). Hab. Sumatra. Mr. W. L. Distant’s Rhynchotal Notes. 329 I cannot separate this species (type of the proposed genus Otaris) from the genus Tricentrus. The type of O. auritus is now before me, and I think that Buckton must have originaily described from a mutilated specimen and afterwards obtained a perfect example which he marked as type. I am forced to this opinion, as he writes of the * posterior horn” as “ almost obsolete,’ and, again, “ the posterior horn is blunt.” The posterior pronotal process is, however, normal, slightly passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, and its apex is distinctly narrowed and acute. It is, however, a species very broad compared with its length. Tricentrus basalis. Centrotus basalis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 626 (1851); Matsum, Annot. Zool. Japon, viii. p. 19 (1912). Hab. China; Houg Kong; Japan. Tricentrus finilimus. Centrotus finitimus, Walk. List Hom, ii. p. 628 (1851). Hab. China; Hong Kong. Tricentrus caliginosus. Centrotus caliginosus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 93 (1857). Hab. Malacca (A. R. Wallace) ; Singapore (H. N. Ridley). Siam Malay States ; Biserat (Annandale & Robinson). Malay Archipelago ; Bali (W. Doherty). Tricentrus femoratus. Centrotus femoratus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 186 (1888). Hab. Celebes ; Macassar (4. R. Wallace). Tricentrus congestus. Centrotus congestus, Walk. Journ. Linn, Svc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 187 (1868). Hab. Sula (A. R. Wallace). 330 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on some of the Ewternal Genus Sipytuvs. Sipylus, Stil, Hem. Afr, iv. p. 89 (1866). Sipylus dilatatus. Centrotus dilatatus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 680 (1851), Sipylus nodipennis, "Funkhons, Journ, Ent. & Zool. (Pomona College, Calif., U.S.A.) vi. p. 72, fig. 5 (1914). Hab. Philippine Islands. Walker described his species as having the “fore wings greyish, ferruginous at the base ; veins ferr uginous, nodose,” whereas in his type the teemina are also very distinctly ferruginous on the apical areas, as in Funkhouser’s figure. XXXVITT.—On some of the External Structural Characters of the Striped Hyena (Hyena hyzna) and related Genera and Species. By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S. Tus paper is based primarily upon the carcase of a female example of Hyena hyena, from India, which died in the Zoological Society’s Gardens in Dec. 1915. Of the other species of Hyzenas I have seen no fresh specimens ; but in 1908 I made some sketches of the anal pouch aud glands of an example of Proteles cristatus. These 1 take the oppor- tunity of reproducing. Unfortunately, no notes were made of other external features of this animal. The Facial Vibrisse and Rhinarium.—The facial yibrissz of Hyena hyena, as in all Aluroid Carnivora, except the Felidz *, consist of the normal number of tufts—namely, the mystacial, superciliary, two genals, and the interramal. The latter consists of about four well- developed bristl:s, and each of the two genal tufts of approximately the same number. These tufts are set rather close together near the middle of the cheek, the inferior of the two being above the posterior coruer of the mouth. All the vibrissee may be described as of medinm length and considerable thickness. In living examples of the Spotted Hyena (Crocuta crocuta) the corresponding tufts of vibrissee are quite apparent, and on a dried skin of a Proteles from South * In this family the interramal tuft is always absent, as I haye else- where recorded (P. Z. S. 1914, ii. p. 901). Characters of the Striped Hyena ke. 331 Africa I find the vibrisse precisely as described by Flower (P. Z.S. 1869, p. 476)—that is to say, the mystacial, super- ciliary, and interramal tufts are present; but the upper genal tuft appears to be suppressed, while the lower is Fie. 1. B A. Head of adult Hyena hyena, showing the facial vibrisse and the ear. B. Head of newly-born cub of the same, showing the facial vibrissie. C. Rhinarium of Hyena hyena from above. 2 nat. size. D. The same from the front. represented by a single stiff vibrissa. Supplementing Flower’s account, 1 may add that the mystacial vibrissze are unusually thick for a terrestrial mammal of the size of 332 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on some of the Eternal Proteles, being actually as thick as those of the Hyzenas, thus recalling the stiff vibrisse of predatory aquatic or amphibious mammals like Cynogale or the Seals. The rhinarium is large, naked, and nearly smooth. From the front its upper edge is evenly and lightly convex from side to side. Its lower half is marked by a groove ascend- ing to a point midway between the two nostrils and con- tinuous inferiorly with the cleft dividing the upper lip. The infranarial portion on each side is deep and its lower edge curves obliquely upwards and outwards, overlapping laterally to a considerable extent the internal rim of the narial slit above. In profile view the upper anterior margin is rounded and not prominent. From the dorsal aspect, the naked portion, measured from the inner margins of the narial slit, is rather more than twice as wide as long ; its antero-lateral margin is convex from side to side, and, as stated above, is considerably overlapped externally by the naked margins of the narial slits. It may be added that the height of the upper lip in the middle line is about two- thirds the height of the middle line of the rhinarium above it. The rhinarium of Crocuta appears to be similar to that of Hyena; and the same applies to Proteles, except that Flower described the anterior orifices of the nostrils as “turning upwards.” In the hyzuas they look straight forwards, Ears.—A detailed description of these organs has been rendered unnecessary by the exact account of them published by Boas*. The principal point to notice is the complete absence of the marginal bursa found in all other luroids, except the mongooses. Boas considers the bursa to be represented by a shallow depression on the postero-inferior portion of the surface of the pinna, rather nearer to the auditory cavity than to the posterior edge of the pinna anda little below the level of the supratragal ridge (plica principalis of 3oas). There is nothing particularly remarkable about this ridge, which follows the usual longitudinal course and exhibits a swelling near the middle of its length. The autero-internal ridge descends as a long crest with a sinuous edge, but without definite enlargements of any kind, and disappears inferiorly behind the much shorter antero- external or tragal ridge. ‘The inferior orifice of the ear is a small notch bordered in front by the tragus and behind * “Ohrknorpel und fusseres Ohr der Siugethiere,’ pp. 145-146, pl. xxi. fig. 223 (1912), Characters of the Striped llyena &e. 333 by the antitragus, the inferior prominence of the postero- external ridge. which ascends obliquely upwards and back- wards. The postero-internal ridge is well developed, but there is no definite supplementary ridge on the pina out- side the lower end of the postero-external ridge. The interesting point connected with the ear of the hyena is the absence of the marginal bursa, a feature which suggests affinity with the mongooses. But the arrangement of the main cartilages of the ear is not in the least like that of the mongooses, and differs in no important respects from the arrangement seen in other A¢luroidea. There is nothing in Flower’s account of the external ear of Proteles to distinguish it from that of the Striped Hyznas, if, as appears tolerably certain, he was describing in the following passage the depression regarded by Boas as the homologue of the marginal bursa :—‘‘ The hinder edge [of the ear] is produced near the base into a slight ‘lobule’ with a hollow on its inner side, separated from the ‘ concha, or main cavity of the pinna, by a well-marked ridge.” Feet —Certain characters in the feet of hyzenas, such as the complete absence of the pollex and also of the hallux, the shortness and bluntness of the unretractile claws, have often been described ; but it does not appear that the feet have ever been figured or described in detail, and, since they differ somewhat remar kably in certain points from the feet of all other Aluroidea that I have examined, it may be useful to supply the defects above alluded to. In the fore foot the pads are smooth. ‘The plantar pad is cushion-like and trilobed ; but the lobes are ill-defined marginally and are not marked by superficial grooves. It is comparatively iong and narrow ®*, its length being approximately equal to its width. In the middle line posteriorly it is depressed and obliquely corrugated, and its posterior border is emarginate. The digital pads, which like the plantar pad are smooth, show several peculiarities. In the first place, the plane of the lower surface of each is approximately at right angles to the long axis of the foot when the latter is in the lying position. This indicates the extreme of digitigradism ex- hibited inthe AZluroidea. Another peculiarity is ‘their shape. Instead of being elliptical, or approximately so, in outline as in most A£luroidea, their ‘shape may be described as irregu- larly semi-conical. The posterior margin of each is trun- cated, the external margin lightly convex, and the internal * In the newly born cub this pad is much broader than in the adult. 334 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External margin lightly coneave. They narrow somewhat rapidly from the base to the apex, and the infero-internal angle is prominent. The digits are very symmetrical, and compactly united by strong webbing extending up to the proximal end ee ed ———- . A. Right fore paw of Hyena hyena from below, with the digits fully spread. 3 nat. size. J}. Right hind paw of the same. C. Right hind paw from the side, showing the vertical plane of the digital pads. N.B.—In figs. A and B the digital pads are drawn diagrammatically in the same plane as the plantar pad to show their shape. Naturally, they only assume this position by great muscular contraction. of the digital pads. The underside of the sole of the foot between the digital and plantar pads is naked, but the webs are marked with scattered speckling, showing the position Characters of the Striped Ilyena e. 335 of hair-follicles in the skin. The upperside of the webs is naked and the tips of the digits carry long hairs, some of which spread on to, and to a slight extent heneath, "the edge of the web joining the third and fourth digits together. The carpal pad is small, nearly hemispherical, and set almost in the middle line a long distance above the plantar pad. The area between the carpal and plantar pads is covered with hairs, which arise in two streams above the carpal pad, encircle it, and converge to a line passing between that pad and the ee ye external angle of the plantar pad. Just above the plantar, to a point “nearly midway between it and the carpal pad, the skin is scantily hairy and there is a similar scantily hairy area on the inner side and in front of (below) the carpal pad. The hind foot is very similar to the front foot, but is shorter and narrower, and the hairs above the plantar pad run in a continuous downward direction; but there is here also a scantily hairy area just above that pad in the middle line. In rigidity, compactness, and in the shape and uptilting of the digital pads, as well as in the shortness and bluntness of the claws, the feet of hyenas resemble those of the Canide, g generally speaking, rather than of other Aluroidea. In the latter the plane of the digital pads, which are almost always elliptical in outline, is usually the same as that of the plantar p ad when the foot is in the lying position. The feet of Crocuta seem to be quite like those of Hyena ; and the same appiies to the feet of Proteles, except for the presence of the pollex, which is situated halfway between the wrist-joint (carpus) and the tips of the other digits, and of a patch of naked skin on the heel, which Flower con- sidered to be normal and not due to wear. It may be particularly noticed that this auther stated :—‘‘ The animal appears to be perfectly digitigrade.’” There is, however, one point connected with the feet of Proteles to which Flower did not allude. In the skin of a South African specimen, the area between the plantar and digital pads is covered tolerably thickly, though not so thickly as the rest of the foot, with short hair, and the upperside of the webs is also hairy. In this particular the feet of Proteles differ from those of all the hyenas, judging from skins of the Striped, Brown, and Spotted species in the Zoological Society’s collection. Anal Pouch and Glands.—These structures have been described by several authors in the three existing species of hyznas. Murie’s account of the pouch in Hyena brunnea 336 Mr. R. TI. Pocock on some of the External and Watson’s in Crocuta crocuta agree closely with that of Daubenton in H. hyena ; and my observations in connection with the latter species are quite in accord. In Crocuta, however, the skin of the pouch is said by Watson to be partially hairy, whereas in Hyena it seems to be quite smooth. When the tail is lowered, the walls of the pouch are in close apposition and its orifice appears as a curved slit above the anus, the concavity of the curve being downwards. It has a thickened rim, the inferior portion of which is con- tinuous with the naked skin above the anus. Thus the orifices of the pouch and of the anus lie one above the other in a large disk of naked skin surrounded by hair, the hair in the middle line below forming a narrow strip above the vulva. The skin of the disk is very soft and pliable, and the pouch is susceptible of considerable dilatation. The orifices of the anal glands lie deeply within it, one on each side of, but not close to, the middle line. They are thus far removed above the anal orifice, a condition not known so far as [am aware, in any other Carnivore, though fore- shadowed in some mongooses, e. g. Cynictis. In the newly-born young the pouch js well developed and. in the same position as in the adult, but the orifice of the pouch is transverse with the two ends slightly upcurved, instead of downcurved, and this orifice and the anus are sunk iu a common depression near the centre of the anal disk. Mivart, perhaps (but not certainly) correctly, cites the presence of an anal pouch as evidence of affinity between the hyenas and the mongooses. There is, however, con- siderable difference between the pouches in the two groups. In the mongooses the anus opens near the centre of the pouch, which, apparently in these animals, represents the entire anal disk in the hyenas ; and the margins of the pouch close right over the anus when the pouch is closed. In the mongooses, moreover, the orifices of the two anal glands open into the pouch tolerably near the anus, and not very far above it and remote from it as in the hyzenas. As Murie (Tr. Zeol. Soc. vi. p. 505, pl. xiii.) described in the case of Hyena brunnea, the anal glands are enveloped in muscular tissue ; but the glands in H. hyena differ from those of that species in the following particulars. In Hyena brunnea it appears that the normal anal gland found in all fluroid Carnivores is tripartite. At all events, Murie figured three closely juxtaposed saccular glands, each with a separate compartment for storage of the secretion, which makes Characters of the Striped Hyena de. 337 Fig. 3. ; WW \ SS S — Ve coe 7S Pry RSs TZ, 4) A. Anal pouch of female Hyena hyena, partially distended. v., vulva; a., anus ; x., arrow indicating bristle passed through orifice of duct of anal gland ; m., upper margin of anal pouch. I. The same cut away and seen from its inner aspect, with the principal glands dissected out on the right side, ag., saccular or flask- shaped anal gland, with its upper wall cut away to show the orifice of the duct, with arrow indicating a bristle passed through it from the pouch; sg., auxiliary glandular mass; gis., mass representing the glands enveloped in muscular and connective tissue and fat; v., vagina in section; 7, rectum cut short and turned aside. 338 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on some of the Euternal its way to the exterior along a narrow passage—the three passages converging and fusing to form a common duct opening to the exterior within the anal pouch. In the exainple of Hyena hyena, on the coutrary, the normal anal glaud is piriform and saccular and undivided, and opens at its narrow end by a small duct into the anal pouch. Close to its narrow end, externally and in front, there is a large, double, supplementary, g glandular mass, which differs from the flask-shaped or piriform gland in containing uo cavity and no definite duct. The secretion from this gland makes its way into the anal pouch by means of a number of minute orifices scattered over the wall of the pouch adjacent to the orifice of the duct of the piriform gland, which unmistakably corresponds to the normal anal gland of other Carnivora. According to Murie, therefore, H. brunnea has a single pair of anal glands, each subdivided into three compart- ments, the passages from which join to form a common duct, and there are no accessory glands; whereas in H. hyena there is a single pair of simple undivided anal glands, each being accompanied. by an accessory mass of enlarged. cuta- neous glands opening into the anal pouch by numerous small apertures. Considering the tolerably close resem- blanee in other respects between the two species, this difference is full of interest. Judging from Watson’s account of these glands in Crocuta crocuta (PR. Z. 8. 1877, p. 369, pl. xli. and 1878, p. 416, pl. xxv.), there is also a single pair of piriform anal glands i in the Spotted Hyena, and these are connected along the lower portion of the pouch by a band of accessory glands opening into the pouch by a ‘‘ line of perforations.” The very exact and detailed account given by Daubenton (Buffon’s Hist. Nat. ix. pp. 287-288, pls. xxvii. & xxviii. 1761) of the glands in the Striped Hyena agrees clusely with my observations upon that species, except that in Daubenton’s example the walls of the sack above the rectum were more highly glandular than in my example, and the lateral elandular mass does not appear to have been in any way subdivided. Mivart (P.Z. 8. 1882, pp. 198-199 and 20]) summarised the facts recorded by Daubenton, Murie, and Watson by saying ‘‘ There is an anal pouch with two (H. striala= hyena) or three (H. brunnea) pairs of anal glands on each side of the rectum; and in one [H. hyena], if not in both, species there is a transverse band of isolated [glandular] follicles at the bottom of the anal pouch” (pp. 198-199) ; and in Crocuta “there is but a single pair of anal glands, one on —— % + f : \ Characters of the Striped Ilyana de. 339 each side of the rectum and a transverse band of follicles ”’ (p. 201). Again, when comparing Profeles with the hyznas, he remarked : “There is an anal pouch with one pair of anal glands and a supra-anal band of follicles as in Cro- cuta”’ (p. 203). This summary is, however, not very happily worded. In the first place, ‘the transverse band of isolated follicles ” referred to by Mivart in connection with H. hyena appears to be the enlarged cutaneous glands generally distributed over the wall of the sack, between the flask-like glands, which Daubenton described. Judging from Flower’s account of Profteles (P.Z.S. 1869, p. 495), which Mivart consulted, the corresponding area of the sack is very similarly glandular in that animal; whereas in Crocuta aione does it seem that the enlarged glands form a definite and comparatively narrow transverse band running across the sack from one flask-like gland to the other. Watson, at alj events, figures it so. In the second place, it is wholly misleading to say that //. hyena has two pairs of anal glands. Like Proteles aud Crocuta, it has but a single pair, corre- sponding to the saccular anal glands of other Carnivora. What Mivart described as the second pair is the mass of greatly enlarged cutaneous glands of the anal sack, each with a pore to itself, opening upon the surface. These in the aggregate do not constitute an “anal gland,” properly speaking, any more than the transverse belt in Crocuta constitutes an anal gland. Therefore, since [/yena hyena, Crocuta, and Proteles have but a single pair of anal glands, it is in the highest degree probable that Hyena brunnea is similarly supplied, with the difference that each of these glands is tripartite instead of simple. Probably the correct way of expressing the facts is to say that in the Hyzenide and Profeles the normal pair of anal glands is retained, usually unmodified in form (H. hyena, Crocuta, and Proteles), but sometimes partially subdivided into three compartments (H. érunnea); and that, except in H. brunnea, certain cutaneous glands of the anal pouch adjoining the saccular glands are ‘enlarged and active, and emit their secretion by separate pores into the anal pouch— the most highly developed of these form a great mass out- side and above the saccular glaud on each side (H. hyena) or are arranged in a band between these glands (Crocuta), Enough has been said to show that the anal sack and glands of Proteles resemble those of the hyenas tolerably closely ; but, since Flower’s figure only displays the parts dissected from the dorsal aspect, I take this opportunity of 340 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Eternal reproducing two sketches, made many years ago, of the anal disk as it appears from behind, when the tail is raised, and when dissected from the inside. From the first sketch it may be seen that when the disk is shghtly spread, the orifice of the pouch is somewhat Y-shaped, the upright branch ex- teuding downwards towards the anus and the transverse branches obliquely upwards with their ends curving slightly downwards over the orifices of the anal glands. The disk is carried on a very distinct anal prominence, jutting back- wards beneath the tail. A corresponding prominence is well marked in newly-born cubs of the Striped Hyzna, but is hardly so noticeable in the adult. Fig. 4 A, Anal pouch of male Proteles lalandit, partially distended. p., the pouch with Y-shaped crease ,showing its deepest part ; 0. ; orifice of right anal gland; a., anus; sc., scrotum. B. Median vertical section through the anal prominence. ., tail raised; p-, anal pouch ; 0., orifice of left anal gland ; g/., left anal gland ; m., muscle ; 7., rectum: a., anus, The odour of the secretion of the anal glands in Proteles is much stronger and more repulsive than in the hyenas. According to a note I made at the time of dissection, the secretion has a “ waxy consistency and smells like strong cheese blended with the scent of skunk or pole-cat.” The repulsiveness of the odour, to which several observers have testified, is interesting in connection with the com- parative uselessness of the teeth of Proteles for defensive purposes ; and, considered in counection with the record EE Characters of the Striped Hyena &e. 341 that the animal discharges the secretion when attacked *, is suggestive of the use of the secretion for defence to make good the deficiency of the teeth in that respect. Since the above-given account of the female Hyena hyena was written, a male of the same species, also from India, has come into my hands, Apart from its sexual organs it agrees with the female in all essential respects. Although the external sexual organs of the male were described and illustrated by Daubenton, neither his descrip- tion nor his figures are quite as detailed as is desirable. The followimg account of them may therefore prove use- ful :— The scrotum (fig. 5, A, B, sc.), as in Crocuta,is not a prominent or pendulous sack, but consists of an area of naked skin slightly raised above the level of the surrounding integument aud marked with a median groove. It looks backwards just beneath the lower edge of the anal sack, and is separated therefrom by a hairy tract of skin. The perineal region beneath the scrotum inclines convexly for- wards, aud the prepuce forms an excrescence far in advance of the scrotum in approximately the same position on the prepubic area as in the Canidze and Urside and in some luroids, e. g. Cryptoprocta and Paradoxurus. Dorsally the prepuce is tied closely to the abdominal wall, so that the penis when retracted is in no sense pendulous (fig. 5, A, B, pr.) When the skin of the prepuce is cut along its ventral side and turned over laterally, the glans penis, ovate in outline, is seen lying with it (fig. 5, F, g/.). The apex of the glaus (fig. 5, C, G, g/.) is obliquely truncated, the inferior edge being more prominent than the superior, and has a shallow median orifice formed by a prominent rim of wrinkled or puckered skin, suggesting two labia or lips which can be pulled back on each side of the rigid central portion, and this is provided dorsally with a smooth low ridge, cartilaginous in cousistency and ending in a point, beneath which is placed the aperture of the urethra (fig. 5, D, E). As Daubenton observed, the outer wall of the glans is beset with minute recurved spicules. Owing to the elasticity of the skin of the prepuce (fig. 5, G) and of the tissue of the penis, the latter organ is capable of being drawn out, so that it projects about four * Quoted by W. L. Sclater, ‘ Fauna of S. Africa, Mammalia,’ i. p. 83 (1900). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 23 342. On the External Characters of the Striped Hyana. Fig. 5. . Anal and genital area of Hyena hyena, 3, the parts represented as lying in one plane. ¢., root of tail; as., anal sack, or pouch, with horseshoe-shaped orifice, closed and curving round the anus; sc., scrotum ; p7., prepuce, the outline of the penis shown beneath the sparsely hairy skin. B. The same in profile view, showing the forward curvature of the penis. Lettering asin A. C. The penis unsheathed, but not quite fully stretched, its ventral side to G. the right. g/., glans with its obliquely truncated or bevelled apex. . Glans penis seen from the end, with its puckered labia partially separated to show the central portion with its median elevation. . The same from the side with the labia pulled back below the median portion, with the median elevation apically overhanging the urethral orifice (0.). . Prepuce cut down the median ventral line and the flaps turned aside to show the glans (g/.) in situ. The same, with the glans (g/.) pulled back and turned aside. On Edriophthalma from South America. 343 inches beyond the abdominal integument and is then pendulous. The preputial sack is then completely evagi- nated. When turgid and erected, the organ projects very much farther and resembles that of a horse in a similar condition (fig. 5, C). I am unable to find any structural difference between the penis of Hyena and that of Proteles as described by Flower, and can thus confirm his remark that, judging from Daubenton’s account, the male organs in Hyena “are an almost exact counterpart of those of Proteles.” I have seen no examples of the male of Crocuta enabling me to substantiate the smali differences between the penis of that genus and Hyena, pointed out by Flower on the evidence of a preparation in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Considering the opinion held by some authors that the relationship between the hyzenas and mongooses is tolerably close, the difference in the length of the penis and the position of the prepuce in the two groups is remarkable. In the mongooses the prepuce is quite close to the scrotum, as in the Felide, and the penis is comparatively short, is provided with a bone, and has an elongated urethral orifice on the underside of the glans, which is simple in structure. XXXIX.—Edriophthalma from South America. By ALFRED O. WALKER. Tue Crustacea in the following list were received from :— (A) Sr. Carlos Moreira, Director of the Laboratory of Economic Entomology in the National Museum of Rio de Janeiro, collected by him “on the shore of Capacabana near and outside the harbour of Rio de Janeiro.” Of these II., III., VI., and LX. were in considerable numbers, and must have cost the collector not a little time and trouble, espe- cially no. VI., if as active as most of the Talitride! he specimens are in excellent condition, reflecting great credit on Sr. Moreira, at whose request examples of each species have been sent to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). (B) Monsieur le Prof. Carlos E. Porter, Editor of the ‘Chilian Review of Natural History,’ Santiago, Chile, collected at Arica, Chile. 344 Mr. A. O. Walker on ISOPODA. I. ? Cymodoce truncata, Leach, 1818, 3. 1818. Spheroma prideauxvianum, Leach. 9. 1868. Spheroma prideauxianum, Bate & Westwood, Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crustacea, p. 415. 1868. Cymodocea truncata, Leach, Hist. Brit, Sessile-eyed Crustacea, 426, 18%3, Cymodocea truncata, Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) vol. xvii. p. 14, ol. ay 1900. Evospheroma prideauvianum, Leach, Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 553. 1905. Cymodoce truncata, Leach, H. J. Hansen, “ Propagation, Classi- fication, &e. of Spheromidee,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xlix. (1) pp. 69-135, pl vii. 1906. Cy 'ymodoce truncata, Norman & Scott, Crust. Devon and Cornwall, p- 44, pl. iv. figs. 3-14. As all the specimens collected (about thirty) appear to be immature, the species cannot be identified with certainty ; none of them exceeded 5 mm. in length, and no ovigerous females were observed. They agree pretty closely with the form figared by Norman and Scott (op. cit. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 6) and considered by them to be possibly young males. Re- garding the specific identity of Cymodoce truncata and Spheroma prideauxianum, the references given above may be consulted. II. Idothea baltica (Pallas). Rio de Janeiro. A large number of specimens, very variable in colour, marking, and size. Females with ova measure from 6 mm. to 10 mm. in length. This is a cosmopolitan species: for localities and synonyms see ‘ Jsopods of N. America,” Miss H. Richardson (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 54, 1905, p. 363). AMPHIPODA. III. Nototropis minikoi (A. O. Walker). Rio. 1905. Paratylus minikoi, A. O, W., Gardiner, Fauna Mald. Laccad. vol. ii. p. 925, fig. 141. In quantity : previously recorded only from the lagoon of the island Minikoi, one of the Ma!dives. irae % Moire ee = *Edriophthalma from South America, d45 1V. Elasmopus rapaz, Costa. Rio and Arica (var.). A few—male, female, and young. A very widely distributed species. In connection with this may be mentioned a form received from Prof. Carlos E. Porter, of Santiago, Chile, and collected % AS i Qui BN — Y Mf — GP? ?-—EE=" ii Elasmopus rapax, var, dentipalma, Second gnathopod, adult ¢. at Arica, which I can only regard as a variety of the above. The female and young male do not differ from £. rapaz, nor does the adult male except in the second gnathopod, of which the following is a description :—Side-plates irregularly rounded, rather small. Hind lobe of fifth joint not projecting beyond hind margin of sixth, densely setose. Sixth joint: hind margin about half as long as the palm, which is defined 346 On Edriophthalma from South America. by a strong tooth ; on the inner side near the hinge of the dactylus is a broad irregularly rounded tooth, below which is another similar to that defining the palm but larger. On the outer side, opposite to the rounded tooth and projecting beyond it, is a long curved tooth with rounded apex (as in figure, p. 345), the dactylus when closed lying between the two teeth. Length of adult male9 mm. It may be called var. dent:- palma, Specimens in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). V. Mera inequipes (A. Costa). Arica. Three specimens. VI. Orchestoidea brasiliensis (Dana). Rio. In quantity. Length of female with ova 10 mm. VII. Orchestia chiliensis, M.-E. Arica. Many. Length of large g¢ 20 mm. VIII. Hyale grandicornis (Kroyer), Arica. About twelve. 1X. Hyale media (Dana). Rio. Many. X. Amphithoé intermedia, A. O. Walker. Rio, Seven. Widely distributed: Ceylon, Indian Ocean, Gambier Islands *, 8. Africa. XI. Caprella scaura, Templeton. Rio. Caprella attenuata, Dana ‘from Rio de Janeiro], Mayer, Die Caprel- liden, p. 67, figs. 24, 25. Caprella scaura, Temp., Mayer, Caprellide ‘Siboga’ Exped. p. 117, pl. v. figs. 13-18. Six specimens. | * Chevreux, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol, xx. 1907, p. 516, fig. 29, a Geological Society.— Miscellaneous. 347 PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. December Ist, 1915.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The PrestpEnt exhibited lantern-slides lent by Prof. Eiitor Smiru to illustrate the fossil human skull found at Talgai, Darling Downs, Queensland, in 1914. The specimen was brought to the notice of the British Association in Sydney by Prof. T. W. Edgeworth David, and would shortly be described by him and Prof. Arthur Smith. It was obtained from a river-deposit in which remains of Diprotodon and other extinct marsupials had already been discovered, and there could be no doubt that it belonged to the Pleistocene fauna. It therefore explained the oceurrence of the dingo with the extinct marsupials. The skull is typically human and of the rimitive Australian type, but differs from all such skulls hitherto ound in possessing relatively large canine teeth, which interlock like those of an ape. The upper canine shows a large facet worn to its base by the lower premolar. The discovery of the Talgai skull is, therefore, an interesting sequel to that of Mr. Charles Dawson’s Piltdown skull, in which the canine teeth are even more ape-like. The thanks of the Fellows present were accorded to Prof. Elliot Smith. MISCELLANEOUS. Pareiasaurian Nomenclature. To the Editors of the *‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ Srrs,—Mr. D. M. 8. Watson published a paper in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for July 1914, “On the Nomenclature of the South African Pariasaurians,’ in which he revises the names at present in use. The trouble arises mainly from the fact that Owen’s type-skull of Pareiasaurus serridens is lost, and we have only a bad cast and a fragment of lower jaw. In the British Museum are one nearly perfect and two imperfect skeletons which have been referred to Pareiasaurus by every previous worker. The skeletons found in Russia and others in South Africa have also been hitherto referred to Pareiasaurus. Watson has discovered in the British Museum a number of 348 Miscellaneous. portions of the posteranial skeleton of what appears to be the original type; and as there is evidence of the presence of large dorsal scutes, he proposes to remove most of the other so-called Pareiasaurs to other genera, The classical specimen figured by Seeley and represented in most geological textbooks becomes Bradysaurus. The magnificent Cape Town specimen becomes Embrithosaurus. But a more serious matter is that our South- African Pareiasaurus zone, accepted by all our geological surveys and textbooks, becomes the V'apinocephalus zone. One might put up with the inconvenience if it cleared up all the confusion, but unfortunately it does not. All the larger Pareiasaurs are un- doubtedly very closely allied one to the other, and were it not for the condition of the dermal scutes would be placed in one genus. All those specimens in which the dermal scutes are unknown will have to be left in a kind of limbo. Thus, even Watson cannot tell us whether Pareiasaurus bombidens, of which there are two fair skeletons in the British Museum, belongs to Pareiasaurus, Brady- saurus, or Embrithosaurus. Now, while Watson’s conclusions may, strictly speaking, be perfectly sound, one would like some way out of the inconvenience, and I might suggest the following modus vivendi. In paleontology a genus and species cannot have quite the same relative value as in living forms, as we can never know much of hairs, feathers, or epidermal scales, If a herpetologist were given the skulls of one hundred species of Lygosoma, it is pretty certain he would not find many differences; and if they were found in an Eocene deposit, most probably all would be referred to a very few species. In fact, a genus of recent herpetology is about equivalent to a species of the paleontologist; and considering that the paleontologist has usually only imperfect skeletons to work on, it can never be otherwise. With regard to Paureiasauwrus, what I should suggest is to regard the condition of the dermal scutes as of merely subgeneric value, and to keep all the large Pareiasaurs in the original genus Pareia- saurus. If one wishes to subdivide the genus, one can place in a distinct subgenus any forms whose scutes appear to differ con- siderably from the type. The British Museum fine skeleton would be Pareiasaurus (Bradysaurus) baini, if one wished to be very precise, and the Cape Town mounted specimens Paretasaurus (Embrithosaurus) schwarzi, and Paretasaurus (Pureiasuchus) perin- gueyt ; but for the majority of mankind the generic name Pareia- saurus would be sufficient, and the Pareiasaurus zone would remain as the zone where the Pareiasaurs first appear. I remain, &c., R. Broom. ade: THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [EIGHTH SERIES.) No. 101. MAY 1916. XL.—New Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Amone a collection of mosquitoes recently received by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, from Dr. A. T. Stanton of Kuala Lumpur, were eight specimens of crane-flies which the sender wished to have named. These were referred to the writer for examination, and proved to belong to seven un- described species. Descriptions of these are appended in the following pages, and the opportunity has been taken of including a few other hitherto-undescribed species from the same region, which are represented in the British Museum collection. The types of Dr. Stanton’s new species have been presented to the British Museum by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology. Subfam. Trevzrrvm. Group DoticHoPeEZINI., Miroreza, gen. n. No distinct nasus. Antenne (2?) 12-jointed, not longer than head and thorax; flagellar joints slender, with fine pubescence and a few stiff hairs on the upper side. Third antennal joint longer than the first two together. Pronotum not prominent. Ovipositor (fig. 1, p. 356) extremely short, dnn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 24 350 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the lower valves fleshy and hairy; ducts of spermathecee enormously long, if uncoiled they would be much longer than the whole body. Legs long and slender, the tarsi hair-like. Venation: Rs moderately short; R, vertical, but scarcely perceptible, being only represented by a slight thickening of the membrane; base of Ry,,, vertical, in a straight line with the R—M cross-vein ; ceil lst M, present, twice as long as broad; cell M, sessile; Cu, fused with M for a con- siderable distance, but leaving it again before the fork ; cell Cu, broadest at the base; Cu, straight; Ax rather long. Genotype.—The species described below. Mitopeza differs from Dolichopeza in possessing the cell lst M, and in the position of the fork of M,, which is just before the R—M cross-vein instead of far beyond it, and from all other genera of the Dolichopezini in the fusion of Cu, with M taking place well before the fork. The female genitalia are very remarkable. Mitopeza nitidirostris, sp.n. (Fig. 1, p. 356.) 2. Head dull, dark brownish; front smooth, a quarter of the width of the head in its narrowest part. Proboscis shining, brownish, shorter than the head. Labella and palpi blackish. Antenne scarcely as long as the head and thorax together; scape and first flagellar joints light brown, remainder dark brown. First joint about twice as long as broad ; second nearly round, narrower towards the base ; third joint slender, half as long again as the first two together; fourth rather more than half as long as the third, remainder gradually and slightly decreasing in length. Second joint with a small forwardly-projecting tuft of black hairs on the inner side; flagellar jomts with in- conspicuous hairs on the upper surface, Thorax dark brown, with indications of three darker stripes above ex- tending from the front margin to the suture. Mesonotum scarcely, pleuree considerably shining. Abdomen dark brownish, with shimmering whitish lateral spots (the speci- men is too contorted to describe accurately). Legs blackish, femora lighter on the basal fourth (middle legs missing). Wings somewhat infuscated, strongly iridescent; stigma dark brown, with a whitish spot on each side, that towards the apex being the more conspicuous; a minute whitish spot over the veins at the base of cell Ist M,; cross-veins and branches of Cu narrowly bordered with fuscouns, especially on Cua, Halteres with pale stem and dark knob. new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 351 Length of body about 7 mm.; wing 12 mm. Kepan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 2. In coloration M. nitidirostris must strongly resemble Tipula sinabangensis, de Meij., recently described from Simalur, but presumably de Meijere’s species has the venation of a Tipula, though he does not describe the wing in detail. Group TIPULINI. Tipula klossi, sp. n. 2. Head dark brown, with a blackish median line; front occupying more than a quarter of the width of the head, rather prominent above the antennze. Proboscis brownish, shorter than the head; nasus extremely short, a mere rounded prominence; palpi dark brown. Antenne 13- jointed, the 13th joint less than half as long as the 12th. Scape light brownish. First flagellar joint cylindrical, light brownish, with some short black hairs in the middle on the underside, longer than the first scapal joint; intermediate flagellar joints light brown with a blackish base which is slightly enlarged on the upper side ; last two or three joints entirely dark brown; verticillate hairs much longer on the upper side of the joints than on the lower. Thorax dull, brown, with four darker brown stripes, the lateral pair shortened in front and extending back on to the scutum. Postnotum more greyish in the middle. Addomen rather light brownish, the segments with dark brown bands apically. Legs blackish, the femora lighter towards the base. Wings very slightly infuscated, the costal cell rather more so; stigma dark brown ; a narrow dark brown cloud over Cua; a small whitish spot on each side of the stigma, and another obliquely across cell Ist M,. Pubescence on the veins in the apical part of the wing very noticeable. Venation: Rs extremely short, much shorter than the stigma, and equal in length to the first section of M,,5. Stalk of cell M, nearly one-third as long as the cell. Cu, meeting M exactly at the fork and fused with M; for about half the length of the cell lst M,. Cross-vein connecting M,,, with M; extremely short, the cell Ist M, being therefore almost diamond-shaped. My, M;, and the descending portion of Cu, parallel and rather close together. Anal angle of wing well-marked, the cell Ax, therefore, broadest in the middle. Halteres \ight brownish, the club somewhat darker. Length of body 13 mm.; wing 1] mm. 24+ 352 Mr. F. W. Edwards on Kevan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 2 9 (type in British Museum; paratype in Kuala Lampur Museum). In the rudimentary nasus, the extreme shortness of Rs, and the long fusion of Cu, with Ms, as well as in the small size of the cell Ist My, this species is very distinct. 7’. in- conspicua, de Meij,, is similar in many respects, but in that -species the contact of Cu, with M, is almost puncti- form. In the rudimentary nasus and the shortness of the verticillate hairs on the under side of the flagellum the new species resembles the European 7’. variicornis, Schum. Subfam. Lrrwosryz. Group LiIMNoBIINI. Rhipidia rostrifera, sp. n. ¢. Head brownish-grey. Proboscis black, slightly longer than the head; palpi black, placed near the tip of the pro- bosecis. Antenne: first joint yellowish, dark at the tip; second joint yellowish; third to thirteenth joints obscurely yellowish, dark at the base, from which springs a pair of long black pubescent processes ; the processes on the third and thirteenth joints are not much longer than the joint, those on the intermediate joints are much longer, the longest being quite four times the length of a joint; fourteenth joint black, simple, rather longer than the others. Thorax covered with a brownish-grey pollinosity, without distinct markings, a dark central line, however, is observable when the thorax is looked at from behind. Abdomen dark brown; in certain lights the hind margins of the segments are whitish. Genitalia of the ordinary Dicranomyia type. Legs brownish, femora lighter towards the base; claws simple. Wings hyaline with four dark brown spots on the costa situated at the tip of the wing, the tip of Sc, the tip of R,, and the middle of Sc, the last two being larger than the first two; there is also a dark brown spot in the base of the basal cells and another at the tip of Ax; the tips of the other veins and the cross-veins are also darkened, but less conspicuously. Sc, ending opposite base of Rs, Se, near its tip; cells lst and 2nd M, confluent (i. e., discal cell open, confluent with the 2nd posterior) ; Cuja meeting M at the fork. Veins dark, except costa, Sec, and R,, which are yellow except where crossed by the dark spots. Halteres with yellow stem and black knob. Length of body 5 mm.; wing 5 mm. new Tipulidee from the Malay Peninsula. 353 Kepan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T.. Stanton), 1 2. Readily distinguishable from the other Oriental species by the wing-markings. Limnobia crocea, sp. n. Head: vertex orange, blackish anteriorly; front grey, linear, the eyes almost touching for a considerable distance. Proboscis, palpi, and antennee entirely black. Flagellar joints (except the first) each with a single very long hair in the middle on the upper side, and a few short ones below ; first few joints of the flagellum rounded, remainder gradually becoming elongate-oval ; last joint slender and nearly twice as long as the penultimate. Zhorawx entirely orange, except for a broad black median stripe on the prascutum and two large black spots on the scutum, the black parts shining, the rest not. Abdomen orange except the eighth segment and male genitalia, which are black ; ovipositor orange. Legs: coxe and trochanters orange, remainder black. Wings slightly tinged with brownish-yellow, stigma small, brown; larger brown spots over the base of Ks and the apex of Se, and a brown band over the central cross-veins which practically reaches the hind margin; basal fifth of wing dark brown. Venation as in L. longinervis, Brun., except that the marginal cross-vein is long, oblique, and slightly curved, simulating the tip of R,, the real tip being less distinct and turned sharply up to the costa. Halteres with orange stem and black knob. Length of body 7-10 mm.; wing 975-11 mm. Stam: Sungkie, 9.11. 1902 (Robinson § Annandale), 1 3, a2. The only previously described species with which this can be compared is L. longinervis, Brun., which is quite distinct in coloration. Both species might be placed almost equally well in Libnotes, Libnotes scutellata, sp. n. (Fig. 2, p. 356.) Head deep ochreous. Frons very narrow. Proboscis and palpi blackish. Antennze shorter than the thorax, scape blackish, flagellum brownish. Basal flagellar joints ex- panded apically, scarcely longer than broad ; apical joints more slender, but hardly longer, except the last one; hairs short. Thorax: pronotum ochreous; a brown streak on each side below its edge, almost connected with a rather large brown patch above the front coxe. Prascutum brownish-ochreous; two pairs of brown marks on the 354 Mr. F. W. Edwards on lateral margin, on each side of the pseudo-suture; two pairs of short brown streaks above near the suture, the outer pair very small. Scutum ochreous, paler in the middle, with a pair of dark brown spots. Scutellum whitish, the posterior margin narrowly blackish. Postnotum dark brown, rather narrowly ochreous at the sides. Pleure ochreous; a small, roundish, blackish-brown spot below and in front of the root of the wing, and a dark brown patch just above and in front of the middle coxa. Abdomen ochreous ; a narrow blackish lateral line, most distinct on the basal segments, and more prominent in the male than in the female. Hypopygium, fig. 2. Legs ochreous brown; tips of tibie and a preapical ring on the femora dark brown. Wings slightly ochreous-tinged, with numerous brown patches, the three largest of which are near the base of the cell R, at the anal angle, and over the tips of M,, M,, aud Cu, ; others are situated over the cross-veins, at the base of Rs, at the tips of Se, R,;, Cu,, and Ax, at the fork of M,,., and near the base and apex of R,,3; besides these there are a few other smaller spots on some of the veins. Venation: R, continued beyond the cross-vein for more than twice the length of the latter before turning up to the costa; cell lst M, about five times as long as its greatest breadth; M,,,. forking a little before middle, and Cu, meeting M at about one-third of cell Ist My. Halteres ochreous. Length of body 15 mm.; wing, g 20 mm., 9 17 mm. Siam: Talum, 18.1.1902 (Robinson § Annandale), 1 3, lee Allied to L. peciloptera, O.-S., in venation, but readily distinguished by the thoracic and wing markings. Libnotes stantoni, sp. n. 2. Head brownish; proboscis, palpi, and antenne black, except the last four flagellar joints, which are dark brownish. Front very narrow. Basal flagellar joints almost rounded, very little longer than broad, the other joints becoming towards the apex gradually more slender and rather longer, so that joints 11-13 are nearly three times as long as broad, aud very little broader in the middle; the last joint is slender, four or five times as long as broad; short hairs on the upper sides of the flagellar jomts. Thoraz slightly shining, dark brownish, without distinct markings except for the usual pair of darker spots ou the scutum; a dark patch on the pleure above the front cox; postnotum new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 355 blackish. Abdomen ochreous, without markings; long yellow hairs at the base of the ovipositor. Legs brown, femora with a black preapical ring. Wings very faintly yellowish-tinged, the base of the wing and the costal cell conspicuously so; veins yellowish, black where the dark markings cover them. Anal angle darkened; a fuscous band near the base of the wing extending almost con- tinuously from R to the hind margin and covering the apex of Ax; fuscous clouds over all the cross-veins and the base of Rs, the tips of R,.and Cuy, and the base of the fork of M, and M,; in addition, there is a cloud near the base of Ro,; which just extends on to Ry,;, another near the apex of R,,;, and one at the tip of M, which just extends on to the tip of M,; a few other dark specks on the veins of the apical third of the wing. Sc, exactly at the tip of Se, ; R, continued beyond the marginal cross-vein for a distance rather greater than the length of the cross-vein, then turned sharply up to the costa, with a stump at the angle; Rs nearly three times as long as the basal section of Ry,,;; M,,. forks a little before middle of cell lst M,; Cu, meeting M; a little before the fork of M, and M,; cell Ist M, more than three times as long as its greatest width. Halteres ochreous. Length of body 9 mm.; wing 11 mm. Kevan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 ¢?. This species is in some respects intermediate between L. notatinervis, Brun., and L. punctipennis, Meij., but seems to be distinct from both. The wing-markings are very similar to those of L. scutellata, but not quite so extensive ; L. scutellata also differs in its thoracic markings and its much greater size. Libnotes limpida, sp. n. 2. Head rather dark ochreous-brown; proboscis and antennz brownish, the latter light ochreous apically. Flagellar joints rounded, only the last two or three being rather more elongate. Thorax: prescutum brownish, lighter in front, whitish in the middle posteriorly ; scutum, scutellum, and postnotum whitish-ochreous ; postnotum brownish at the sides, with a small blackish spot on each side at the base ; pleure light ochreous, a black dot beneath the root of the wing, and several small short brownish streaks, some of which form a discontinwus line across the middle of the coxw. Abdomen dingy ochreous, the segments darker towards the base on the dorsal side. Legs light 356 Mr. F. W. Edwards on \ aN] Vig. 1.—Mitopeza nitidirostris, gen. et sp.n. Apex of 9 abdomen from above. The tergite is represented as transparent, in order to show (diagrammatically) the spermathecz with their coiled ducts. Fig. 2.—Libnotes seutellata, sp.n. Left half of hypopygium from above. Fig. 3.—Rhamphidia nigriceps, sp. n. Fig. 4.—Gymunastes pictipennis, sp. 0. Fig. 5.— Gnophomyia maculipleura, sp. n. Fig. 6.— fa Sraterna, sp. 1. Be a All figures made with aid of camera lucida from balsam preparations. ” tb] new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 357 ochreous, tips of tibiz and a preapical ring on the femora brownish. Wings slightly greyish, without distinct dark markings of the membrane; veins yellowish, cross-veins, base of Rs, tips of R,, M,, M., Cu,, Cu, An, and Ax, and base of fork of M, and M,, dark; a dark mark near base and another smaller one near apex of R.,;, another near base of An. Venation much as in ZL. stantoni, but R, not continued quite so far beyond the cross-vein as the length of the latter; M,,. forking beyond the middle of cell Ist Mg, ‘and Cu, meeting M, before one-third of this cell. Halteres ochreous. Length of body 9 mm.; wing 1] mm. Kepan : Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 2. Though it might be taken for a very pale specimen of L. stantoni, this species is undoubtedly distinct, if only on account of the structural difference in the antenne. Libnotes lutea, sp. un. ¢. Head dark grey, whitish round the eye-margins ; front narrow, silvery. Proboscis and palpi brownish. Antenne with the scape light brown, the flagellum dark brown ; flagellar joints oval, shortly stalked, the last two or three more elongate. Thorax uniformly shining light ochreous, except for a dark brown spot on each side of the scutum immediately in front of the root of the wings. Abdomen uniformly shining light ochreous. Leys light ochreous, the extreme tips of the femora and tibie and the last three or four basal joints dark. Wings practically hyaline, with light fuscous stigma; veins yellowish, except the central cross-veins and the whole of Cu, which are dark; extreme tip of wing indistinctly darkened. Se, strong, oblique, more conspicuous than the tip of Sc,; tip of R, turned sharply up to the costa, simulating a cross-vein, the marginal cross-vein right-angled, with a short stump arising from the angle, the horizontal portion longer than the vertical (in other words, the first longitudinal vein ends in the second and is connected with the costa by a cross- vein) ; cell Ist M, less than three times as long as broad, M,,. forking near its apex; Cu, meeting M, a little before middle of cell. Length of body 6 mm.; wing 7 mm. Kepau : Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 2. This species seems to be quite distinct in coloration from any previously described. 358 Mr. F. W. Edwards on Group RHAMPHIDIINI. Rhamphidia nigriceps, sp.n. (Fig. 3, p» 356.) Head velvety blackish-brown, frons rather narrow, with a small grey spot above the antenne. Antennz, proboscis, and palpi brown. Proboscis a little longer than the head. Antenne not much longer than the proboscis; first five flagellar joints roundish, remainder oval ; hairs about twice as long as each joint. Z'horax dark brown above, lighter brown on the pleure, without markings. Abdomen uni- formly dark brown; ovipositor lighter. Hypopygium, fig. 3. Legs dark brown, the tarsi lighter apically. Wings nearly hyaline, stigma rather faint. Venation: Sc, continued far beyond base of Rs, its tip much less distinct than Se; Rs arising exactly in middle of wing-length ; cell R, narrow in apical third; R, and R,,; ending in costa rather close together ; R-M cross-vein present, situate about its own length beyond the fork of Rs; cell lst M, pentagonal, its apical side shortest; Cu, meeting M just before or at the base of the cell. Halteres brown. Length of body 4—5 mm. ; wing 5-6 mm. Siam: Bukit Besar, 2 ¢ (incl. type), 1 93; Talum, 18.i.1901, 2 g,1 2 (Robinson § Annandale). Differs from R. kambangani in the blackish head and the position of Cu. Rhamphidia rufescens, sp. u. Head light grey; proboscis, palpi, and scape of antennz light reddish brown ; flagellum brownish, the basal joints round, the rest oval, last three or four a little more elongate, and with longer hairs, the hairs on the rest of the flagellum being very short. Thorax and abdomen slightly shining, uniformly light reddish-brown. Legs light brownish. Wings transparent ; venation as in R. nigriceps. Halteres pale. Length of body 5 mm. ; wing 5°5 mm. Serancor: Bukit Kutu, Feb. 1903 (Dr. H. E. Durham), p yD Evidently closely related to the preceding, but seems distinct on account of its grey head, lighter colour, and slightly different antenne. It should be noted that the specimen is somewhat immature. Gymnastes pictipennis, sp.n. (Fig. 4, p. 356.) Head yellowish, darker in the middle, rather thickly covered with black hair; frons very broad. Scape of i OB it eptae a new Tipulidee from the Malay Peninsula. 359 antenne reddish-brown ; flagellum black, the joints oval, with long hairs. Thorax almost uniformly shining blue- black, tinged with brown on the sides of the mesonotum. Pronotum well developed, but not to the same extent as in typical Teucholabis. Abdomen uniformly dark purplish, somewhat shining. Hypopygium, fig. 4. Legs dark, clothed with dark purple scales, a narrow ring of yellow on the apical third of each femur ; the femora are not clubbed, but gently and slightly enlarged towards their tips. Wings whitish hyaline, with three complete dark brown fasciz, the first well before, the second immediately beyond the middle, the third occupying rather more than the apical fourth of the wing ; the first fascia is nearly or quite connected with the second by a median projection in cell M; the second has its distal margin irregularly concave, and between it and the third is a squarish dark brown spot over the apex of cell Ist M;. Venation: Ry, present, short, ending exactly in the tip of R,; Rs arising before one-third of the wing-length, not at all curved at its base; marginal cross-vein situated on R, a little beyond its base; cell lst M, about twice as long as broad, scarcely narrowed at the base, the three veins at its apex equidistant ; R—M cross-vein joining M,,, a little beyond its base ; Cu, meeting M; near base of cell Ist Mo. Halteres black, tip of knob white. Length of body 6 mm.; wing 6 mm. Sram: Bukit Besar (Robinson § Annandale), 2 3. The genus Gymnastes was founded by Brunetti in 1911 for G. violaceus, Brun. (= Teucholabis cyanea, Edw.), the author differentiating it from Teucholabis chiefly on the absence of a distinct neck and the clubbed femora. Neither of these characters being of much value, Alexander proposed to sink Gymnastes in Teucholabis, a course which the writer was till now inclined to favour. G. cyaneus, however, shares with the present new species the very peculiar character (for a Tipulid) of having the legs covered with scales; and this, together with some other minor characters, such as the reduced neck and the colour of the halteres, will perhaps serve to keep Gymnastes distinct. The apparent gulf between G. cyaneus and G. pictipennis with regard to neuration is bridged by Gnophomyia ornatipennis, de Meij., which is almost identical with G. cyaneus in colouring and yet has R, present, and in much the same condition as in G. pictipennis. A specimen of an undescribed Japanese species or variety closely resembling G. ornatipennis is in the British Museum collection, and shows the same scales on the legs as in G. cyaneus and G, pictipennis. I have, 360 Mr. F. W. Edwards on therefore, no hesitation in referring Gnophomyia ornatipennis, de Meij., to Gymnastes, which is a very interesting genus, as it appears to connect Yeucholabis with the Gnophomyia group. The hypopygium shows a greater resemblance to Teucholabis than to Gnophomyia. Group Er1rorrTeRiInNti. Gnophomyia maculipleura, sp.n. (Fig. 5, p. 356.) Head dull blackish, front very broad. Antenne nearly twice as long as the thorax in both sexes; scape light brown, flagellum dark brown ; first joint not much longer than broad, second round; flagellar joints elongate-oyal, almost cylindrical, at the base about four times as long as broad, at the apex not quite so long, all clothed with a dense pubescence as long as their width and with rather numerous hairs as long as the length of the joints. Thorax dark reddish-brown, scutellum and pleure lighter, the pleurz with two large roundish black spots, one on the hypopleura — and one just below and in front of the root of the wing. Abdomen uniformly dark brown. Hypopygium, fig. 5. Ovipositor resembling that of G. orientalis, de Meij. Legs brownish, tarsi somewhat darker. Wings hyaline, the veins blackish, stigma faint. Venation as in G. orientalis, de Meij., the relative lengths of Rs and R,,, are somewhat variable. The pubescence on the veius is not quite so noticeable as in de Meijere’s figure. Halteres blackish. Length of body, ¢ 4 mm., 2? 5 mm.; wing, ¢ 4mm., 95 mm.; antenne 2 mm. Sram: Bukit Besar (Robinson § Annandale), 2 3 (incl. type), 19. This species belongs to the same group as the American G. tristissima, O.-S., the type of the genus. As Osten- Sacken long ago pointed out, there are two distinct types at present included within the genus; in the present writer’s opinion the other group might well be removed to a distinct genus, to which the name Dasymallomyia may perhaps be applicable, though D. signata, Brun., the type of this latter — genus, presents some rather noticeable differences from the _ other species, such as G. luctuosa, O.-S., and G. eleyans, Wied. G. maculipleura is evidently closely allied to G. orientalis, — de Meij., aud may eventually prove to be the same species, but appears to be well distinguished by the two distinct blackish spots on the pleure. a p new Tipulide from the Malay Peninsula. 361 Gnophomyia fraterna, sp. u. (Fig. 6, p. 356.) Coloration and wing-venation as in G. maculipleura, but the antennz a little shorter, the pubescence on the flagellum longer and the hairs shorter, so that the difference in length between pubescence and hairs is not so noticeable; male genitalia (fig. 6) of quite different structure ; pubescence of wing-veins rather more evident. Sevanoor (A. L. Butler), 1 2g. Gnophomyia nigrescens, sp. n. Whole body, except the ovipositor, blackish, somewhat shining. Antenne a little longer than the head and thorax together, with long hairs as in G. maculipleura, but here the flagellar pubescence is rather longer and less regular. Ovi- positor reddish-brown, of similar structure, but rather longer than that of G. maculipleura. Wing as in G, maculipleura ; legs rather darker. Siam: Talum, 3500 ft., 17.1. 1902 (Robinson § Annandale), 1¢. Oxydiscus umbrosus, sp. 0. @. Head dull grey; front almost silvery, broad and rather swollen. Antenne 15-jointed, first joint yellowish, dark at the tip, second joint whitish, remainder blackish ; joints 3-5 rather broadly oval, joint 6 cylindrical, a little longer than broad, joints 7-15 cylindrical, rather more than twice as long as broad. Thorax: mesonotum shining ochreous-brown, without markings; pleure light ochreous with two indistinct dark stripes. Abdomen dark brown, ovipositor lighter. Legs almost unifcrmly light ochreous, only the apical tarsal joints lighter. Wings slightly greyish with darker clouds at the tips of all the veins (except Sc) and over the cross-veins; additional dark clouds over the base of Rs, at the base of the forks of M, and M,, and in the middle of cell Ist R,. Tip of wing slightly hairy, Rs angulated near the base, the cell lst R, rather broad ; marginal cross-veiu vertical, placed exactly at the fork of R.,35 cross-vein R-M meeting M,,, a little above the fork, so that cell lst M, does not quite come to a point at the base; fork of M, and M, scarcely as long as the second section of M;,.; second section of M; straight and scarcely longer than the cross-vein connecting it with M,,,; Ax turned rather sharply downwards at the tip. Halteres light ochreous. Length of body 4 mm.; wing 4 mm. 362 Dr. Chas. Chilton on a new Species of the Kepan: Kedah Peak, 3200 ft. (Dr. A. T. Stanton), 1 9. In spite of its obviously close relationship with O. nebulosus, de Meij., there are a number of small differences in venation in which the new species bears a greater resemblance to Cladura. The characters common to both species of Ory- discus, distinguishing them from Cladura, are the shortness of Se and the presence of surface-hairs towards the apex of the wing. XLI.—A new Species of the Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New Zealand. By Cuas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand. THE genus Hyale is represented in New Zealand by several species, of which, perhaps, the commonest is H. rubra (G. M. Thomson), which is found on all parts of the New Zealand coast, and agrees well with the brief description given by Stebbing in ‘ Das Tierreich, Amphipoda’ (p. 572). In November 1915 a number of specimens of Hyale were sent to me by Mr. P. W. Grenfell from Cuvier Island. Most of these proved to belong to Hyale rubra, but among them there was one that attracted my attention by its peculiar maxillipedes, the terminal joints of which were greatly ex- panded and thickly covered with long sete. On examination it proved that this specimen, which was a male, differed from H. rubra in the second gnathopod also, and I am therefore describing it as a new species. Unfortunately I have only the single specimen, but the characters of the maxillipedes and the second gnathopods are so distinctive that it will be easy to recognize itagain. It is quite likely that the peculiar development of the maxillipedes is found in the male only, and is to be looked upon as a secondary sexual character, but the female of this species is at present unknown. The following will serve as a description :— Hyale grenfelli, sp.n. (Figs. 1-5.) Specific diagnosis. Male.—In general resembling A. rubra (G. M. Thomson), but differing in the maxillipedes, which have the carpus and propod greatly dilated and thickly covered with long slender hairs, and in the second gnathopod, in which the palm is only slightly oblique, well defined, broad, the margin on both outer and inner sides being deeply Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New Zealand. 363 concave and provided with numerous short setules, the finger short and rather blunt. Colour, The body variously marked with pink, as in HI, rubra, Size. 7 mm. Female unknown. Fig. 1. Fig. 1.—Hyale grenfelli, 3. Maxillipeds. Fig. 2.—Ditto, First gnathopod. Fig. 3.—Ditto, Second gnathopod. 364 Dr. Chas. Chilton on a new Species of the Locality. Cuvier Island, off the coast of Auckland, New Zealand ; between tide-marks. I have named the species after Mr. P. W. Grenfell, Keeper of the Cuvier Island Lighthouse, to whom I am indebted for many interesting specimens of Crustacea. In addition to the above brief diagnosis, the following description may be given :— Side-plates 1-4 fairly deep, first one widening slightly below and produced a little anteriorly. Third segment of pleon with postero-lateral corner quadrate, very little out- drawn, subacute, the posterior margin nearly straight, but ig. 4.— _Hyale grenfelli, 3. Fifth pereeopod. Fig. 5.—Ditto. Urus, with uropoda and telson. with a few faint irregularities and three very minute setules. Eyes rather large, irregularly rounded. Antenna 1 half as long as antenna 2, peduncle short, the segments decreasing regularly in size, flagellum with about sixteen joints. An- tenna 2 more than half as long:as the body, ultimate joint of peduncle slightly longer than preceding ; flagellum long, about twice as long as peduncle, with many joints. Amphipodan Genus Hyale from New Zealand. 365 Mouth-parts with exception of maxillipeds present no abnormal features. The maxillipeds are of the usual struc- ture in the proximal joints, but the carpus and propod are very greatly dilated, so as to be fully as broad as long, the inner margins being very convex; tle inner part of the surface of the carpus and the whole surface of the propod thickly covered with long hairs irregularly arranged in trans- verse rows, the longest extending considerably beyond the end of the finger. The finger is much shorter than the outer margin of the propod, it is narrow and tapers regularly to the extremity. The outer margins of the carpus, propod, and finger are fringed with sete. The carpus is narrowed at the base, and the distal portion of the limb is twisted upon this so as to lie in a plane more or less at right angles to that of the proximal portion. First gnathopod with side-plate slightly widened below and produced a little anteriorly ; basis widening distally ; carpus with well-rounded lobe of hind margin fringed with a regular series of sete, which increase in length distally ; pro- pod oblong, anterior margin slightly convex, devoid of sete except fora tuft at base of finger, posterior margin straight, with a regular row of sete which increase in length distally ; palm slightly oblique, curved, and fringed with sete of varying lengths; finger fitting closely on to palm. Second gnathopod with side-plate quadrate; basal joint long ; hind margin a little convex, with a few setee ; anterior margin produced on the outer side into a tiin flange, which projects in a rounded lobe beyond the end of the joint and provides a groove for the reception of the propod when reflexed; ischium with the outer margin similarly produced into a thin rounded lobe; merus and carpus both very short and of the usual form; propod very large, oval except for the excavation of the palin; anterior margin fairly convex, without sete; hind margin well developed, rather longer than palm, which is oblique, deeply concave, broad, both inner and outer margins very concave, and with a regular row of setules ; the surface of the palm itself thin, mem- branous, slightly protruding beyond the firm margins; finger short and stout, narrowing abruptly towards the end, pro- duced at the base on the inner side into a rounded lobe with an irregular thickening beyond; inner margin of finger with a row of very minute setules. Perwopods 1 and 2 as long as permopod 3, of normal structure. Pereopods 3-5 increasing slightly in length posteriorly ; basal joint broad, with hind margin very convex and irregu- Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 25 366 Mr, W. C. Crawley on larly crenate below; hind margin of propod without sete except tuft at base of the finger ; sete on anterior margin of uniform size, not serrulate; finger strongly curved, with minute setule. . Uropods 1 and 2 with rami equal in length to the peduncle and provided with lateral and apical spines, the peduncle of the first uropod bearing a specially stout spine on the upper side at the extremity. Third uropod of usual size, with ramus much shorter than peduncle. Telson apparently cleft almost to the base, margins entire and without sete. This species appears to come very close to H. rubra (G.M. Thomson), but until the female is known it is difficult to speak positively about its relationships. XLII.—Ants from British Guiana. By W. C. Craw ey, B.A. THE following list consists of ants collected recently in British Guiana by Mr. G. E. Bodkin, who made a nnmber of interesting observations which form a valuable addition to our knowledge of the habits of many of the species, Dr. Forel and Prof. Emery very kindly determined several of the species with which T was unacquainted. * I. Subfam. Powerrvz (Lepeletier). Tribe ECTATOMMINI (Emery). Ectatomma (s. str.) guadridens, F., 8. «“ A common species about the cultivated coast-land areas. The local nickname is ‘ Kop-Kop.’ These ants are invariably found in the cane-fields, where they perform excellent work by carrying off the larve of the small Moth Borer (Diatrea saccharalis) and the Weevil Borer (Sphenophorus hemipterus, L.). They also destroy the egg-clusters of the small Moth Borer which occur on the leaves of the sugar-cane, and a number of other harmful insects are killed by them. When captured they emit a squeaking sound. They also frequent the flowers of certain commonly occurring plants, and have been observed to capture insects visiting these flowers to obtain the nectar. Formicary unobserved. Insects as soon as captured are carried off by the ants apparently to the nest.” Also in Botanic Gardens. Ants from British Guiana. 367 Ectatomma (s. str.) tuberculatum, Oliv., %. Rockstone, 27. 12. 14. “An uncommon species, and apparently only met with in the interior districts.” Tribe PONERINI (Forel), Subtribe Pacuyconpy.in1, Ashmead, Neoponera (s. str.) villosa, F., subsp. inversa, Sm., ¥. ““Not a common species. Formicary observed on two occasions in a hole in the trunk of. a Cacao-tree. The communities were not large, consisting of about 500-600 individuals. ‘The species seems to occur more commonly in the interior districts.” Pachycondyla (s. str.) crassinoda, Ltr., 8. Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 27. 5. 15. Pachycondyla (s. str.) harpax, F., %. Issororo, N.W. District, 12. 6.15. Tribe ODONTOMACHINI (Mayr.). Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus, F., 8. “A fairly common species. Formicarium, which seldom consists of more than 100 individuals, is frequently found in decaying vegetable matter beneath the dead sheathing leaf- bases of several species of indigenous palms.” Issororo, 3. 6.15. Odontomachus hematoda, L., 3. The single specimen has the node evenly striate all round, as in the var. rugisqguama, For., from Costa Rica and Columbia, but not so coarsely, Georgetown, 11. 5.15. O. hematoda, L., var. laticeps, Rog. ?, 8. A single specimen in a tube containing Pachycondyla harpax, F. It answers very well to the description of Roger, but in the absence of more material I place it with hesitation under var. laticeps. Issororo, 12.6. 15. 368 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Odontomachus hematoda, L., var. pallipes, var. nov. %. Differs from the typical form in being slightly larger, more elongate, the scale slightly broader from back to front, not tapering so gradually into the spine, and particularly in colour, which is entirely ferruginous with the gaster darkest and the mandibles and antennze lighter, and the legs entirely yellow. The nearest described variety appears to be palleus, Wheeler (Bahamas), which is smaller and with a narrower and smoother scale. In var. pallipes the scale is faintly striate transversely in front and behind. Pubescence as in typical form. British Guiana, 20. 4. 15. II. Subfam. Dorrzrvx (Leach). Tribe Ec1rTint, Forel. Eciton (s. str.) hamatum, F., Y, 8. “This species and Ff. burchelli, Westw., are the two common species of ‘ foraging ants’ in British Guiana. Both occur fairly commonly.” Hf. (s. str.) burchellii, Westw., 8. E. (Labidus) cecum (s. str.), Ltr., ¥, 8. ‘* A common species, but owing to its habit of burrowing beneath the surface of the soil it is not frequently observed.” Berlice, 3. 3.15. E. (Acamatus) pilosum, Sm., %. ‘“This is not a common species of Eciton ; it seems to be more partial to the forest areas.” Rockstone, 27.12.14, &c. Ill. Subfam. Mrrurcrva, Lep. Tribe PSEUDOMYRMINI, For. Pseudomyrma biconveaxa, For., %. “From bark of Sapium jenmanni, Hemsl.,” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1. 3. 14. «<4 fairly common species. Formicarium unobserved.” Ants from British Guiana. 369 Ps. gracilis, F., 3. British Guiana, 20. 4. 15. This is a most variable species. Forel (Biol. Cent.-Amer., Formicide) says it nests in hollow stems, where the 8 % rest one behind the other, and varies in colour from yellow through red to black with every imaginable pattern. Ps. elegans, Sm., 8. British Guiana, 24.5. 15. Tribe PHEIDOLINI, Emery. Pheidole fallax (s. str.), Mayr., Ys. “This species is of fairly common occurrence in British Guiana. Formicarium constructed beneath the soil.” Tribe CREMATOGASTRINI, For. Crematogaster stolli, For., var. guianensis, var. nov., Y, 8. L. 3°2-7 mm. These examples of this extremely polymorphic Cremato- gaster differ trom the typical form as follows: Head and thorax a lighter chestnut-brown, with the gaster a much darker brown ; the head much smoother, with hardly any of the irregular punctures so noticeable in Forel’s duplicates, ocelli in % major distinct, the pro-mesonotuim with finer and more regular longitudinal striation; the basal surface of epinotum longitudinally striate fanwise (irregularly and transversely striate in sfolli), spines of epinotum rather longer. Inthe % minor the sculpture is also finer and more regular, and the striation on the epinotum similar to that in the XY. This variety does not appear to be the var. amazonensis, For., from tle Amazon and also Costa Rica, as the description only refers to the colour and spines, and makes no meution of the sculpture. Tribe SOLENOPSIDINI, For. Subtribe Monomorrnt, Eur. Monomorium floricola, Jerd., 3, 2, 8. Tn coconut,” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 7. 4. 14. A cosmopolitan species. 370 Mr. W. C. Crawley on Subtribe SOLENOPSIDINT, For. Solenopsis geminata (s. str.), F., &. ‘Tn hollow stems of plants, and in houses,” 1918 and 1915. This is the typical American form (dark). It appears, however, to be becoming cosmopolitan, like the var. rufa, Jerd., for Sautschi records it from Africa (Gabon, Liberia), and says that in certain districts it is ousting the local species (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. lvii. 1913). S. pylades, For. Port Mourant, 1915, and elsewhere. ‘“‘ Nest in soil at bottom of sugar-canes.”’ S. corticalis, For., subsp. amazonensis, For., 8. “This is one of the commonest ants in British Guiana. It is almost exclusively found in human habitations, and is fond of all food-stuffs, especially sweet oils, sugar, and milk. In the entomological laboratory it is impossible to breed insects unless the benches are kept with the legs standing in kerosene oil, for they speedily discover the presence of living larvee or other forms of insect life in the breeding-cages, and will then enter and destroy them. The formicarium, which is often hard to find, is constructed in crevices in wood-work and is never large, consequently they are difficult to destroy. They do not hesitate to use their sting, which, for the size of the ant, is surprisingly sharp and powerful. I have fre- quently observed small masses of them floating on the surface of water by means of surface-tension ; their object in doing this is not apparent.” Tribe TETRAMORIINI, Emery. Tetramorium guineense, F., 3. ‘¢ A common species, especially in the cane-fields. Formi- cary is usually constructed in the earth at the base of the canes, and varies in size. The larger formicaries form roughly conical mounds about a foot and a half high and a foot in diameter. These mounds are intersected internally with innumerable galleries. The smallest formicaries are only slightly raised above the surface of the ground. The common coccid or ‘ Mealy Bug’ of the sugar-cane (Ripersia sp.) is invariably attended by this ant. Considerable inconvenience is caused at times to the cane-cutters by this species owing Ants from British Guiana, 371 to its sharp and painful sting, the effects of which last for some time. As soon as the nest is disturbed the ants swarm out with their abdomens raised and readily attack the intruder. If the nests become flooded the ants ascend the canes and there construct a temporary shelter of fine earth- particles cemented together, which form a covering. ‘his species has been also observed to attend the coccid Pseudus coccus citri, Risso, when occurring on cacao pods.” This interesting account of this cosmopolitan species shows very different habits from those exhibited in hot-houses in this country. I have observed the habits of this ant in hot- houses at West Leake, Leicestershire, in 1908 and 1909, and at Kew in 1910; in the former locality the nest appeared to be in the crevices of the walls, and the ants ran about on the floor and among the plants. ‘he females, which are ergatoid, and only slightly larger than the workers, were running about among the workers. The ants probably attended coccids, though they were not observed to do so. A species of Ripersia (formicarti, Newstead) is common at Seaton, Devon (1912), and at Porlock, Somerset, in the nests of Lasius niger and flavus, and is highly myrmecophilous. I found the ants always removed the coccids when the nest was disturbed, often before their own larve. Tribe CRYPTOCERINI (F. Smith). Cryptocerus pusillus, Klug., 3. “This species is frequently found moving about on the branches and twigs of smooth barked trees. It is a common species.” Georgetown, and Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914. C. minutus, F., 3. “A common species. A very sluggish ant which will remain absolutely motionless on a leat for hours together. It has been observed to attend the following Coccide : Pulvinaria pyriformis, Ckll.; Coceus hesperidum, L.” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914. C. atratus, L., &. “ A common species. Formicary has been observed in a Jarge hollow in the trunk of a tree (Pachira insignis). The community is large, consisting of several thousands of individuals. The species has been observed to attend the 372 Mr. W. C. Crawley on following species of Coccide: Pseudococcus citri, Risso ; Coceus hesperidum, L. ; Saissetia nigra, Nietn.”’ Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914, C. maculatus, Eur., 2. ‘On leaves of mango tree,” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1915. Tribe DACETINI, For. Daceton armigerum, Ltr., %. “ Fairly common in some districts. When captured with the forceps and placed in alcohol it emits from time to time a sharp click, which continues for some time after being placed in the liquid. Has been observed to attend the Coccid Pseudococcus citri, Risso, on cacao pods. Formicary unobserved.” British Guiana, 1914. Tribe ATTINI (F.Sm.). Atta (s, str.) levigata, Sm., %, 8 media. - ‘‘This species appears to inhabit the sandy soils of the interior. The process of cutting up leaves and carrying them into the nest is carried on exclusively at night, com- mencing shortly after sundown and ceasing just before dawn. I have always observed this species to carry pieces of dead and dry leaves into the nest, not green leaves as with other species of leaf-cutting ants.” Rockstone, 1914. A. (s. str.) cephalotes, L., . “The common leaf-cutting ant of British Guiana. The local name is ‘Coushi’ or ‘ Acoushi’ ant. It seems to prefer the lighter sandy soils for its nests, and these are frequently found in the large sand-reefs which intersect the heavy clay soils in some districts, The formicaries are usually very large and have long underground galleries. This species works at leaf-cutting exclusively at night, though in the daytime some of the smaller forms may occasionally be seen carrying off particles of sand and depositing them at the exits of the galleries. Slight disturbances, such as those caused by a person walking about on the surface of the nest, are sufficient to arouse the ants, including some of the largest Ants from British Guiana. 373 forms, which swarm out to the attack. They speedily ascend the legs of the intruder, and having secured a good grip with their jaws, retain it with a bull-dog tenacity. They are specially fond of all kinds of cultivated plants, and it is almost impossible to cultivate any kind of plant in some districts owing to their depredations. The leaves of the Para Rubber ‘Tree (fevea braziliensis) are readily attacked despite the exudations of the sticky sap which often proves fatal to other insects. No reliable method for their extinction has yet been devised. I have frequently observed, though have never been able to capture, a small species of fly (apparently a Muscid) which hovers over the ants while working in the daytime. From time to time the ants excrete from the tip of their abdomens a tiny globule of liquid, and as soon as this appears the fly darts down and rapidly absorbs it; the ants, though apparently uneasy, make no attempt to drive away the intruder. Atta Acromyrmex octospinosa, Reich., %. Issororo, N.W. District, 1915. A, (A.) méllert, For., subsp. meinerti, For., var. globoculis, For. (in litt.). %. “This species appears to inhabit the interior; it has never been met with on the coastlands. The communities are never large, but frequently a number of communities are met with in a small area. Formicarium with fungus- chamber is invariably found within a decaying log of wood, either just under or slightly above the soil-surface, and easily accessible. Ihave always observed this species to utilise freshly cut pieces of leaves and they are daylight workers. This species also enters human habitations and will carry off particles of food-stuffs. On one occasion the greater part of a half-pound packet of dried raisins were carried off by these ants. ‘They have a distinct partiality for the foliage of Para Rubber (4. bracziliensis).” N.W. District, 1913. It would be interesting to know whether the number of communities in a small area, spoken of by Mr. Bodkin, all belong to the same colony, or are separate colonies. As far as is known, the colonies of Acromyrmex are much less populous than those of Aéta, sensu stricto. 374 Mr. W. C. Crawley on IV. Subfam. Doxzrcnoperryz, For. Tribe DOLICHODERINI, Em. Dolichoderus (s. str.) attelaboides, F., 3. Konawaruk, 1914. D. (Monacis) bispinosus, Oliv., 3. D. (M.) debilis, Em., 8. “The formicary of this species was observed in the nest of the termite Entermes costaricensis, Holmgr. The termite nest was situated on the stump of an old tree about four feet from the ground, and was partly inhabited by termites and partly by this species.” . 1913. D. (M.) gagates, Em., 8. “This appears to be another uncommon species occurring in the interior. Observed to feed on the honey-dew given out by a Sassid nymph.” 1914. D, (Hypoclinea) bidens, L. «A common species of ant throughout the colony. Small nests are constructed by slightly drawing together the edges of a leaf and covering the intervening space with a thin covering of dark-coloured vegetable substance of paper-like consistency, though somewhat more fragile. Any plant whose leaves are suitable for this purpose is utilised by this species as a dwelling-place. Coffee-trees (Liberian coffee), if not properly pruned, are particularly liable to infestation. The picking of the coffee is then rendered a difficult matter, as the slightest disturbance causes the ants to sally forth and attack the intruder by inflicting exceedingly sharp bites. This species has been observed to feed on the honey-dew of the coccid Pseudococcus citri, Risso, on cacao pods.” N.W. District, 1913, &c. D. (f1.) lutosus, Sm., %. “ A fairly common species, invariably found beneath the bark of trees. Formicary unobserved.” Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914. Ants from British Guiana. 375 Tribe TAPINOMINI (Emery). Azteca schimperi, Kim., %. “ T have only once taken this species. It appears to infest the belt of low-growing trees termed ‘ Courida’ (Avicennia nitida), which tringe the seashore in British Guiana. In this particular instance the ants were attending the coccid Lecanium cequale, Green, which had infested several trees. Formicarium unobserved,” A. chartifex, For., subsp. laticeps, For., 3. ‘*A common species. Forms large carton nests on the trunks of trees, and is especially fond of the mango for this purpose. Some nests are as much as two feet in length This species inflicts a very sharp bite, and on the slightest disturbance the ants swarm out to attack the intruder, making an audible rustling sound. The nests may be easily destroyed by fire, but a breeze is required to keep the conflagration smouldering until the nest is entirely consumed. Within six months, however, the ants will be found to have made considerable progress in the construction of another nest, frequently in the same spot.” West Bark, 1914. A, instabilis, Sm. British Guiana, 20.4. 15. A. trigona, Em., subsp. subdentata, For. Aruka River, N.W. District, 5. 6. 15. A. alfarot, Em., var. ovaticeps, For., %. ‘* An uncommon species. Inhabits the medullary cavities of the trumpet-tree (Cercropia peltata) .” Rockstone, 1914. A. velox, For., %. British Guiana, 20. 4. 15. Tapinoma melanocephalum, I., 3. Cosmopolitan. In houses, 1914. Tapinoma sp. @> ~I oO Mr, W. C. Crawley on V. Subfam. Caarrovorrys, Forel. Section EUCAMPONOTIN, Forel. Tribe PRENOLEPIDII, Forel. Prenolepis longicornis, Ltr., 8. ‘A commonly occurring and very widely distributed ant in British Guiana. To be found as an inhabitant of most houses. Is especially fond of sugar and dead insects of all kinds. I have also frequently observed it to infest steamers and other craft which call at the port of Georgetown. Formicarium usually constructed just beneath the surface of the soil at the base of posts, walls, &c., or in crevices in wood-work ; they are usually small. Houses may be successfully cleared of them by exposing a mixture of molasses and arsenic or by hunting for the nests and destroying them with carbon bisulphide.” A well-known cosmopolitan species. Tribe CAMPONOTINI, Forel. Camponotus (Myrmothrix) abdominalis, s. str., F., %. “TInhabiting the disused sacs of the larva of the moth GBeeticus kirbyt.” Georgetown, 1915. C. (M1.) abdominalis, F., var. mediopallidus, F., 8, 2. Issororo, N.W. District, 1914. C. (M.) abdominalis, F., subsp. stercorarius, For., 9, 8. These specimens answer very well to Forel’s description and appear identical with examples received from him. ‘Nesting under leaf-sheaths of sugar-cane,”’ Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914. (C. M1.) femoratus, F., %. Issororo, N.W. District, 1913. C. (Myrmosphincta) seaguttatus, F., var. ornatus, Emery. Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, 1914, 1915. &% major and minor. These specimens answer perfectly to Emery’s description. From small carton nest on underside of palm-leaf. Ants from British Guiana. 377 APPENDIX. The following species have previously been collected in British Guiana, and identified by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology :— Paraponera clavata, F. “A fairly common species. The local name is ‘ Muniri.’ Formicarium observed on two occasions at the base of young trees. ‘The soil is carefully cleared away from around the base of the trunk to a considerable depth, and this serves as the means of communication to the nest. It is only necessary slightly to tap the trunk of the tree, when the ants swarm out making the stridulating noise common to tlie species. ‘They soon return to the nest, however. ‘The sting as exceedingly painful, and will bring on fever in a susceptible individual.” Odontomachus hematoda, L. O. affinis, Guér. Eciton burchelli, Westw. E. cecum, Ltr. Cryptocerus clypeatus, Oliv. “A fairly commen species. The formicary has once been observed beneath the loose decaying bark of a tree; the community consisted of about 1000 individuals.” Atta fervens, Say. ‘This species seems occasionally to occur in the interior districts ; it has never been taken near the coast.” Camponotus maculatus, F., subsp. picipes, Oliv. Note on Claviger testaceus. Donisthorpe has recently (Ent. Rec. xxviii. 2, p. 34, 1916) commented on my experiments with this myrmecophilous beetle and the aeeane of Lasius niger, flavus, and umbratus (Ent. Rec. xxvii. 9, p. 205, 1915). My remarks, owing to their brevity, have evidently given rise toa misapprehension, The beetles, as | have previously observed myself, sometimes rest on the queens in nests of L. flavus, their normal host, 378 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on but the point I wished to make is that, in my experiments last year, the queens of Z. umbratus appeared to possess an attraction for the beetles superior to that possessed by the queens of L. flavus, or L. niger (with which Claviger testaceus is occasionally found, e. g. Seaton, 1912, Porlock, 1915). The nest of L. flavus referred to, which contains four queens and fourteen Claviger, and is in a small frame, so that the beetles are continually coming across the queens, has been in my possession for eleven months, under daily observation, and it is curious that I-have never seen any of the Olavigers resting on the queens. On the other hand, when a few of these beetles and others taken at the samo time, were put into nests containing L. umbratus queens, the beetles were constantly clinging to the queens, and for weeks never appeared to change their resting-place. The striking con- trast in this behaviour of the Claviger appears to me to be additional evidence that the parasitic queens (LZ. umbratus, Juliginosus, &c.) have a body-secretion which renders them attractive to other species of ants and myrmecophiles. XLIVI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera. By G. T. Beruune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. RHOPALOCERA. Lycenide. JLIPTENINE. Epitola crowley?. There is an interesting variety of the male of this species in the Joicey collection from the Cameroons. The primaries are entirely brown, with a very few blue scales near the base on the fold; the secondaries have also less blue than usual, a reduction of the area taking place at the anal angle and along the inner margin. The underside of the secondaries is much whiter, with but little of the bronze hue. The specimen is also small. If it is a constant variety it might, perhaps, -be known by the name Lpitola crowleyt semibrunnea. LyYczNInz. Turania cytis, Chr. I made this genus (Zurania) in the ‘ Entomologists’ Record,’ 1914 (vol. xxvi.), p. 160, with cytis, Chr., as the new Species of Lepidoptera. 379 type. My friend Dr. J. McDunnough, of Decatur (U.S.A.), has recently drawn my attention to the fact that Turania of Ragonot already exists in the Pyralidz ; so that a new name is needed. I propose, therefore, the name Zuranana, with eytis for its type. Lyceenesthes crawshay?. Capt. Wilson took a pair of this species from the Nuba Hills of a very diminutive size; the measurement of the male is 20 mm., compared with an average of 30 mm. from Sierra Leone and Uganda. I have several of a small race from the Budonga Forest, but they are 24 and 25 mm., as compared with 20 mm. from the Nuba Country. If this small form is constant, it might well be named erawshayt minuta. The markings are quite the same, but all crowded up into the much smaller area. The specimens are in the Oxford Museum. Argiolaus ismenias, Klug. Several specimens of this fine but delicate species were taken at Sungikai and Kadugli, in the Nuba Hills (Southern Kordofan), on November 13 and December 16 by Captain RK. $8. Wilson in 1904. Spindasis haduglii, sp. n. 3. Head and collar very pale fawn-colour. Both wings faded straw-colour, much obscured with the dark markings. Primaries with the base pale brownish, terminating in a darker transverse dash, the costa broadly pale brownish ; postmedian band broad, angled outwards at vein 4, reaching well below vein 2, and confluent about vein 2 with the sub- terminal broad dark band, which increases in width from the apex to the tornus; the subcostal triangle of spots also touches the inner edge of the subterminal band, between which and the termen is a trace of a pale line. Secondary almost entirely obscured with the dark pattern, the short broad subapical dash and the broad subterminal stripe being the only definite markings. Underside: primaries pale straw- colour, with the markings more or less pupilled with metallic silvery ; there isa small subbasal spot, followed by two larger ones, one in the cell and one below ; the postmedian and other bands follow the upper surface pattern, being merely more or less darkly outlined. Secondaries deeper straw-colour, with a trace of four basal spots, followed by three transverse rows 380 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on of spots, the third terminating on vein 4; all these rows are more or less parallel, and are followed by a terminal row which has only a trace of the metallic pupilling. Expanse 84 mm. Hab. Kadugli, Nuba Hills, Kordofan, December (2. S. Wilson). Type in the Oxford Museum. This species will come near victorte, Bt). Hesperide. Caprona adelica kordofani, var. n. $. Head, thorax, abdomen, and all the wings very pale pinkish buff, with the usual marks as in adelica, Karsch, but the broad pale median area is more or less filled in with stripes and lines. This is no doubt the dry-country form of adelica, and I think that any Cassualalla from Angola is the more varie- gated Western form of the same insect. HETEROCERA. Noctuide. Stictoptera obalaui, sp. n. d. Head and collar fawn-brown, the latter with pale edging; patagia fawn-brown; abdomen pale grey. Pri- maries fawn-brown, the basal and antemedian areas some- what mottled ; a pale ash-grey median band, in which there is a short dark dash in front of the reniform stigma, outside which is a twin, sharply crenulated, curved postmedian line ; two paler subterminal rows of spots almost forming lines. Secondaries hyaline, with the terminal third dark. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Obalau Island (Fiji). ‘Type in my collection. Near melanistis, Hmpsn. Pseudophi« pratti, B-B. I described this species in Novit. Zool. xiii. pp. 261 & 262, 1906, and I considered that the female I described on p. 262 was the female of pratt’; but I find this is not the case. Mr. Joicey has received a specimen from the Wandammen Mountains, Dutch New Guinea, which is without doubt the female of pratt; the markings are precisely the same, except new Species of Lepidoptera. 381 that the basal and antemedian areas are as dark as the rest of the wing, not pale chestnut-colour as in the male. It is necessary, therefore, to give a new name to the female first described ; it will probably be well to repeat the description. I therefore name it Pseudophi« callipepla, sp. n. 9. Head reddish ; thorax and dorsum of proximal (not prominal) abdominal segments pale orange-reddish ; abdomen dark grey. Primary with base and median area orange-fawn colour; postmedian area dark reddish, edged by a fine irre- gular line of white scales ; terminal area broadly reddish orange mottled with brown. | Secondary orange-fawn ; median and postmedian area reddish, edged by an irregular line of whitish scales; terminal area very broadly reddish orange mottled with brown. Expanse 64 mm. flab. Mount Kebea and other New Guinea localities. ‘ype in my collection, Lymantriade. Dasychira wandammena, sp. n. 3. Head, collar, and thorax greyish white, the latter with a bar of black on each side of the metathorax, abdomen brownish. Primaries whitish grey, a deeply indentated fine black subbasal line; there is an irregular greyish area edged externally with blackish adjoining the subbasal line; median area white, with a slight yellow tinge ; median line sharply dentate and irregular ; the postmedian crenulate black line is irregular ; between these last two lines there is an ovate white mark, edged finely with black around two-thirds of it ; area greyer up to the termen ; a very irregular subterminal row of black internervular dashes. Secondaries yellowish, with the outer half sooty brown. Expanse 64 mm. Hab. Wandammen Mountains (3000-4000 ft.), Dutch New Guinea. Type in Coll. Joicey. This species is very near LD). cerigoides, Wik., from Borneo. Euproctis flavipunctata, sp. n. Head, thorax, and proximal segments of the abdomen bright orange-red ; abdomen black, with whitish anal tuft. Ann..& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xvii. 26 382 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on Primaries with a restricted basal area of pale orange-yellow, beyond which the wing is entirely rufous-grey for three-fifths ; at the end of the cell there is a largish ovate yellow spot; terminal area orange-red, with the veins pale yellow. Secondaries uniformly pale yellow. Expanse 46 mm. Hab. Dinawa, British New Guinea, 4000 ft. ‘Type in my collection. The species is near huntei, but is, I think, distinct. Porthmeia radiata, sp. n. Head, thorax, and patagia yellow, abdomen blackish. Primaries yellow, with the basal area radiated with blackish, especially along the fold, where the radiations extend the greater length of the wing; apical area broadly radiated with blackish between the veins; fringes black. Secondaries black, with the hind margin dotted with yellow, which on the underside is transformed into a marked yellow terminal line. ?. Like the male, but more orange in colour. Expanse, ¢ 32, 2 42 mm. Hab. Owgarra, British New Guinea. ‘Type in my collection. The species is very like my P. subnigra, but the head, collar, and thorax are black in subn/gra and yellow in the present species. Caviria avolaénsis, sp. n. ?. Frons, head, thorax, and abdomen white; antennze very dark grey, so as to look blackish to the naked eye; legs brownish, with white femora; all the wings pure white, not Justrous. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. British New Guinea: Avola, 6000 ft., August (A. Z. Pratt). Type in my collection. ~ Notodontide. Gargetta punctatissima, sp. N. 3 . Head, collar, and thorax dark variegated brown, palpi very dark brown; patagia rather paler ; abdomen greyish. Primaries cinnamon-brown without the red in it, clouded with dark brown at the base and along the costal area. The whole of the wing has a mottled appearance ; an antemedian row of dark dots, somewhat indistinct ; an oblique median new Species of Lepidoptera. 383 row of similar dark dots, followed by a double similar post- median row, a subterminal row of dark dots ; termen with a minute dark triangle at the end of each vein. Secondaries palish greyish brown. ?. Similar to the male, but much paler, so that the dark dots stand out much more prominently. Expanse, ¢ 52, 2? 50 mm. Hab, British New Guinea: Mount Kebea and Babooni, 3000 ft., July to September (A. LE. Pratt). Types in my collection. Scranchia idiopti/a, sp. n. 3 3. Head and collar deep coffee-brown, thorax and abdo- men grizzly. Primaries greyish, mottled, with an indefinite, clearer, interrupted, twin subbasal line not reaching the inner margin, a similar median line between the two ; almost on the fold is a raised ovate spot of brownish colour, an irregular dark median stripe across the wing, adjoining which is a tawny spot of moderate size with a fine black crescent in it; a fine dentate dark postmedian line, beyond which is a broad, very interrupted, dark, curved band ; outside, but adjoining it, is a small dark cloud, with an irregular serrate subterminal line; termen finely dark, on the costa before the apex are four dark dots. Secondaries brownish. . Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Madagascar, 2500 ft., January to March. Type in my collection. Parathemerastis turneri, var. melanistis, var. nov. @. Thorax and primaries sooty grey, with the markings just visible, the ash-grey orbicular stigma standing out very prominently from its dark surroundings, a slightly cinnamon- coloured cloudy area before the stigma. Secondaries dark brown. Expanse 62 mm. Hab. Mount Kebea (6000 ft.), March to April; Dinawa (4000 ft.), August ; British New Guinea. Type in my collection. Omichlis erythra, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax cinnamon-red, abdomen dirty ochreous. Primaries cinnamon-red with the basal and antemedian areas finely irrorated with brownish grey ; a median serrated line loses itself in the darker area, the postmedian dark line is 26* 384 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on strongly excurved in the radial area and recedes very deeply on the fold terminating about the middle of the inner margin ; this is followed at a little distance away by another fine dark line almost parallel with the preceding one and more or less broadly edged externally by pale ochreous, especially in the costal area; terminal area darkly suffused. Secondaries pale brownish, and of the usual silky-looking texture. Eixpanse 48 mm. Hab. Mount Kebea, British New Guinea, 6000 ft., July (Pratt). Type in my collection. Cascera callima, sp. n. ?. Head and thorax chestnut-brown mixed with grey. Primaries pale pinkish brown with a dark broadish subbasal dash on the lower margin of the cell, followed by a whitish patch in the angle of vein 2, at the edge of which is an oblique irregular stripe of dark shading edged by an indefinite and interrupted paler line; a subterminal row of pale dots darkly edged externally. In the cell there is a twin dark line across the centre and a dark spot at the end with a pale centre, beyond which are two or three dark dots. Second- aries pale grey. Expanse 50 mm. Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 6000 ft., March and April (A. E. Pratt). ‘T'ype in my collection. Nearest to my Cascera bella. Stauropus mediobrunnea, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax grizzly ash-grey, pale fawn-brown. Primaries with the basal area ash-grey slightly irrorated with brown, the whole of the median area dark brown terminating very iregularly, from where to the termen the colour is palish chocolate-brown, with a fine subterminal irregular Jine. Secondaries pale brownish with the usual darker “ stauropus”’ mark at the apex. 2. Similar to male, but with the basal and terminal areas very pale ochreous grey, the dark median area large and deep brown, the fine terminal line accentuated strongly. Expanse, g 48, 2? 61 mm. Hab, British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 6000 ft., March and April; Babooni, 3000 ft., July and August ; Ekeikei, 1500 ft., July. Types in my collection. new Species of Lepidoptera. 385 Stauropus mila, sp. n. 9. Head and thorax greyish mixed with brown, abdomen buff-colour. Primaries variegated grey and whitish with bright green iridescent scales and dark lines; base with many green scales ; antemedian line broad, blackish, oblique, nearly straiglit, beyond which is a second parallel, somewhat indefinite, fine line; end of cell whitish grey, below which the fold is darker and has green scales; postmedian line broadish, blackish, deeply crenulate on each side of the interspace of veins 3 and 4, beyond this line the area is whitish grey, edged externally by a row of irregular dark dashes interrupted at each vein. Secondaries pinkish brown. Expanse 48 mm. Hab. British New Guinea: Mount Kebea, 3000 ft., July (A. E.. Pratt). ‘l'ype in my collection. Lasiocampidz. Arguda ninayt, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen creamy grey, palpi fawn- colour. Primaries pale fawn-colour, with two oblique tine darker lines, the antemedian being short and the postmedian much more oblique and curved basewards immediately below the costa ; a small dark spot at the end of the cell, an indis- tinct oblique crenulate line of grey shading in the subterminal area (this line is quite distinct in some specimens). Fringes dark fawn. Secondaries warm pinkish fawn-colour. Expanse 46 mm. Hab. Ninay Valley, Dutch New Guinea, 3000 ft. (A. Z. Pratt). ‘l'ype in my collection. Chrysopsyche jacksont, B-B. I described this species in this Magazine for the year 1911, p- 563, having before me a series of fifteen specimens from Entebbe (Uganda). At a later date I was overhauling some of this genus and its allies, and I was struck by the fact that I had nothing but males, whilst in the same collection from the same place | had a series of twenty-one females of a species very closely allied to Lechriolepis varia, Wk. ‘These I have no doubt are the females of my species jacksoni, but they are so close to the female of varéa that I had at first named them so. Walker’s species is, however, rather larger and the markings are redder, but the males are very different, Varia is, however, a Chrysopsyche, not a Lechriolepis. 386 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on XLIV.—WNotes on the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. By G. T. Bernune-Baxker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. WATERHOUSE and Lyell are to be congratulated on the pro- duction of their recent work ‘The Butterflies of Australia.’ Whilst, however, I have the greatest regard for both authors, and particularly for my old correspondent Mr. Waterhouse, I cannot refrain from criticising their treatment of some species in the genus Ogyris; for, instead of clearing up matters, they have made them more involved by adding yet more to the synonymy, by completely ignoring Hewitson’s oiginal descriptions and figures, and by ignoring the rules of nomenclature as laid down in the International Code. Ogyris zosine, Hew. This species was described in Hewitson’s Exot. Butt. i., and the male was figured on plate xlvili. figs. 3 and 4, Ogyris genoveva, Hew. This was the next species to be described in the same work, and it was figured on the same plate, the numbers being 5 and 6. In the Spec. Cat. Lye. B. M., p. 2, he (Hewitson) catalogues tle known species of the genus and again figures zosine; here he only figures the underside, referring to it in error as the 9. The specimen figured is, however, a male ; it is unfortunate that it is so, as he had the female before him at the time and this was the same colour as the male. In the Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1905, pp. 296 et seq., I monographed the genus and revised it up to date. Here I definitely selected the dull purple ? as the ? type of Hewitson’s species, and in so doing I acted quite correctly and in accord- ance with the Code. It matters not whether the dull purple form is rarer than the paler blue form. Hewitson himself had described the blue form as genoveva ; he thought it was another species, but that does not alter the fact that he gave it another name, and he did so because he had lying before him the dull purple form of the ¢ as wellas the pale lustrous one, and this alone not only justifies me in selecting that form as the type-form, but, in view of Hewitson’s action, it is the only reasonable thing todo. Dimorphic females are always named in these days, and I think rightly named, the object being to designate the form. Waterhouse and Lyell, CesT the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. 387 however, sink genoveva as a direct synonym of zosine, and, in thus overriding my selection of the 9 type and in sinking genoveva asa direct synonym, my good friend Mr. Waterhouse is entirely ignoring all nomenclatorial rules—and he is ignoring the Code, and must not be followed. Ogyris cosine duaringa, B-B. This local race, a well-marked form as to colour, is sunk also as a direct synonym. ‘The question of a local race will, I suppose, always be a matter of opinion to a certain extent ; in some cases, as in this, it will bea question of the keenness of the eye to colour-differences, There is no doubt, how- ever, of the difference of colour in this case; it is quite marked, and the name should stand. Our authors have registered this form as typical zosine zosine, but this is evidently au error—it is quite different to Hewitson’s type. Ogyris cosine magna, B-B. This is also sunk as a direct synonym, but the extra- ordinary part of it is that the authors absolutely re-name the very form under the name zosine araxes; they describe the male as bright purple with the costa near the apex splashed with white. I described my magna as rich purplish blue, with the apical third and the apical half of the termen hoary in the male; whilst the female is described as having the basal fourth of the primary and the central area extending toward the tornus as metallic green. I describe the same areas as greenish blue, more greenish than in duaringa, and as lustrous greenish ; the types in the former case come from Dimboola and a similar form from Sydney—my types come from Brisbane. From the descriptions it would appear that the two forms must of necessity be the same—knowing the species as well as I do, I feel quite sure they are. Four female forms are in nearly all large collections : there is the type-form as indicated by Hewitson, and as selected by me (but, unfortunately, he figured a male), of the duller purple colour ; there is the pale bright blue form named by the same author genoveva ; there is the lustrous greenish form named by me magna and by Waterhouse and Lyell araves ; and there is also a rich true-blue form, quite different from genoveva, not purple at all—it is in the British Museum from Townsville and from N.W. Australia, and I suppose it is the form that our authors have called zosine typhon. They are all separable at a glance, and anyone investigating local 388 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on races or constant varieties would without doubt keep the four forms separate with their individual names. The authors, however, state in their preamble to the species : “ The original descriptions and plates provide some evidence that the type examples .. . came from Moreton Bay (Brisbane) ; the type is purple with distinct black margins. The type female (Hewitson’s Ogyrts genoveva) is described as blue, but figured as green.”’ This is pure guess-work on their part. We have no evidence at all that the original three species come from Moreton Bay ; in fact, we have rather evidence to the contrary, for when, years later on, he (Hewitson) received a specimen from that district he definitely so labelled it and gave exact localities (as, Swan River) whenever possible. Hewitson’s type male has dark margins (not black), but by no means distinct on their inner edge and the purple is very dull in tone. ‘The type female is the same colour as the male ; this, as already mentioned, I selected in my monograph in 1906, and our authors have not the power or right with a stroke of their pen to alter that selectiou—as firstreviser, my selection must stand. Hewitson’s original material, dealt with in his Exot. Butterflies, con- sisted of a pair (@ and 2) of the dull purple form, and a bright pale blue @ (the genoveva 2). Ihave made a special search at the British Museum (Natural History), and there is not any evidence whatever to enable us to say from what part of Australia those specimens came; the purple 9 is apparently identical with what Waterhouse and Lyell have renamed typhon iberia, which therefore must sink as a synonym to cosine zosine, as I had already restricted the type 2 to that form. Subsequently, Hewitson received another male specimen from Moreton Bay (it is labelled in his own handwriting). There can be no doubt that he (Hewitson) knew exactly what he was doing when he described the species, He had a male and female, dull purple, which he called zosine, and he had a second female very pale lustrous blue, which he thought was another species and which he called genoveva. ‘his he indicates in his letterpress, so that, when I selected the adult purple female as the type female form of zosine zosine, I was not only acting legiti- mately, but I was carrying out the original intention of the first describer of the species; and it is contrary to the Code for a subsequent author to nullify the selection, and would also be very detrimental to progress. Taking up now the forms Waterhouse and Lyell mention, we have :— the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. 389 Ogyris zosine typhon. Apparently the form with the dull purple g and the rich true-blue 2 , not the pale blue 2 form. Ogyris zosine typhon, 3 iberia, This sinks to zosine zosine, being the dull purple female form already selected as the type-form of zosine. Ogyris cosine zosine. I have no doubt that this is my zosine duaringa. The authors describe the g as rich purple, so that it is quite obvious that this male cannot be typical zosine, as it is not like Hewitson’s type, figure, or description. Ogyris zosine zenobia, 2. This is described as a rich purple form of the female, and is one that I have not seen. Ogyris 2osine arazes. This must sink to my zosine magna—I have no doubt whatever on the point. The two descriptions coming from two different pens are practically identical. The synonymy, so tar as Waterhouse and Lyell and my- self are concerned, should be as follows :— Ogyris zosine zosine, Hew. (nec Waterhouse & Lyell). Syn. tberia, 2 form, The form with both sexes of a dull purple colour. Ogyris zosine genoveva, Hew. The dimorphic female of zosine zosine, of a lustrous very pale blue, occasionally slightly tinged with greenish. Ogyris zosine duaringa, B-B. Syn. zosine zosine of Waterhouse and Lyell. The bright purple male with lustrous greenish-blue female. My locality is Coomooboolaroo (the adjoining district to Duaringa). Waterhouse and Lyell’s locality is Duaringa ; they also give Brisbane and the Richmond River. 390 On the Synonymy of the Genus Ogyris. Ogyris zosine zenobia, 2 form. A bright purple female form from Brisbane and the Richmond River. Ogyris zosine magna. Syn. zosine araves. A very distinct race, the most distinct that I know both in colour and size—the males being the richest purple and the females the most lustrous greenish blue, the greenest form I know. Localities. Brisbane, Sydney, Illawarra, Dimboola. I am rather at a loss to know why Waterhouse and Lyell have included Sydney in their localities, for they say of the female, *‘ Sydney examples are not sufficiently distinct to be separated as another geographical race.” It is very many years since my old friend Mr. Waterhouse and I began to correspond, and, knowing as I do the careful and accurate work that he has accomplished, I feel sure that if he had been able to refer again to Hewitson’s types and if he had borne in mind the rules of the International Code on nomenclature, he would not have come to some of the conclusions jaid down in the recent book, which, in spite of this, is a-‘most valuable contribution on the Australian fauna, and one that no students of the Rhopalocera of that region ought to be without. Ogyris halmaturia, Tepper. I only had the g type of this insect before me, so, of course, could not make the correction the authors refer to ; there were, however, quite sufficient deviations from typical otanes, especially on the underside, to justify the use of Tepper’s name, and I left it with specific rank, with the express object of drawing attention to these deviations ; for in the closing sentence of p. 277 of my monograph I broadly hint at the possibility of halmaturia being a form of otanes, Felder, and I am quite willing to concede it asa race of that species. ny ita, =“ —. ~ On the Races of Dremomys pernyi. 391 XLV.—The Races of Dremomys pernyi. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS, (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) THE handsome squirrel Dremomys pernyi is now known to _ range from the Chin Hills, Upper Burma, eastwards across the whole of China to An-hwei and Fokien, and it is not unnatural that in this large area a number of local subspecies should have become differentiated. Mr. Glover Allen has recently pointed out reasons for giving special names to the forms of Ichang and South Yunnan; and in laying out the Museum series of D. pernyi, about sixty in number, I find that his races both deserve recognition, while four others appear to need description. My attention was first attracted to this question about 1896, and as so much depended on the identification of the original Seturus pernyi, which was said to come from the province of Sze-chwan, Prof. Milne-Edwards was good enough to send to us two examples representing the typical form, collected by Pére Soulié at Tse-kow, in N.W. Yunnan, close to the western border of Sze-chwan. In Mr. Allen’s papers quite a different form is taken as the typical pernyi, and I have therefore again consulted Paris as to the characters of the actual type collected by Perny. About this Prof. Trouessart _has been so good as to give me such details as to show that it is really the same as the N.W. Yunnan form, as I had hitherto supposed. The grey form considered by Mr. Allen as typical perny? therefore needs a new name. The subspecies which I should recognize are as follows, passing from west to east :— 1. Dremomys pernyi pernyi, M.-Edw. Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) xix. p. 230, pl. xix. (1867), Size comparatively large, an adult skull measuring 53°5 mm. in greatest length, with a facial length* of 27°6. General colour saturate, rich brownish olivaceous, the postauricular patches strongly contrasted. Middle area of underside of * See P. Z. S. 1886, p. 75 (footnote). In these squirrels, where the length of the nose is of importance, and yet the nasal bones are too irre- gular posteriorly to furnish a satisfactory measuring-point, the lengths of ‘‘face” and *‘ brain-case,” as described in the above reference, appear worthy of utilization, 392 Mr. O. Thomas on the tail grizzled buffy or brown, varying a good deal, as it does in all the races, but never clear grey. The buffy colour is clearly shown in Milne-Edwards’s original plate. Range. Chin Hills, Upper Burma (J/ackenzie), Tengyueh (=Momein, Western Yunnan (Lowell), ‘Tse-kow, N.W. Yunnan (Soulié), Western Sze-chwan (Perny). 2. Dremomys pernyi flavior, G. All. P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxv. p. 178 (1912). Size small, the smallest of the forms, greatest skull-length about 49 mm., facial length 25. General colour distinctly olivaceous (approaching “ deep olive”), not so brown as in other subspecies. Hab. 8.E. Yunnan, Méng-tze (H. Orit). Seven examples belonging to the original series are in the British Museum. The type was one of a few specimens abstracted by a native from the collection and sent to America for sale, This is, perhaps, the most distinct from the rest of all the subspecies by its smaller size, delicate skull, and more oliva- ceous coloration. 3. Dremomys pernyi griselda, subsp. n. Dremomys pernyt, G. All. Mem. Mus. Harvard, xl. no. 4, p. 228 (1912) Size about as in true pernyi. General colour much greyer than in the other races, back nearly approaching, though darker than, greyish olive of Ridgway. Post-auricular patch not very strongly contrasted. Median area of underside of tail liberally mixed with long greyish-white hairs, which nearly or quite hide the buffy bases of the lateral hairs. Skull-measurements of type :— Greatest length 51°3 mm.; condylo-incisive length 45; facial length 25:5; length of brain-case 26°5 ; upper tooth- series exclusive of p* 82. Hab. Eastern part of the mountainous region of Western Sze-chwan, at altitudes of 9000 to 14,000 feet ; Nagchuka (=Ko-kou) and Yao-chao (Bailey) ; 'Ta-chien-lu, Nagchuka, Ramala Pass, and Shuo-low (Zappey). Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11.10. 3.3. Original number 6. Collected at Nagclhuka, 10,000 feet, 25th May, 1911, and presented by Major F. M. Bailey. This is the form which, from its occurrence in Sze-chwan, Mr. Glover Allen identified with typical pernyt; but, as Races of Dremomys pernyi. 393 already explained, it is the saturate form of N.W. Yunnan and the extreme western edge of Sze-chwan which should bear that name. I myself also originally identified Major Bailey’s specimen as J). pernyt, and may therefore, perliaps, have misled Mr. Allen. D. p. griselda is readily distinguishable from all other forms by its greyish general colour and the long grey hairs along the underside of the tail. 4, Dremomys pernyi modestus, subsp. n. Fur rather harsher than in the western and more highland subspecies. General colour more drabby brown, near ‘*Saccardo’s umber,” the type even approaching “ buffy brown.” Ear-patches comparatively inconspicuous, scarcely contrasting at all with the colour of the head. Under surface distinctly tinged with buffy, especially posteriorly. Middle area of underside of tail dull buffy. Dimensions of typical skull :— Greatest length 52 mm. ; facial length 26°5; length of brain-case 27; upper tooth-series exclusive of p* 8°4. Hab, Sui-yang, Kwei-chow. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.8.11.41. Collected April 1898. Presented by F. W. Styan, Esq. Three specimens. All the eastern forms of D. prrnyi (east of about 106° E.) have a more brownish tone than the western ones. D. p. mo- destus is most allied to D. p. senex of Ichang, but is a paler brown, with less conspicuous ear-patches. ; 5. Dremomys pernyt senex, G. All. Dremomys senex, G, All, Mem. Mus. Harvard, xl. no. 4, p. 229 (1912). General colour brownish olivaceous, not so brown as in the next subspecies or D. p. modestus, not so olivaceous as in D, p. flavior. Har-patches very conspicuous, usually rich ochraceous, but white in the type, a variation which occurs in other members of the genus. Under surface more or less suffused with buffy, which is specially well marked on the area in front of the thighs. Skull-dimensions of type (from Allen) :— Greatest length 53 mm.; upper tooth-row, exclusive of Pe a Hab. Ichang. Hight specimens in the British Museum, presented by Mr. Styan, 394 On the Races of Dremomys peryni. Although none of our specimens have white ear-patches, I have seen enough examples of this particular variation in the genus Dremomys to feel sure that Mr. Glover Allen’s type belonged to the same form as those obtained at Ichang for Mr. Styan. 6. Dremomys pernyt chintalis, subsp. n. General colour paler than in senew—in fact, of very much | the same more drabby brown as in D. p. modestus,—but the ear-patches large and strongly contrasted. Under surface wholly whitish, with scarcely a trace of buffy suffusion, the area on the inner front surface of the thighs without the strong buffy tinge so marked in senea and calidior, Ochra- ceous area round anus smaller and less conspicuous than usual. Skull small, scarcely larger than that of flavior. Dimensions of skull :— Greatest length 49°5 mm.; condylo-incisive length 43; facial length 24°8; brain-case length 26°2; upper tooth-row without p® 7°4. Hab. Chin-teh (also written Tsing-t6), An-hwei. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 99. 3.9.12. Collected 29th October, 1896. Presented, with five other specimens, by F. W. Styan, Esq., to whom, as in other cases, the National Museum is indebted for much of its most interesting Chinese material. This, one of the brown eastern races of perny/, is distin- guishable by its small size, pale colour, and the absence of the prominent buffy patches in front of the thighs. 7. Dremomys pernyi calidior, subsp. n. General characters very much as in D. p. senex, but the upper colour a much warmer brown, approaching “ olive- brown.” Ear-patches mixed white and ochraceous, the bases of the hairs white and their tips ochraceous. Under surface whitish, but ordinarily with well-marked buffy thigh-patches. Skull-dimensions of the type :— Greatest length 51°5 mm.; condylo-incisive length 44°3 ; facial length 25°8; length of brain-case 26°3; upper tooth- series exclusive of p° 8°2. Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien. Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 99. 3.9.17. Col- lected and presented by F. W. Styan, Esq. Sixteen speci- mens examined. or On a new Genus of Anthicide (Coleoptera). 39 XLVI—A new Genus of Anthicide (Coleoptera) from the Islands of Mysol and Waigiou. By G, C. CHAMPION, F.Z.8. Mr. Brarr having called attention to the systematic position of the Australian genera Lemodes, Lemodinus, and Trichan- anca [ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xi. pp. 207-209 (1913)], it is advisable to describe an allied genus found by the late A. R. Wallace in the above-mentioned Malayan islands. Specimens of this insect were acquired by Westwood for the Hope Museum more than fifty years ago, and others have also been detected amongst the Lagriids in the British Museum. LAGRIOMORPHA, gen. nov. Head short, subtriangular, broadly truncated above the moderately wide neck, tle eyes small, rounded, prominent, inserted at a little before the base, the epistoma transverse, depressed, confused with the front, and somewhat prominent, the antenne stout, rapidly widened outwards, inserted be- neath a tuberculiform prominence at some distance from the eyes; labrum short ; mandibles short, broad, feebly bidentate at tip; mentum strongly transverse, supported by a broad gular process ; maxillary palpi stout, joint 4 strongly securi- form ; terminal joint of labial palpi stout, ovate, obliquely subtruncate at tip; prothorax subecampanulate, convex, im- marginate laterally and at base, about as wide as the head; scutellum transversely quadrate; elytra long, confusedly punctate, the inflexed portion almost covering the meta- thoracic episterna, the epipleura narrow, incomplete ;_pro- sternum separated from the propleura by an oblique suture ; anterior coxal cavities widely open behind the large, conical, contiguous cox ; mesosternum long, very narrowly sepa- rating the middle coxe ; ventral segment 1 as long as the metasternum, 2—5 comparatively short, subequal; posterior coxe rather large, well separated ; legs moderately stout ; tibia finely carinate towards their outer edge, above and beneath, the spurs minute and scarcely visible; tarsi with their penultimate joint narrow, deeply excavate above for the reception of the terminal joint, the claws simple. Type, L. semicerulea. The Malayan insect forming the type of this genus would perhaps be mistaken at first sight for a Lagriid; but the 396 On a new Genus of Anthicide (Coleoptera). widely open anterior coxal cavities and other characters bring it near Lemodes, Boh., and T'richananca, Blackb., recently referred by Blair to the Anthicidew. The carinate tibia and the greatly widened outer joints of the antenna separate Lagriomorpha from both these genera, the general facies, too, being very different. . Lagriomorpha semicerulea, Sp. nl. Elongate, depressed, a little widened posteriorly, especially in ¢, subopaque, the elytra and under surface shining, finely pubescent ; ochraceous or rufo-testaceous, the elytra with about the apical two-thirds metallic blue, the antennal joints from 4-6 onward \(the rufescent tip of 11 excepted) black and densely pubescent, the posterior legs with the knees, tibice, and first tarsal joint (and in one specimen the corre- sponding portions of the intermediate legs also) sometimes more or less infuscate, the abdomen in great part piceons. Head closely, shallowly punctate ; antenne moderately long, joint 3 slightly longer than 2, 4-11 more elongate, becoming rapidly wider, 8-10 very broad, triangular, 11 acuminate- ovate, much longer than 10, constricted at the middle; joint 4 of maxillary palpi broader in g than in 2. Pro- thorax about as long as broad, rounded at the sides, obliquely constricted before the base, closely, shallowly punctate, the interspaces alutaceous. Elytra broader than the prothorax, more elongate in ? than in @, slightly depressed below the base, closely, rather coarsely, confusedly punctate. Beneath closely, minutely punctate, with scattered larger punctures intermixed. Length 53-8, breadth 13-24 mm. (¢ 2). Hab. Mysou and Wateiou (A. R. Wallace). Described from four females and two males, two of the former, from Mysol, belonging to the British Museum (ex coll. Pascoe), the others purchased by the Oxford Museum in 1862 or 1863, one only of them (a @) being from Waigiou. The males (one from each island) are smaller and less elongate than the females, and both of them have an indication of a faint, transverse or curved, pallid fascia on the disc of each elytron at about one-third or one-fourth from the apex. Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 397 XLVII.— Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—V III. By Ricuarp 8. BaGnatt, F.L.S. Suborder TEREBRANTIA, Family Zolothripida. Subfamily Ororurrpryz. Orothrips propinquus, sp. 0. 2? .—Very like O. australis, Bagn., but stouter and larger (1°8 mm. long as against 1°5 mm.) and also darker in coloration. The head is shorter than the prothorax; the maxillary palpi are distinctly 8-jointed, whilst the antennal joints 3 and 4 are practically subequal, the relative lengths of joints 3 to 9 being as follows :— O. propinquus, sp. n., 108 : 102: 51: 39: 28: 20: 15. O. australis, Bagn., 104: 82:52:32: 24:18: 12. O. tenuicornis, sp. n., 165 : 126 : 66: 48 : 50: 30: 19. All legs dark grey-brown; fore-tibize and tarsi a shade lighter—yellowish-grey-brown. Colour of antenne as in VU. australis. Fore-wings broader than in O. australis, with the brown markings across middle and tip occupying only about 0°20 and 0°15 of the total length, the comparative extent of areas being as follows :— propinguus. australis. tenuicornis. Fore- _—_— Hind- Fore- Hind- Fore- Hind- margin. margin. Margin. margin. margin. margin. Clear .... 9:0 8:0 ; 4:5 6:0 6:0 Derk... SO 55 55 6-0 65 60 CHGAE” 5 ses ie 30 2:0 2°5 35 30 Dark .:..) '2'6 35 35 30 30 4:0 Comparative length . 20 16 19 Setz on veins of fore-wings minute. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AustRALIA, Creswick, Victoria; on sweet pea, 98 only, 17.1.15 (R. Kelly). Orothrips tenuicornis, sp. n. @ .—Near O. prapinguus, colour of abdomen lighter, and apical abdominal bristles shorter and more slender. Antenne more slender and the third joint long, clear lemon-yellow. Ann. & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 8, Vol. xvii. 27 398 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Relative lengths of antennal joints and of the areas of fore- wing (which latter approximate australis more than pro- pinguus) as shown in tables under description of O. pro- pinguus. Maxillary palpi 7-jointed. Setze on veins of fore-wings minute. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AUSTRALIA, Healesville, Victoria; 39s from flowers - of Erythrea australis, December 1913 (A. E. Shaw and R. Kelly). Family Thripide. Pseudothrips achetus, sp. n. ? .—Length 1:1 to 1:2 mm. Chestnut-brown; fore-legs yellow, femora tinged with grey-brown and tibiz lightly with grey; intermediate and hind legs brown shaded with grey, tibize yellowish distally ; all tarsi yellowish. Antenne with joint 1 light grey-brown, 2 concolorous with head, 3 yellowish-brown, 4-5 yellowish- brown to grey-brown and 6 to 8 grey-brown to brown. Fore-wing yellowish-brown, a shade lighter at base. Head transverse, about 0°6 as long as broad ; eyes large, not bulging, somewhat coarsely facetted, pilose; ocelli large ; no post-ocular or interocellar bristles. Antenne longer and more slender than in parvus, Bagn., about 2°3 times the length of the head; relative lengths of joints approximately as follows:—7: 12:17 (including stem) : 19:13: 174: 3: 4. Prothorax scarcely longer than the head, and about 0°6 as long as broad; hind margin with a series of moderately stout sete, but no prominent bristles at hind angles. Wings pointed at apex ; both veins of fore-wing regularly set with sete. Setee at apex of abdomen stouter than in P. parvus,a pair of short curved dorsal sete on 9, and posterior margin of tergite 8 not fringed. 3 .—Smaller, lighter, all legs yellowish marked with brown; sternites apparently without transparent areas. Easily separated from P. parvus, Bagn., by the dark colour of body, the comparatively shorter head, longer and more slender antenne, and the absence of prothoracic bristles. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, ~ Oxford. =fy - Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 399 Hab. S. Ausrrattia, Mt. Lofty Range, Adelaide; amongst a tube of thrips from flowers of Acacia myrtifolia and Epachris impressa, Aug. 9, 1914 (2. B. Poulton), Reg. 41. Genus Puysorurips, Karny. a. Seticollis group. Physothrips setipennis, sp. n. This species is very closely related to the Western Australian species, Physothrips seticollis (Bagn.). The antennz are brown except joint 3 which is clear yellow, and the base of 4 yellowish. Head as long as or slightly longer than the prothorax. Antenne about 2°25 times the length of the head, longer than in seficollis; relative lengths of joints as follows :— 12: 16: 27 (with stem): 26: 15: 22: 3: 4. Prothorax with the bristles at hind angles (which are exceptionally slender and light in colour in setzcollis) some- what stout and dark, about 0°65 the length of- prothorax ; surface somewhat closely and irregularly set with minute sete. In seticollis these sete are regularly disposed (includ- ing three widely-seated pairs down the centre), stouter and about twice the length. Apical abdominal bristles distinctly stouter and darker ; ninth tergite with a pair of rather short dorsal bristles, moderately widely separated and the posterior margin of the eighth tergite with a close and moderately long microscopic fringe. Upper vein of fore-wing regularly set with sete for the whole length as in seticol/is. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AvustTrRAiA, Healesville, Victoria; on cultivated white briar, 25.i. 14 (2. Kelly). b. ? group. Physothrips flavidus, sp. n. 9 .—Exactly as in Thrips flavidus, sp. n., but having the antennal style 2-segmented. In this case the type is distinctly of the genus Thrips, and closely allied to 7. flavus, Schr., and this as well as Physo- thrips albipes are named in the genus Physothrips as well as 27* 400 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, in Thrips to avoid confusion by other workers who may receive only one or other of the two forms. Further material may enable us to write upon this curious phase, so far only noticed in Japanese material. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. Japan, Kobe; 1 ¢ with 7. flavidus, sp. n., June 1915 (J. EH. A. Lewis). ce. Pallipennis group. Physothrips pallipes, sp. n. 9 —Length 1:1-1°3 mm. Head and thorax brown lightly tinged with grey, abdomen black-brown. Antennal joints 1 grey-brown, 2 brown, 3 clear yellow, 4 to 8 brown, with 4 yellowish at extreme base and 5 inclined to be lighter at base. Legs yellow, the fore-femora lightly and the intermediate and hind femora more strongly shaded with grey-brown. Outer margin of the fore and intermediate tibia shaded with grey-brown, and the hind tibia with grey in some specimens. Fore-wings dark smoky-grey, basal fourth light grey. Head about 0°65 as long as broad, broadest across cheeks which are gently arched; eyes large, coarsely facetted, pilose. Ocelli large, anterior one protected by a pair of rather short sete. Anienne about 2°5 times as long as the head ; joints 3 and 4 fusiform; relative lengths of joints as follows :— 18 : 32:48:45: 30: 42:5 :5. Prothorax about 1*2 times as long as the head, about 0°7 as long as broad; surface sparingly setose ; hind margin depressed ; bristles at posterior angles stout, rather short, not much more than 0°4 the length of the prothorax. Sete on fore-wings rather long; three widely spaced sete in distal half of upper vein ; lower vein with a series of 15-18 and costa with about 30. Apical abdominal bristles moderately long, a short dorsal pair on segment 9 ; posterior margin of tergite 8 with a short irregular fringe. Easily separated from P. vulgatissimus (pallipennis) by the coloration of body, legs, and wings. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 401 Hab, JAPAN, Kobe Harada ; on chrysanthemum, 15, xi. 15, Reg. 128 and 129; Kobe, vi. 15, Reg. 126 (J. #. A. Lewis). Physothrips albipes, sp. n. ? .—Exactly the same as Thrips albipes, Bagn., but with the antennal style 2-segmented. Somewhat closely related to P. pallipes, sp. 0. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. JAPAN, with Thrips albipes, Bagn., Okinawa, Luchu Isl., on nasturtium, v. 13; Kobe, vii. 13 (J. H. A. Lewis). Dendrothrips sexmaculatus, sp. n. ? .—Length 0°6 to 07 mm. Like D. degeeri, Uz., but smaller, approaching D, salta- trix, Uz., in size. Head, prothorax, pterothorax, and abdominal segments 1, and 7 to 9 dark chestnut-brown ; abdominal segment 10 lighter, 2 and 3 grey-brown, 3 posteriorly and 4 to 6 light yellow to greyish-yellow, the latter three segments each with a pair of dark brown spots. Wings dark grey with the distal fifth (0°2) white or clear. Legs brown to grey-brown, hind tibize inclined to be lighter; all tarsi yellowish. Surface of head near base irregularly striate, inclined towards reticulation; prothorax sparingly and minutely setose. Antennz about 2°5 times the length of the head. Segment 1 light grey-brown, short ; 2 dark chestnut-brown, globular, bigger and much broader than any of the others ; 3 and 4 yellowish, with the slightest tinge of grey ; 5 greyish- yellow shading to grey distally; 6 to 8 grey-brown; 3 and 4 subequal, relative lengths of segments 4 to 8 approximately as follows :—10: 11: 11:4: 4;—6 narrowing to style and narrower than 5, not divided. Separated from D. degeert, Uz., by the white band at base of wings, the entire sixth antennal joint, the coloration of antennze and body, and the smaller size; and from JD. salta- triv, Uz., by the white band at base of wing, tle shorter intermediate antennal joints, and the coloration of body, &e. Type. British Museum of Natural History. Hab, Ceyton, Peradeniya, No. 47/13 (A. Rutherford) per the Bureau of Entomology. Reg. no. 240. 402 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Genus EUCHZXTOTHRIPS, nov. Head not quite as long as broad, broadest anteriorly ; vertex broadly rounded, with antennz seated below ; a dorso- lateral hump or prominence behind each eye. Maxillary palpi apparently 3-jointed. Antenne with single-jointed style, 7-jointed. Prothorax about as long as the head, a pair of long mid- lateral bristles as well as those at posterior angles; antero- marginal sete rather long. Wings as in Thrips s.s. Outer margins of all tibie with a pair of long outstanding slender hairs or bristles near apices and one or two, not quite so long, near middle. Abdomen sharply narrowed from segment 8 to apex, terminal bristles long and strong. Nearest Thrips (Bagnallia group), but characterized at once by the italicized features in above diagnosis. Type. Thrips kréli, Schille. Genus THRIPS s. s. a. Flavus group. Thrips flavidus, sp. n. ? .—General colour, shape, and size as in Thrips flavus, Sch. (as described by Uzel). Antennze about 2°5 times as long as the head; first joint white, 2 deep yellow tinged with grey; 3 lighter yellow with distal third grey-brown; 4 dark grey-brown, yellow basally ; 5 dark grey-brown with basal three-fifths (0°6) sharply light yellow; 6 dark grey- brown, inclined to be yellowish basally in some specimens ; style dark grey-brown. Relative lengths of segments 3 to 7 as follows :—30 : 28 : 20: 28: 7. Prothorax about as long as head, more transverse than in flavus ; sete at hind angles shorter than in 7. flavus (16 as to 23). Apical abdominal sete much as in T. flavus, but relatively shorter. g .—Smaller and more slender, whitish. Antennal joint 6 with the basal two-fifths (0-4) distinctly yellow. Highth tergite with a weakly arcuate series of long slender sete. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab, JAPAan, Kobe, June 1915 (J. E. A. Lewis). -3 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 403 b. Physopus group. Thrips griseus, sp. n. ? .—Size and general form as in 7. physopus. Dark grey to grey-brown ; fore-tibiw light yellow shaded on their outer margins with grey- -brown ; all tarsi yellowish ; fore-wings entirely ¢ rey, hind-wings lighter. Antenne grey- brown, joint 3 yellow ish and 4 4 brownish-yellow basally. 5 lighter at extreme base. Head as in 7. physopus, transverse, with cheeks widest behind eyes and thence converging to base. Ocelli rather large. Antennz much as in 7. physopus, but with the inter- mediate joints comparatively stouter; relative lengths of joints 3 to 7 approximately as follows :—20 (with stem) : oe. bo: 195 6. Prothorax wider than and at least as long as the head, 1°7 times as broad as long ; bristles at hind angles moderately long and stout, 0°45 the length of the prothorax. Legs moderately stout, hind tibize with a double row of six spines to apex within. Sete on costa and veins of fore-wings as in T. physopus, dark. Bristles at apex of abdomen dark, long and strong, twice as long as the segments carrying them ; a short and not very strong dorsal pair on segment 9. Posterior margin of tergite 8 with a short fringe, the cilia apparently running in pairs; segment 10 divided above. Sharply distinguished trom 7. physopus by the coloration and form of antennz, and the colour generally. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. JAPAN, 2 9s, Kobe, vi. 15 (J. #. A. Lewis). Suborder TUBULIFERA. Family Idolothripida. Genus GIGANTOTHRIPS, Zimmermann. 1900. Gigantothrips, Zimmermann, Bull. de 1’Inst. Bot. de Buitenzorg, 1908. Tie iets, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc, Northumberland & Durham, n, s, iii. p. 208, Gigantothrips gracilis, Bagnall. Panurothrips gracilis, Bagnall, 7. c. p. 208 (1908). This species is closely relately to Gigantothrips elegans, 404 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Zimm., but compared with specimens of the latter in my collection (ea et teste Karny), gracilis is larger and has the tube very noticeably longer, about 0°5 as long again as in elegans (18:12); viz., in gracilis about as long as the abdominal-segments 7-8 together, and in elegans about 0°75 the length of those segments. Genus ELAPHROTHRIPS, Buffa. Idolothrips, Hinds, Bagnall, and others. Elaphrothrips, Butia, Redia, v. p. 162 (1909). Genus IpoLorurips, Haliday. Idolothrips, Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1904, pt. 1. Acanthinothrips, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland & Durham, n. s. iii. p. 207 (1208) (and others). Mr. Froggatt is undoubtedly right in assigning Idolothrips marginata and spectrum as 2 and g of the one species, and I withdraw anything I may have written in 1908 on that point. I do not agree with him, however, in that J. lacertina, Hal., is a “smaller and more variable form of the g” (spectrum). Regarding the female marginate as the geno- type of Idolothrips, I erected the genus Acanthinothrips for the strongly characterized species spectrum, but being sexes of one species they must be placed in the genus Jdolothrips, and tle Jdolothrips of most modern authors must be known as Elaphrothrips. The females of the two genera are very much alike. Idolothrips marginata, Haliday. 1852. Idolothrips marginata, Haliday in Walker, Homopt. Ins. Brit. Mus. p. 1096. 1852. Idolothrips spectrum, Haliday in Walker, Homopt. Ins. Brit. Mus. p. 1097. 1904. Idolothrips spectrum, Froggatt (with marginata (2) and lacer- tina as synonyms), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. pt. 1, p. 54. I, marginata, being the first used, would seem to be the name by which this species should be known. Idolothrips lacertina, Haliday. 1852. Idolothrips lacertina, Haliday, /. c. p. 1097. 1904. Idolothrips spectrum (in part), Froggatt, J. ¢. pt. 1, p. 54, The g, apart from being noticeably much smaller and more slender than the ¢ of marginata, widely and constantly 405 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. differs in the structure of the lateral abdominal processes, as may be seen by the accompanying table and rough figures. I. spectrum, 3. I. lacertina, 2. 1 fe 2c Fig. 1.—Jdolothrips marginata, Hal., 3. Fig. 2.-—Idolothrips lacertina, Hal., 3. es of second (a), third (4), and eighth (c) Left lateral process roximate length about 0°35 as long. Fig. 1. About 2°5 as long. abdominal segments, : Ap Spe of spine or bristle Length of ce ng pro tau! compared with process, Pistl i length of process, : . 5 times as long as Spine As long as breadth Spine breadth at apex. 0°3 as long. at apex. 2:0 as long. . 45 + ee Spine About 2°0 as long. Bristle-spine about 0°45 as long. 3°0 as long, . 4 + - Slender spine About 1°5 as long. Bristle 0°8 as long. 6:0 as long. i, Ws ‘5 Bristle. As long. Bristle 3:0 as long, 6°0 as long. ae. Bristle. Slightly longer Bristle’ 2°5 as long. than. 6'0 as long. . 4 » FF Spine About 2:0 as long. Bristle about 0'5 as long. 4:0 as long. 56 is va Spine Spine about as long. 406 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, In lacertina the head is shorter compared to its breadth and the genal spines are fewer, shorter, and less strong than in marginata (¢), whilst the third antennal joint is approxi- mately as long (compared to 1:25 times as long in marginata) as the length of head behind eyes. The surface-setz of tube are, on the other hand, slightly longer and stronger com- pared to the breadth of the tube than in marginata. Thave an abundant material of these interesting insects, chiefly through Mr. Kelly’s kindness, and hope in the near future to make close descriptions of the two species. Family Megathripide. This family will probably have to be reduced as a sub- family of Idolothripide. Megathrips quadrituberculatus (Bagnall) *. 1908. Idolothrips quadrituberculatus, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland & Durham, n. s, iii. p. 210, pl. vii. fig. 9. A female example sent to me by Mr. Lewis in 1912 is certainly the species I described as [dolothrips 4-tuberculatus ; the tube is present and suggests that the species is a Mega- thripid. In 19151 received a g Megathrips which despite certain colour-differences is presumably the g of the same species. 9? .—Length (including tube) 5°0 mm. Sixth antennal joint (not described in type) with basal half yellow ; 7 and 8 black. Antenne twice as long as the head (which latter is very slightly produced beyond eyes) ; very slender, excepting the two basal joints; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :—64 : 53: 43:32:17:15. Jomt2 constricted near base and curved outwards. Tube long, 1°8 as long as the head, slightly curved up- wards before apex; about 6 times as long as broad near base, and with tip about 0°45 as broad as at base ; sparingly furnished with fine backwardly directed sete. Bristles at apex broken off. g .—Length (including tube) 4°5 mm. A darker specimen than the ¢. Fore-tibize brown ex- cepting at apex and basally ; intermediate tibize brown except * In a footnote to a paper on some Japanese Thysanoptera Dr. Karny mentions eight then-known species, and refers to this as Idolothrips tuberculatus, I mention this error to avoid confusion, as Hood has described an Idolothrips under that name from U.S.A. Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 407 at apex, and hind tibiee brown except the extreme base and distal third which are yellow. Antennze more than twice as long as the head ; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 as follows :— 61:50:45: 33:16: 14. Abdominal segment 6 furnished with a pair of lateral spine-like tubiform processes at anterior angles, slightly out- wardly directed but scarcely curved, and not quite reaching the line of the posterior margin; 8 with a pair of lateral tooth-like processes near posterior angles. Tube about 1*5 times as long as head, stout near base but sharply constricted in the first fourth ; more strongly setose (and with longer sete) than in the @. ‘Terminal hairs short. ; Hab. JAPAN, Kobe, 19,1912; 1 g, April 1915, the latter Reg. no. 139 (J. #. A. Lewis). Family Phleothripide s. |. a. Docessissophothrips group. Docessissophothrips longiceps, sp. n. 9? .—Forma aptera. Length about 5°5 mm, Colour deep blackish-brown, second antennal joint reddish- brown (rest of antennz broken off in the unique specimen) ; all tibiz orange-yellow, tarsi clouded with brown. Fig. 3. Head and prothorax of Docessissophothrips longiceps, sp. 0. A. Viewed dorsally. B. Viewed laterally. Head more than 4°5 times as long as the prothorax and 2-7 times as long as broad at middle ; dorsum gently arched in profile. Eyes small, finely facetted, not prominent; post- ocular bristle apparently absent. Fore-margin of prothorax strongly emarginate; bristles moderately long, colourless. Pterothorax short; wings absent. 408 Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. Abdomen much as in D. major; tube long, about 0°72 the length of the head, about 5°0 times as long as broad near base, narrowed in the distal fifth, the apex being about 0°6 as wide as near base ; surface sparsely and minutely setose. At once separated from ). major by the length of the head, the non-prominent eyes, and the coloration of the tibia. Type. British Museum of Natural History. Hab. 1 9, Madeira ( Wollaston). This makes the sixth species of the genus, each as yet known from but a single example. -Ignoring D. monstrosus, which becomes the type of a new genus characterized below, the remaining five species fall into two well-defined groups as follows :— 1. Length 3:0 mm. or under, head shorter and broader, less than twice as long as broad ; containing ampliceps, Bagn., and laticeps, Bagn. 2. Length more than 5:0 mm., head longer and 2 to 3 times as long as broad ; containing major, Bagn., frontalis, Bagn., and longiceps, sp. n. Genus EGCHOCEPHALOTHRIPS, nov. Separated from Docessissophothrips, Bagn., by the extreme form of the head which, viewed dorsally, is as figured in the original description of J). monstrosus. It is extraordinarily adpressed and, viewed dorsally, represents the end view of a stoutish “ plate,” with a slight swelling (representing the cheeks) on each side of the marked carina. Type. Docessissophothrips monstrosus, Bagnall. b. Trichothrips group. Gdemothrips (?) propinguus, sp. n. 9 .—Length 1°8 mm. Colour brown, the last 4 or 5 abdominal segments darker. Legs yellowish shaded with light grey-brown, First antennal joint light yellowish-brown, 2 slightly darker, 3 brown with basal half clear yellow, 4 and 5 brown with basal thirds yellowish, 6 to 8 totally brown. Almost the same as Cdemothrips (?) brevicollis, Bagn. (Japan) in general form. ‘lhe head is not quite so markedly convergent behind, the prothorax is not so short compared to its breadth, and the tube is stouter. Mr, R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 409 Antenne about 2°4 times the length of the head ; relative lengths of joints 3 to 8 approximately :—31 : 29: 28: 24: 19:14, Prothorax about twice as broad as long ; sete at posterior angles widely spaced, somewhat short and stout ; the outer longer than the inner, about 0°4 the length of the prothorax. ‘Tube short and stout, about 0°9 as long as the head; 1°45 times as long as broad at base, and 0°45 as broad at tip as at base; terminal bristles light coloured, about 0°7 the length of the tube. Very closely allied to brevicollis, but at once recognized by the coloration of the body and the antenne. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab, AustRaAia, Badger Weir, Healesville, Victoria ; 1 2 on clover, 6.iv. 15, Reg. 120 (R. Kelly). ec. Leptothrips group. Gynaikothrips uzeli (Zimmermann). 1909. Leptothrips flavicornis, Bagnall, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Nor- thumberland & Durham, n.s. iil. pt. 2, p. 528, pl. xiv. figs. 6-8 (from Madeira). 1909. Phleothrips longitubus, Bagnall, 7. ¢.n. s. iii. pt. 2, p. 534, pl. xiv. figs. 21 & 22 (from Java). 1910. Leptothrips flavicornis, Bagnall, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. liv. p. 464 (from Ficus carnosa, Madeira). 1910. Leptothrips longitubus, Bagnall, /. c, liv. p. 464 (rectification of generic position). , Ihave long been aware of the identity of the Madeiram Leptothrips flavicornis and the Javanese L. longitubus with Marechal’s PAlwothrips ficorum from Algeria, and I was surprised that the above were not included in Hood’s lengthy list of synonyms in Jnsecutor Inscitie Menstruus (1912, 1. . 153). I was under the mistaken impression, however, that I had published a note on the synonymy, and now rectify the omission. d. Haplothrips group. Cephatothrips hispanicus, sp. n. 9 .—Forma aptera. Length 1°3 to 1:4 mm. Grey-brown, head and first two antennal joints chestnut- brown ; fore-femora yellowish at inner margin, fore-tibiz 410 Mr. R. 8S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. yellow clouded with grey to grey-brown basally and along outer margin; intermediate and hind tibice shading to yellow distally; all tarsi yellowish with brown spot. Antennal. joint 3 lemon-yellow, 4 to 6 yellowish to light brownish- yellow; 7 and 8 light brown. Head about 1°3 times as long as wide across eyes, widest just below the middle ; cheeks broadly arched ; eyes slightly protruding, coarsely facetted, occupying about 0°35 the total length of head and each about 0°25 the breadth. Vertex raised; ocelli large, posterior pair on a line across the anterior third of eyes; anterior ocellus forwardly directed ; postocular setae short, inconspicuous. Antenne about 1:7 times the length of head, rather stout; joint 3 obconical, narrower than 2 or 3 to 5,6 and 7 somewhat broadly and 7 and 8 broadly united; relative lengths of segments ap- proximately as follows :—8:15:14:15:16:15:12:8. Mouth-cone reaching about 0:7 across prosternum; apex blunt; joint 1 of maxillary palpus short, about 0:2 the length of 2. Prothorax about 0°75 the length of head and about twice as broad as long. All sete present, colourless and therefore difficult to discern ; the pair at posterior angles largest, 0-4 the length of prothorax. Pterothorax slightly broader than width across fore-coxe, about as long as broad; wings absent; legs rather short and stout; fore-tarsus with a minute, sharp, but broad-seated tooth. Abdomen not much broader than pterothorax ; elongate ; roundly narrowed from segment 7 to base of tube. Tube about as long as the prothorax, 0°65 as broad at apex as at base, sides gently and evenly narrowed from near base ; terminal hairs about as long as tube, colourless except for basal third or thereabouts. Abdominal sete on segment 9 about 0°8 the length of tube, other sete shorter; all colourless and inconspicuous. Wing-retaining sete on tergites 2 to 7. Separated from C. monilicornis (Reuter) by the smaller size, shape, and coloration of the antenne, and the shape and modest or normal proportions of the head. It should be noted that the Cephalothrips yucce of Hinds cannot be re- garded as congeneric with monilicornis or hispanicus. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera. 411 Hab. Spain, Zaragosa ; 2 2s collected (with other inter- esting Thysanoptera) by the well-known neuropterist, Father Navas, S.J., 8. iv. 13. Rhopalothrips froggatti, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 0°75 mm. Apterous ; short and broad. Uniform brown, distal third of fore-tibise and extreme apices of intermediate and hind tibize yellowish-white ; tarsi yellowish marked with brown ; apex of antennal joint 2 and whole of 3 yellowish, 4 and 5 a trifle lighter brown than 6 to 8. Head much as in R, bicolor, Hood, but with the outline of eyes merged in the cheeks ; scarcely wider at base (where it is widest) than long; ocelli absent; postocular bristles short, broad apically, apparently infundibuliform. Antenne short and stout, about 1°7 times as long as the head, shaped as in R. bicolor, but joint 6 distinctly constricted at base forming a short stem. Prothorax transverse, 0°6 as long as the head, and 2°8 times as broad as long; all usual sete apparently present, colourless, short, and infundibuliform. Pterothorax short, transverse, only slightly broader than the prothorax. Legs short and stout; fore-tarsal tooth strong, sharp. Abdomen short and broad, narrowing evenly from segment 4 to tube ; segments—especially 1 to 8—very strongly trans- verse ; segment 4 about 7 times and 7 about 5 times as broad as long. ‘T'ube very short, broad, 0°5 the length of the head, about 0°8 as broad at base as long and 0°6 as broad at apex as at base ; terminal hairs pointed, colourless, and about 0°6 the length of the tube. Abdominal setz short, colourless, infundibuliform. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. Hab. AusTRALIA, Upper Mangrove, N.S.W.; 1 ¢ and larve from glands on the foliage of the black wattle (Acacia decurrens), Sept. 7th, 1900 (W. W. Froggatt). This, the smallest described species of the suborder, is one of an interesting collection of T’ubuliferous Thysanoptera (chiefly Gall-causers) made by Mr. Froggatt, upon which we propose to publish a joint paper; and I have chosen to describe it'now, firstly, that I may name it in Mr. Froggatt’s 412 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera, honour, and, secondly, on account of its general interest in the light of Mr. Reginald Kelly’s * recent paper “ Observations on the Function of Acacia Leaf-glands,” wherein he mentions that microscopic insects, some white (? larval) and others brown, are sometimes found in the so-called ** glands.” R. froggatti, apart from its minuteness, may be distin- guished by its very broad form, the broad intermediate antennal joints, the very short and broad prothorax and abdominal segments, and the short broad tube,’ &c. Rhopalothrips brunneus, sp. n. ? Length about 1°25 mm. Apterous. Very like 2. froggatti, larger and more slender. Dark black-brown, fore-tibie yellow near apex, other tibize and all tarsi as in R. froggatti. Antenne with joint 3 yellow shaded with grey, 4 and 5 light brown, yellowish basally, and 6 with stem yellowish. Head asin P. froggatti, about as wide as long; antenne 1-8 times as long as the head, intermediate antennal joints not so broad compared to their length as in froggatti. Prothorax 0°75 as longas the head and 2°25 times as broad as long. Abdomen elongate, roundly narrowed from segment 7 to base of tube ; segment 4 about 4°5 times and 7 about 3:8 times as broad as long. Tube about 0°75 the length of head, nearly twice as long as broad at base and about 0°5 as broad at apex as at base; terminal hairs pointed, a little more than 0°5 the length of the tube. All sete as in froggatti, but longer. Type. Hope Department of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford. * Hab. AUSTRALIA, Victoria, on Acacia dealbata, 2 28 (R. Kelly). Sharply distinguished from froggatti by its larger size, deeper colour, the coloration and more slender form of inter- mediate antennal joints, the less broad form, &e. The coloration of both froggatti and brunneus distinguishes them from the genotype, J. bicolor, Hood. * Vict. Nat. xxx., Nov. 1913, pp. 121-127. 4(3 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, (EIGHTH SERIES.} No. 102. JUNE 1916. ee XLVIII.—On some of the External Characters of Cryptoprocta. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. Tue personal observations recorded in this paper are based upon an adult male example of Cryptoprocta ferox that died in the Zoological Gardens on Jan. 2, 1914. Although the Fossa (Cryptoprocta), as befits its im- portance, has probably received more anatomical attention than any single genus of Carnivora, no pretext is needed for publishing an account of its external characters, because the too brief account of some of its organs by previous writers has led to the omission of records of interest and the current descriptions of a few require explanation or correction, Second-hand accounts of the animal, such as are contained in zoological text-books and natural histories, have not been quoted in the following pages ; but to avoid repetition of titles in the text, I subjoin a list of the principal original memoirs dealing with its external features :— Bennett, Tr. Zool. Soc. London, i. pp. 137-140 (1835). Milne-Edwards and Grandidier, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (5) vii. pp. 8314-336 (1867). Schlegel and Pollen in Pollen and Van der Dam, ‘ Faune de Madagascar,’ i. p. 13 (1868). Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, pp. 193-196 and 519-520. Filhol, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, exviil. p, 1060 (1894). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 28 414 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1895, pp. 430-437. Lénnberg, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxviii. pt. 4, no. 3, pp. 1-10 (1902). Carlsson, Zool. Jahrb, Syst. xxx. pp. 419-467 (1911). The Rhinarium and Facial Vibrisse.—When Bennett described the rhinarium of an immature example of Crypto- procta as small, he gave a very erroneous idea of its appear- ance in the adult, although it must be admitted that his standard for size was not stated. As compared with the rhinarium of the Felidz, that of Crypltoprocta is large and prominent as in most Viverride. Its inferior border in front is continued downwards as a naked tract dividing the Fig. 1. A. Side view of head of Cryptoprocta ferox, showing the tufts of facial vibrisse. The mystacials are represented as shorter than they are in reality, so as not to conceal the two genal tufts below the eye. B. Rhinarium seen from the front. upper lip, but this tract is not marked by a central and dilatable groove as in most Carnivores that possess it. There is, however, a shallow groove extending approximately as high as the top of the nostrils, in the middle of the anterior surface of the rhinarium. The nostrils are widely separated, and the lateral narial slits are dilated through- out their length. The infranarial portions are deep beneath Characters of Cryptoprocta. 415 the nostril in front—a noticeable non-feline character ,—and their inferior edge extends obliquely upwards, outwards, and backwards, with a slightly sinuous curvature, and they are continued laterally beneath the narial slits to their posterior end. The upper margin of the rhinarium is widely rounded on each side, and nearly flat on the summit, but for a very shallow median depression. In profile the apex is prominent and obtusely rounded. Carlsson briefly referred to the facial vibrissz, recording the lengths of the mystacials and the presence of others below the eye and on the under jaw. As a matter of fact, the vibrissee are of the normal type found in predatory Carnivores, consisting of the mystacial tuft, two genal tufts, and a superciliary tuft on each side and of a well-developed median interramal tuft below. In this respect Crypto- procta agrees with the Viverride, Mungotide, Hyznide, and other non-feline Aluroids, and differs from the Felide in which the interramal tuft is always absent. Ear.—Al\though in his brief description Bennett recorded the presence of the bursa, the ear was not fully described until the publication of Miss Carlsson’s paper, where it is pointed out that the ear does not differ in any essential points from that of the Felidae. She draws particular attention to the complete separation of the small “ annular cartilage” from the rest of the ear, as in the Felidz, as compared with its partial severance therefrom in Genetfta and Mungos. Her figure further shows the insertion of the posterior flap of the bursa behind the rim of the ear and a deep rounded notch in the anterior flap as in Genetta and Felis. Beyond noting the presence of the marginal bilaminate bursa, I did not critically examine the ear in my example of Cryptoprocta. Feet.—As Bennett originally pointed out, the feet of Cryptoprocta resemble those of Paradoxurus in having retractile claws, naked soles, and digits united nearly to their ends. Good figures of the feet were published by M.-Edwards and Grandidier, and inexact copies of these were reproduced by Mivart. Additional figures, with a short description confirming and amplifying Bennett’s account, were published by Carlsson. Since the above-quoted figures represent the digits in contact, I take this opportunity of issuing new illustrations to facilitate comparison with the figures of the feet of other BluroidsI have published elsewhere ; and the description that follows contains references to some interesting structural features not touched upon by previous authors. The fore foot is broader than the hind foot and has mors 28* Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the Eternal powerful claws. The claws are retractile in the sense that the terminal phalanx can be withdrawn along the outer side of the penultimate phalanx, but there are no lobes of skin constituting protective sheaths to the claws thus retracted. Although the webs extend at least up to the proximal ends of the digital pads, the digits are capable of considerable 416 ix TQ Bio + a m “a y) Ge is eee bod rudy \ M y ) f | hy ) AN , A. Left fore foot with digits spread. pl., pollical lobe of plantar pad ; c., double carpal pad ; v., carpal vibrissw. B. Left hind foot with digits partially spread. 4, hallucal lobe of plantar pad; mz., double metatarsal pads. and subequal distension. The webs are quite naked beneath. The pollex is comparatively long. The plantar pad is quadrilobate, but the pollical lobe, set behind the postero- internal angle of the internal lateral lobe, is relatively to Characters of Cryptoprocta. 417 the other lobes considerably smaller than in Paradorurus (Paguma) larvatus. The edge of the three main lobes, although sinuously curved, may be described as semicircular in a broad sense. Behind the plantar pad there is a median depressed smooth area, flanked by the two moieties of the carpal pad, the inner edges of which converge posteriorly and meet. The outer moiety, narrowed distally, where it abuts against the external lateral lobe of the plantar pad, is both longer and wider than the inner moiety, which is not narrowed anteriorly where it similarly abuts against the pollical lobe of the plantar pad. The two moieties of the carpal pad taken together are longer than the plantar pad and almost as wide as it. Above the proximal end of the carpal pad there is a tuft of carpal vibrisse. In general features the hind foot, so far as the claws, digital and plantar pads are concerned, resembles the fore foot, except that the claws are a little shorter, the hallucal lobe is larger than the pollical lobe, and the third and fourth digital pads are tied much more closely together, though not actually confluent as in Paradorurus and Arctictis. The heel itself is hairy, but the metatarsal area is quite naked and provided with two broad metatarsal pads or ridges, separated by a median depression which extends distally from the plantar pad, but is proximally cut off from the hairy area of the heel by the broad confluence of the two metatarsal ridges. The inner of these two ridges is broadly in contact distally with the hallucal lobe. It is much shorter than the external ridge, which touches the plantar pad distally and proximally expands where it runs up against the hairy area of the heel. The feet above described are essentially Paradoxurine in type, and do not differ more from the feet of Paradoxrurus than the latter differ from those of Arctictis or Arctogalidia. They are not Hemigaline and most emphatically they are not Viverrine, Euplerine, Galidictine, Mungotine, or Feline. They differ, indeed, from the feet of the Felidz as profoundly as the feet of any Aluroid differ therefrom. The resemblance between the feet of Cryptoprocta and Paradozurus cannot be attributed to close affinity between the two genera. It must be explained as the mutual inheritance of a primitive feature. The Anal Sac and Glands.—The area between the root of the tail and the scrotum forms a vertically elliptical thickened elevation which is closely hairy at the sides, less closely towards the middle, and then quite naked. In the middle of the naked area there is a deep ovate naked 418 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External depression, at the lower end of which is situated the anus with its tumid margins (fig. 8, B, C). From the lower end of the tumid margin of the anus a cutaneous ridge, called the frenum by Bennett, extends to the lower edge of the depression. ‘This depression in the anal sac in a general way resembles that of the mongooses, except that the anus is placed near the bottom edge of the sac, so that much the greater part of the sac lies above the anus. The point is of interest, because in the hyznas the whole of the anal sac is above the anus. Thus Cryptoprocta, with respect to this character, connects in a measure the anal sac of the mongooses with that of the hyznas. Neverthe- less, the sac in Cryptoprocta is, on the whole, more like that of the mongooses, because the anus lies within the depression, and the thickened edges of the latter close completely over the anus, meeting to form a transverse rima when the tail is lowered (fig. 3, A, as.). Mivart was, I believe, the first author to mention the anal glands of Cryptoprocta. In his enumeration of the characters of this genus (P. Z. S. 1882), he wrote (p. 196) : “One pair of anal glands?” But subsequently he asserted (p. 520) : ‘There are constantly two anal glands, one on each side of the anus, in all Alluroids. The glandular structure may be a transverse band of follicles extending between the two anal glands as in (at least some) Herpestes, Crocuta,and Proteles. The anal glands may be augmented to three pairs as in Hyena brunnea, or even to five pairs, as in Crossarchus. These glands, together with the anus, may open into a deep anal pouch, as in the Hyzenide, Crossarchus, Suricata, and Cryptoprocta....” Nevertheless, from the text of his two papers in the volume quoted, it is quite evident that Mivart had had no opportunity of examining the anal glands of Cryptoprocta. His statement regarding them must therefore have been a pure inference. Carlsson dismissed the anal glands as follows :—“ Die glandule anales sind 2, die wie bei einigen Herpestes- Formen (Mivart, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 520) durch eine un- paarige Partie miteinander zusammenhangen.” It does not, however, appear from this passage whether the information it contains is based upon what Mivart said or upon her own observations. But it is noticeable that there is neither a reference to the position of the orifices of the glands, nor does her figure of the anal sac indicate that point, which is of importance in view of the very unusual position of these orifices in Hyena, Proteles, and to a lesser extent in some mongooses. VAG) NH Ny 1 it iff . Hy ; Pe Riso a é —_— ~ — Sar S SYS oN Sart v, ; SS , s) t. yp Y WL, saath, Z A iy een ant 4 A. Inferior view of anal and genital organs of male. ¢., root of tail; as., anal sac closed; se., scrotum; p., penis withdrawn and showing as a subcutaneous thickening ; pr., orifice of prepuce. B. Anal sac in centre of «elevated area, as seen from behind when the tail (¢.) is raised; sc., scrotum beneath elevated anal area. C. Anal sac partially opened, showing its smooth thickened rim and the anus (a.) in its inferior portion. 420 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External Linnberg also, although he examined the anal sac care- fully, is silent about these glands. But he described a pair of valvular orifices opening one on each side of the midd'e line close to the inferior margin of the pouch below the anus (fig. 4, F, d.). Each orifice leads into a saccular diverticulum which extends beneath the integument in a dorso-lateral direction beneath and on the sides of the anus and also inferiorly, where their position is marked externally by a pair of small, hairy, scrotum-like swellings below the inferior edge of the pouch on the perineal region (fig. 4, F, ¢.). Since Linnberg discovered no normal anal glands, it appears to me that these paired diverticula must represent them, In that case they differ from the anal glands of other Ailuroids in having their orifices widely dilated and placed side by side below the anus, as well as in the sub- cutaneous extension of the saccular portion of the gland. If these structures described by Loénnberg are the anal glands referred to by Carlsson, it is singular that the latter author failed to mention the peculiarities above recorded. If they are not the anal glands of other M#luroids, they must be interpreted as a special modification of the anal sac, peculiar to Cryptoprocta. In the specimen I examined, of which the skin had to be left intact, I could not find the orifices of the anal glands in the normal position ; and, not having read Lénnberg’s paper at the time, I did not look below the anus for the orifices of the diverticula he discovered. Lénnberg, however, so far as | can ascertain, did not dissect the anal pouch, and he speaks of his material as ‘not very well preserved,” adding ‘the function of these pouches is quite difficult to understand or explain.... There were no contents to be seen and no large glands could be detected. It is, however, possible that the sur- rounding walls contain small glands, the secretion of which is stored up in the pouch.” From this it appears that he did not consider these pouches as the homologues of the true anal glands, but as secondary reservoirs for secretion emitted, presumably, by the walls of the aual sac *. Further testimony of the existence of anal glands in Cryptoprocta and ot the offeusiveness of their secretion is supplied by two independent sources. Telfair, as quoted by * Owing probably to an oversight, neither of Lonnberg’s figures of the anal sac shows the anus, although, both in the text of his paper and in the legend of the plate, fig. 2 is stated to represent the “ circumanal pouch more open, so that the constricted anus can be seen,” as well as the openings into the “ subfrenal pouch ” (saccular diverticula). Characters of Cryptoprocta. 421 . Lateral view of glans penis protruded from prepuce (pr.), its dorsal side uppermost. c/., smooth clavate portion ; a., anterior, and - . p., posterior portion of s; icular thickening. . Inferior view of glans penis with preputial sheath (pr.) cut down the middle line and turned aside. o0., orifice of urethra; other lettering as in A; the two flaps of the anterior thickening (a) » almost closed. . Portion of glans penis showing the two flaps of the anterior part of the spicular thickening (@) spread open. . Dorsal view of glans penis ; lettering as in A. . Two of the spicules enlarged. Anal and genital area of young female, adapted from Lénnberg’s figures and descriptions. c/., clitoris protruding from vulva (v.) ; t., hairy swelling in front of anal pouch (as.), containing the anus (a.) and the pair of diverticula (d.). (All 4 nat. size, except fig. I°.) 422 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some of the External Gray, says that the Fossa “has an anal pouch, and when violently enraged emits a most disagreeable smell, very like that of Mephitis’”’ ; and, according to Pollen, the natives of Madagascar declare that, when prowling round the chicken-pens at night, the animal gives out a fetid odour which instantly kills the fowls. Though doubtless an exaggeration, this statement probably reflects the experience of the natives of the disgusting, very likely suffocating, nature of the scent described by Telfair. The External Genitalia —The scrotum is large as in mongooses and most Ailuroids, not small as in Hyenas. The remarkable penis of Cryptoprocta was described and figured by Grandidier and Milne-Edwards and by Carlsson. But the brevity of the descriptions and my inability to reconcile them with my own observations suggest that the organ was imperfectly examined by these authors. I pro- pose, therefore, to describe it at some length before attempting to point out the discrepancies between the observations of the French and Swedish authors and my own. The penis is of great length, and in a state of rest the glans is concealed within a sheath attached throughout its length to the abdominal integument, the orifice of the pre- puce opening as far forwards on the abdomen as in the Hyenide (fig. 3, A). The skin in front of the prepuce is naked, the prepuce itself and area adjoining it being scantily hairy. The glans, lying within the preputial sheath, is of unusual length for the Aluroidea, and, as has been recorded by other authors, is provided with along curved bone reaching from the tip almost as far back as the attachment of the | skin of the prepuce. The curvature of this bone imparts a dorso-veutral curvature to the glans. The distal portion of the glans is everywhere quite smooth for about a third of its length and the smooth area is cylindrical posteriorly, but exhibits a marked expansion, more marked laterally than dorso-ventrally, towards its distal end, but it narrows again before the tip which is blunt. The orifice of the urethra opens just beneath the tip. Behind the smooth part the glans is enormously swollen, especially laterally, and this swollen area shows a transverse constriction and is, for the most part, thickly beset with curved sharp spinules, the points of which are directed backwards ; but in the dorsal middle line the shaft or axis of the glans is smooth, except quite at the anterior end of the swollen portion. The swollen part—at all events, when the Characters of Cryptoprocta. 423 glans is unerected—is grooved and more or less folded, suggesting considerable capacity for expansion ; and these folds are particularly well-developed on the anterior portion in front of the constriction. The structure of this portion is peculiar. In its posterior portion it forms a median inferior angular flap, with the apex directed forwards, and in front of this flap the swollen portion consists of a pair of thick flaps or laminz which are directed inferiorly and con- stitute together a sort of half collar or half sheath round the posterior continuation of the smooth portion of the glans. These two thick flaps or lamin are capable of meeting in the middle line inferiorly in front of the apex of the triangular flap or of being widely separated laterally. Their inner surface shows a few spicules near the margin, but for the most part this surface is smooth, as also is the middle of the axis of the glans which they overlap. The three flaps, combined with the median axis of the adjacent portion of the glans, enclose a space which is probably highly glandular in the living animal (fig. 4, A-D). In the light of the facts recorded above, Milne-Edwards’s description of the penis requires amplification and correction. He speaks of the distal end of the penis, with its bone, as forming a very pronounced projection in front and as passing greatly beyond the orifice of the urethra. From this, in the first place, itis quite clear that he did not detect this orifice just beneath the tip of the glans where the bone ends; and, in the second place, it is probable that he regarded the channel between the axis of the glans and the two anterior laminz of the spicular thickening as the orifice of the urethra. He did not, therefore, perceive that this thickening, which he correctly designates “la portion renflée du gland,” consists of two separable laminz ; nor did he notice ap- parently that the dorsal surface of the glans is smooth almost throughout its extent in the middle line. Carlsson’s figure of the glans shows a somewhat cucumber- shaped organ, the distal third of which is smooth and apically pointed, and the proximal two-thirds thick and subcylindrical, but gradually thickening posteriorly and uniformly covered with spicules. Since, however, the examples of this genus she had for examination were immature and preserved in alcohol, it is needless to com- ment further on her brief contribution to this portion of their anatomy. The significance of the penis in the classification of the fEluroidea has never been properly appreciated, and since the penis of Cryptoprocta has been compared with that of 424. On some External Characters of Cryptoprocta. the Felide, and even stated by Filhol to resemble it (R. Acad. Sci. Paris, exvili. p. 1062, 1894), it is necessary to assert positively that no member of the Felidz possesses a penis like that of Cryptoprocta in any important characters. The penis in the cats is always short, the glans is conical and spicular or smooth, the prepuce is close in front of the scrotum, and there is at most a small bone in the glans. The only £luroid penis known to me, which, in the length of the glans and its armature of spicules, recalls that of Cryptoprocta is the penis of Paguma and Paradoxurus. In these genera the greater part of the glans is subcylindrical and covered with spicules above aud below, but it ends in a short, smooth, styliform point, upon which the orifice of the urethra opens. This smooth-pointed termination is probably, I think, the homologue of the very much larger and longer, smooth, clavate termination seen in Cryptoprocta. Similarly, the undifferentiated spicular portion in Paguma is probably the homologue of the very specialised spicular portion seen in the Mascarene animal. But, despite these somewhat remote resemblances, it must be remembered that the glans penis of Paguma and Paradozxurus, long though it be, is unsupported by bone, as also is the very long penis of Hyena avd Proteles *, The external genitalia of the female are no less remark- able than those of the male, as Lonnberg has shown (Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxviii. pt. 4, no. 83,1902). The very large peniform clitoris is provided with a bone and armed anteriorly with spicules. It protrudes from a well-developed prepuce, about two inches in front of the anal sac, the urogenital orifice opens just behind the clitoris, and this orifice, with the prepuce and clitoris, is at the extremity of a conical, pendulous, and movable prominence (fig. 4, F). In their general arrangement these parts were compared both by Filhol and Lénnberg to the corresponding parts of Crocuta as described by Watson. No other Aéluroid shows any special resemblance to Cryptoprocta, so far as the parts discussed are concerned. Certainly the Felidz and Mungotide do not. If the current classification of the Aluroidea into Felide, Viverride, Hynide, and Protelide be adhered to, there is, in my opinion, no escape from Mivart’s opinion that Crypto- procta must be ranked with the Viverride, where Bennett * In connection with the long bony penis of Cryptoprocta, it is interesting to recall Pollen’s record, made on the testimony of natives, that these animals copulate after the manner of dogs. So also do bears and hyenas, The method of cats is, of course, totally different, On a new Rat from Tenasserim. 425 originally placed it. The attempt made by Milne- Edwards and Filhol, and, comparatively recently, by Trouessart, to include it in the Felidw or in a special family associated with the Felide must bring about an extension of the definition of that family or group, with the result that the definition ceases to be of scientific value. It is significant that no such definition was attempted. For my part I quite agree with Loénnberg that the cross-resemblances Crypto- procta exhibits to other families of luroids, coupled with its own peculiarities, entitle it to rank as a family by itself ; and this family is susceptible of definition as precise as that of the Felidz or Hyzenidee. XLIX.—A new Rat from Tenasserim. By OLpFieLb THOMas. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Epimys tenaster, sp. n. Quite like Z. eremoriventer, Miller, but much larger. The fur similarly spiny, the colour buffy or ochraceous with sharply defined under surface, and the tail similarly well haired, uniformly brown. Skull conspicuously larger than that of cremoriventer, proportionally perhaps somewhat narrower. Supraorbital ridges well developed, evenly curved, not forming marked postorbital angles as in L. surifer. Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci- men) :— Head and body 160 mm.; tail 208; hind foot 33:3; ear 24. Skull: greatest length 42°3 ; condylo-incisive length 37°7 ; zygomatic breadth 18°8 ; nasals 16°3 ; interorbital breadth 68; breadth across parietal ridges 15-4; palatilar length 17°8 ; palatal foramina 7 ; apper molar series 6°5. Hab. Mount Muleyit, Tenasserim. Alt. 5000-6000’. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 88.12.1.53. Collected by L. Fea, and presented by the Marquis G. Doria. This is one of two species put by me under the erroneous heading of Mus jerdoni, Blyth, in my account of the Fea collection, the other being a smaller form recently named by Mr. Miller Epimys gracilis, and closely allied to EL. bukit. EE. tenaster appears to be only nearly related to the Malayan EE. cremoriventer, from which the dimensions given above will readily distinguish it. 426 Mr. W. F. Griffitt Blackler on a new L.— On a new Species of Microtus from Asia Minor. By W. F. Grirritr Buackter, M.A., F.Z.S. THROUGH the courtesy of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have recently had the opportunity of examining at the British Museum of Natural History a number of specimens of small mammals collected by me in Western Asia Minor a few years ago, and presented to the National Collection. On careful examination of a vole, of which three specimens were obtained in the vicinity of Smyrna, I have been led to the conclusion that they represent a new species of the genus Microtus, although they have at the same time a superficial resemblance to J. guentheri (Alst.), from Marash in Cilicia, and to M. hartingt (B.-Ham.), from Thessaly, and I therefore propose to give it the name of :— Microtus lydius, sp. n. Somewhat similar to the typical M. guentheri, but distin- guishable from it by its longer tailand greyish-white belly as well as by other minor differences. Description.—General colour above light fawn, presenting a slightly grizzled appearance on the back proper, where some of the hairs are tipped with black. Flanks more brightly coloured owing to the practical absence of black- tipped hairs, and slightly tinged with fulvous at the lines separating them from the greyish white of the underparts. The hairs are all slate-grey at their bases. Underpart of body, belly, throat, and inner sides of legs uniformly greyish white ; the hairs all slate-grey at their bases, and white distally for about a third of their length; but, owing to the grey of the bases of the hairs showing through to a certain extent, the general appearance is greyish white to pale grey. In M. guentheri and in M. hartingi the greyish white of the underside is washed with yellow, giving it (especially in the former) a decided buffy appearance, which is totally absent in these Smyrna specimens. Kars moderate, very thinly clad with hairs along their outer edges. Hind feet moderately hairy on underside, but not nearly so muchas in MM. guenthert. Both fore and hind feet are coloured pale fawn on the upper side, a paler shade of the dorsal fawn-colour. ‘Tail relatively short, covered with short hairs, whitish below, fawn above; it is roughly about one and a half times the length of the hind foot. Species of Microtus from Asia Minor. 427 Skull.—It is difficult to compare this with that of M. guen- theri, as the skulls of both specimens of the latter at the British Museum are broken and the posterior parts missing. The length of the molar series is approximately the same. Pattern of molars about as in J/. guenthert, but the angles of the enamel folding less strongly acute or sharply pointed, and more rounded, and the dentine spaces slightly wider in relation to width of the enamel—a fact difficult to explain, but readily discernible to the eye. ‘This is particularly evident in the first fold in the upper molar series. Dimensions of the type (as measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 115 mm.; tail 26; hind foot 18; ear 11. Skull: Condylo-incisive length 27°6 ; basilar length 24:0; greatest zygomatic breadth 15°7; width of brain-case 12:0 ; interorbital breadth 4°0 ; nasals 7°8, palatilar length 13:0 ; length of molar series 6°5; diastema 8°4; palatal foramina 4:7. The auditory bulle are rather small and slightly flattened on the exterior side. Hab. Smyrna. Alt. 400 ft. “Trapped in an olive grove.” Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 5.10.6.8. Original number 46. Collected September 20, 1905. Presented by W. F. Griffitt Blackler. Two more specimens of an adult male and old female were examined, but unfortunately the skull of the former was not preserved, owing to having been badly smashed by the trap. This specimen, caught in January, is larger than the type— measuring, head and body 122 mm., tail 29—and the colour- ing is not quite so bright, probably owing to seasonal change. This vole is distinguishable from JL. guentheri and M. hartingi, the only two species to which it is at all nearly related, by the complete absence of any yellowish or buffy tinge on the greyish white of the underparts, the longer tail, and the colouring of the upper sides of the feet, besides the slight variation in the molar teeth. I originally intended making it a subspecies of M. guenther¢, but, on examining the type of M. hartingi from Thessaly, I have come to the conclusion that it presents even greater differences from either of these two than these do from each other, in general appearance as well as by the characteristics enumerated above, and | consider it therefore as deserving of full specific rank. 428 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and LI.— Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXII. By T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado. Liphanthus sabulosus, Reed. This insect was described by Reed as a new genus of Philanthide. Friese and Ducke refer it to Psaenythia, but it is a peculiar little species, with remarkably long filiform male antennze, and I am inclined to accept Reed’s generic name. A specimen from the British Museum is labelled “ Chili,’ and Mr. Meade-Waldo informs me that Philippi had proposed a new generic and specific name, which was not published. Tetralonia hirsutissima, sp. n. 2? —Length about 14 mm. Robust, black ; the head, thorax, and two basal segments of abdomen with long erect white hair ; sides of face, vertex, and cheeks anteriorly with black hair; head extremely broad ; mandibles robust, black, with no orange spot; labrum covered with white hair; clypeus strongly punctured ; antenne black, third joint almost as long as next three combined; mesothorax dull; no intermixture of dark hair on thorax above ; legs with hair mostly white, but black on inner side of basitarsi and dark chocolate on inner side of hind tibize ; hind spurs not hooked; tegule black. Wings dusky translucent, venation ordinary. Abdomen with white hair- patches at sides of segments 2 to 5, that on 2 rather small, the others large, transverse, and brilliant white; other parts of these segments (except second) black ; apical segment with shining chocolate hair ; venter with bands of white hair, Hab. British Columbia, 4. 11. 07 (Capt. G. A. Beazeley ; British Museum). It also has a type-written label, “Toba.” Among the North-American species it falls nearest to T. lata (Prov.), described from Vancouver I., but it is easily known by the long white hair and spotted abdomen, It has - a South-American aspect, recalling such species as 7. bi- punctata, Friese. The locality may be erroneous; could it have come from Chile, where the bees are so often black and greyish-white haired ? Ido not find any 8.-American species with which I can identify it. Protandrena scutellata, sp. n. 9? .—Length nearly 7 mm. Rather slender ; head and thorax black, with very scanty ee Ks EGR PIN ET Records of Bees. 429 pale hair ; pale yellow markings as follows:—base of man- dibles, upper part and middle of clypeus (but not lower corners or margin, which are brown), transverse supraclypeal mark, tubercles connecting with band across prothorax (slightly interrupted in middle), scutellum (except irregular anterior edge), and postscutellum. Process of labrum brown, extremely broadly truncate; clypeus sparsely punctured ; facial quadrangle broader than long; eyes pea-green ; flagellum very bright ferruginous beneath except at base, and red at apex above; mesothorax dull, minutely granular ; area of metathorax granular, scarcely defined; legs rufo- piceous, the tarsi ferruginous ; anterior and middle knees and their tibiz at base outwardly pale yellow; anterior tibiz ferruginous in front ; tegulz testaceous, with a yellow spot. Wings pale brown ; nervures and stigma (which is rather large) dull red; b.n. falling far short of t.-m.; first r.n. joining second s.m, a short distance from its end. Abdomen rather long and narrow, shining black, with broad ferru- ginous bands at bases of second and third segments, ex- tending downwards (caudad) at sides, and some red at sides of fourth; third and fourth segments with very thin hair- bands ; apex with ochreous hair; pygidial plate large. The thin scopa of hind tibize has collected orange pollen. Max- illary palpi 6-jointed. Hab, Acaguizotla, Guerrero, Mexico, 3500 ft., October, 2 9 (HA. A. Smith; British Museum). Very distinct by the yellow scutellum and postscutellum, but somewhat related to the Mexican P, modesta (Smith). Chelynia herberti, sp. n. 9 .—Length about 6 mm. Black, with cream-coloured markings. Very close to C. permaculata (CkIl.), but much larger, wings strongly dusky in marginal cell and apical field; instead of spots above eyes are long transverse stripes (each longer than the interval between them), mesothorax anteriorly with two transverse spots, tegule with small light spots, transverse dorsal marks on third and fourth abdominal segments only narrowly separated, and none of them as widely separated as half the length of one. Also very close to C. nyssonoides (Brues), but second r.n. joining second s.m. nearer end, wings dusky, vertex and mesothorax punctured about alike, bands instead of spots on head above, lateral spots on first abdominal segment not larger than the middle ones, and other small details. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xvii. 29 430 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and Hab. Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, 4600 ft., October (H. H. Smith ; British Museum). In C. permaculata the mandibles have a large bright red subapical spot, but in C. herberti this is represented only by an obscure reddish tint. Both species have a white band along anterior orbits. Strandiella ruficornis, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 7°5 mm. Shining black, slender, with dark fuliginous wings ; head broad, eyes converging below; face densely covered with white hair; mandibles bidentate, apical half chestnut-red ; ~ maxillary palpi 6-jointed, joints measuring in microns (1) 96, (2) 64, (3) 50, (4) 50, (5) 50, (6) 64; antenne short for a male; third joint 160 microns long, fourth 128 ; scape rather slender, curved, with very long hair; flagellum thick, clear ferruginous beneath except at base; front and vertex strongly punctured; a smooth space on each side of ocelli; mesothorax and scutellum very strongly but sparsely punctured; area of metathorax triangular, with irregular large ruge ; sides of metathorax shining and finely punctured ; legs piceous, ante- rior tibiz and tarsi pale reddish brown in front ; tegule dark brown, with a very large fulvous spot ; stigma large; b.n. falling short of t.-m.; two s.m. cells, about equally long (second very long), the second receiving first r.n. some distance from base and second near apex ; abdomen polished, with very sparse punctures, a constriction at base of second segment; sides subapically with dark hair; apical plate small and rounded. Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony, Dec. 19, 1911 (Dr. Brauns ; British Museum). Nearest to S. glaberrima, Friese, but distinguished by the colour of the antennz and the shining male abdomen. The insect looks like some small fossorial wasp. S. longula, Friese, is herewith designated as the type of Strandiella. Sphecodes turneri, sp. n. ? .—Length about 8 mm. Head, thorax, antenne, and legs black, with thin dull white hair; abdomen bright ferruginous, with the last seg- ment black and the apical half of fourth strongly suffused with blackish ; head very broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long ; sides of face with appressed dull white hair; clypeus irregularly rather densely punctured, with no Records of Bees. 431 median groove; mandibles bidentate, obscurely red apically ; process of labrum very broadly truncate; mesothorax polished, shining, with sparse strong punctures ; greater part of scutellum impunctate ; area of metathorax with very hed plice ; tegule piceous, punctured. Wings dilute fuliginous, paler at base ; stigma and nervures dark; only two submarginal cells, the second receiving both recurrent nervures. Abdomen shining, with fine and obscure irregular punctures ; second segment sliglitly depressed at base ; hair at apex soot-colour. Hab, Shillong, Assam, May 1903 (R. Turner; British Museum). Smaller than S. fumipennis, and with more of abdomen red than S. montanus. It is also readily known by having only two submarginal cells, a character which it shares with the American S, (Dialonia) antennarie, Rob., and S. distolus, Lovell. Excomalopsis perimelena, sp. n ? .—Length about 8°5 mm. Robust, black, with black hair, except that on dorsum of thorax, which is clear white; mandibles bidentate, with a tulvous subapical patch ; eyes converging below, but face broad ; ocelli quite large, in a curve ; antennz entirely dark, flagellum short ; discs of mesothorax and scutellum bare, polished and shining, with only very minute scattered punc- tures; legs with dense black hair, scopa of hind tibia and basitarsus very large, dense and compact, but with many long black hairs projecting beyond the general mass; tegule black. Wings rather short, strongly smoky; b.n. meeting t.-1n. ; marginal cell ending in a point (slightly appendicu- Jate) away from costa ; second s.n. subtriangular, receiving first ren. at its apex ; third s.m. at least as large as first. Abdomen broad and short, smooth and shining, with black hair at apex. Hab. VY. del Lago Blanco, Chubut, Patagonia (British Museum). ; A very peculiar species, not a typical Evomalopsis. LE, herbsti, Friese, is black-liaired, with disc of thorax and head above white-haired, but it has the scopa pale. Halictus hesperus, Smith. Bugaba, 800-1500 ft., and Torola, 1000 ft. (Champion ; British Museum). 29* 432 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and Pachuprosopis kellyi, sp. n. 9 .—Length about 5 mm. Rather robust, but head not enlarged; shining, almost without hair; head orange, finely and sparsely punctured, with a pair of very broad black bands passing halfway down the front from the lateral ocelli; the narrow facial fovee, interocellar region, and occiput also black ; antennz fulvous, the short flagellum black or nearly so above; mesothorax terra-cotta red, the punctures so minute as to be hardly visible with a lens ; seutellum and axille orange ; postscutellum and shining area of metathorax black; truncation (except upper part) and sides of metathorax, and pleura except narrow upper and broad lower part, yellowish fulvous ; legs orange~- fulvous, anterior femora black behind except at apex, middle and hind tibize black on outer side, their tarsi brownish ; tegule pellucid. Wings hyaline; stigma large, black, obtuse apically; marginal cell bulging below; first r.n. joining first s.m. near apex ; second s.m. narrow and elongated above. Abdomen orange, with dorsal region black from middle of first segment to end of fourth, the orange indenting the black at sides; a black mark at extreme sides of first segment 5; venter orange. Hab. Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Eucalyptus calo- phylla rosea, Feb. 20,1915 (R. Kelly; British Museum). Quite unique by its peculiar markings ; except for the venation, it could go in Huryglossa. AUSTRODIOXYS, gen. nov. Parasitic bees, similar in form and colour to Dioxys, with two submarginal cells ; eyes bare ; seutellum produced, over- lapping postscutellum, very broadly truncate, more or less emargiuate in middle, the posterior corners angular though not sharp, the margin above the corner translucent; no tooth on postscutellum; stigma small, lanceolate ; marginal cell broad, very obliquely truncate, appendiculate, formed essen- tially as in Ammobates carinatus (not rounded at end as in Diozys); first s.m. more than twice as large as second, receiving first r.n. very near its end; second s.m. very broad below, much narrowed above, receiving second r. n. not much beyond middle ; b.n. going a little basad of t.-m. ; pubescence minute and appressed, as in Epeolus ; apex of abdomen broadly truncate, with two large rounded pro- jecting teeth, shaped like the tip of a finger; legs bristly ; no pulvilli ; anterior claws bifid at end, the others simple. Records of Bees. 433 Austrodiovys thomasi, sp. n. 3d .—Length about 7 mm. Moderately slender ; head and thorax coarsely and closely punctured, but shining between the punctures, abdomen densely rugoso-punctate. Head and thorax black, with faint suggestions of reddish spots on scutellum, and a reddish tint on sides of thorax beneath wings; legs bright ferruginous ; abdomen with the first three segments bright ferruginous, the others black, all with narrow, apical, pale ochreous-tinted hair-bands ; face densely covered with pale ochreous-tinted hair ; antennw slender, rather dark ferruginous ; tubercles, upper border of prothorax, and parts of pleura with appressed pubescence, mesothorax with browner hair, not hiding the surface; tegula ferruginous. Wings hyaline, slightly reddish ; stigma and nervures pale ferruginous. Hab. Argentina (O. Thomas; British Museum). A curious isolated geuus, resembling Dovys, but struc- turally very distinct. Halictus etheridget, sp. n. ? .—Length 9°5 mm. Black, very robust; pubescence dull white, abundant on cheeks, sides of thorax, and postscutellum; vertex, disc of mesothorax, and posterior border of scutellum with black hair; head extremely broad; clypeus shining, with rather widely separated large punctures, and a deep median sulcus which extends upward over supraclypeal area; mandibles black, reddish at extreme tip ; antenne black, scape very long, flagellum short; front dull and granular ; mesothorax shining but quite densely punctured, the punctures large and very minute ; scutellum distinctly bigibbous, with minute punctures and scattered larger ones; metathorax sharply truncate, the basal area poorly defined, with dense, wrinkled, labyrinthiform rugee all over ; mesopleure finely striate ; spurs pallid; tegule piceous. Wings dusky ; stigma rather small, dull reddish, nervures fuscous ; second s.m. quadrate, very broad ; first r.n. meeting second t.-c.; outer r.n. and t.-c. very slender; third s.m. short. Abdomen shining, finely and evenly punctured, including broad apical depressed part of segments; no hair-bands or patches, but a fine pale pruinosity due to thin hair; hair surrounding caudal rima dark fuscous ; venter with only short stiff hair, but collecting pollen toward base. 434 Descriptions and Records of Bees. Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia, Dec. 23, 1913-Jan. 23, 1914 (RX. E. Tummer ; British Museum). Distinctly Halictus, not Parasphecodes; recognized at once among the large black species by the sculpture and sulcate clypeus. Euryglossa ruberrima, Ckll. ? .—Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Hucalyptus calo- phylla rosea, Feb. 20, 1915 (R. Kelly). The metathorax varies to entirely black. A characteristic feature of this species is the pair of large reddish-fulvous spots at sides of fifth abdominal segment. Euryglossa perpulchra, sp. n. ¢ .—Length about 5 mm. Head and thorax black, with thin, rather long, dull white hair ; mandibles white, ferruginous at apex; labrum pale ; head broad, with very large eyes, which converge above, the inner orbits strongly arched outward; face depressed ; clypeus shining, finely punctured; front dull, except the pronounced median sulcus and a line along orbits, which are shining ; scape black, with a yellow spot at end; flagellum extremely short, subclavate, pale yellow, with the apical half above and nearly as much below dark brown; mesothorax polished, with a large square yellow patch in front, and yellow lateral margins above the tegule ; scutellum, axille, i and stripe on postscutellum (broad in middle) clear canary- yellow; tubercles and a small mark behind yellow; legs clear canary-yellow, anterior tibie short ; tegule hyaline, with a yellow patch. Wings perfectly clear, the large stigma and tlie nervures almost colourless; first s.m. at least twice as large as second, the latter subquadrate. Abdomen bright canary-yellow above and below, without spots or bands, but with a faint reddish suffusion beyond the middle. Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (2. £. Turner; British Museum). A remarkable and very beautiful species, most like #.blanda, Sm., but very different by the thoracic markings &e. Euryglossina sulphurella, var. perlutea, var. n. Entirely bright canary-yellow, the head and thorax above with variable faint reddish suffusion. Hab. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (R. Z£. Turner ; British Museum). > Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 435 The original specimens of Z. sulphurella have the head bright yellow, but the thorax and abdomen very pale ; they appear to be immature, and possibly should show brighter colours. Prosopis fulvicornis, Smith. This species has been rediscovered at Kalamunda, Feb. 9- 28, 1914, and March 1-11, 1914 (850 ft.), by Mr. R. E. Turner. Smith’s description is good, but the sex described is male, not female, and the yellow spot on anterior femora is at the apex, not at the base. The second s.m. is very broad (long). ‘The type of /ulvicornis was in the Baly collection, and until now the species has not been represented in the British Museum. Prosopis elongata, Smith. Kalamunda, Feb. 9-28 (R. E. Turner; British Museum). ‘The wings are dusky and the second s.m. is not especially long. LII.—Notes on Fossorial [ymenoptera—XXII. On new Ethiopian Species. By Rowtanp EK. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Family Psammocharide. Genus Batozonus, Ashm. Batozonus, Ashm. Canad. Entom. xxxiy. p. 81 (1902). Heteronyx, Sauss, Soc. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1887) (nom. preoce.). The type of Batozonus is B. algidus, Sm., that of Heter- onyx is H, madecassus, Sauss. ‘The tarsal ungues are bifid in the male, but in the female the ungues of the fore tarsus only are bifid, the others being unidentate. The cubitus of the hind wing originates before the transverse median nervure in both sexes, and the third cubital cell is always shorter than the second on the radius, often almost quadrate. The middle joints of the flagellum are strongly arcuate beneath in the male. The differences between the sexes are very striking in this genus, 436 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. Key to the Ethiopian Species of Batozonus. 22. 1. Cubitus of hind wing originating at a distance before the transverse median nervure equal to more than half of the length of the third joint of the Hagellum. B. fuliginosus, Klug. Cubitus of the hind wing originating at a distance before the transverse median nervure scarcely exceeding one-eighth of the length of the third joint of the Hagollum, |. sp isnot nix ay whee See tte 2. 2. Wings yellow, with a “broad fuscous or fusco-violaceous apical margin ........ B. capensis, Dahlb. Wings black flushed with blad wed test ite 3. 3. Legs bright fulvo-ferruginous .......... 4. Legs black, fore legs sometimes partly fusco-ferruginous 2 a AA ac gs B. separabilis, Turn. 4, Pronotum and scutellum yellow ........ B. capensis, Dahlb., var. Thorax entirely black. Pate : \ LED { cs aah? TA rg shat y ; ’ aR % t 7s t i Eo.) f Axed ony j . Ey dj ~ ry / Fae 8 £ 170 pia \ i Cert uh i New LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA. JOICEY & TALBOT Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. VIII. New LEPIDOPTERA FROM DutcH New GuINEs. Ae Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVIT. Pl. 1X. aD “< y POCOCK, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. X. The Internal Carotid Canal in the Viverridz. “A NS DAS Py Race es -_ . = - 5 a 3 s * a * ‘ee : ' P = S ’ + ; ORE -_ aos : : ; . af” » = q aa a POCOCK. Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XVII. Pl. XT. The Internal Carotid Canal in the Viverride and Felide., JOICEY & TALBOT Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. &. Vol. XVII. Pl. X11. A New SPHINIGID AND LittLE-KNown BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA. iii : 4 ig QH The Annals & magazine of 1 natural history Biological & Medical Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE Sie oe rasdaah hee pe e las SSEESS ESS 5 Sees eae yx cE ato rapt te) petrctee Ratnesre sys yee: $55 Bees aa Shee E 2325 s WE waa ess B39 Bese Sere toes ss loss :) rh ‘ Fath et Pilecie lite i ete # ny Feet i tang dt